WO2024146654A1 - Driving device, camera module, and array module - Google Patents
Driving device, camera module, and array module Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024146654A1 WO2024146654A1 PCT/CN2024/071089 CN2024071089W WO2024146654A1 WO 2024146654 A1 WO2024146654 A1 WO 2024146654A1 CN 2024071089 W CN2024071089 W CN 2024071089W WO 2024146654 A1 WO2024146654 A1 WO 2024146654A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- focus
- shake
- frame
- camera module
- magnet
- Prior art date
Links
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 351
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 claims description 71
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 27
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 claims description 24
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 52
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 34
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 28
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 11
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical group [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004026 adhesive bonding Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001746 injection moulding Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000001902 propagating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003990 capacitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004313 glare Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 101001121408 Homo sapiens L-amino-acid oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000827703 Homo sapiens Polyphosphoinositide phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100026388 L-amino-acid oxidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100023591 Polyphosphoinositide phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000004308 accommodation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003292 glue Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000679 solder Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003466 welding Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N23/00—Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
- H04N23/50—Constructional details
- H04N23/55—Optical parts specially adapted for electronic image sensors; Mounting thereof
Definitions
- the present application relates to the technical field of camera modules, and in particular to a driving device and a camera module with the driving device, and also to a telephoto camera module and an array module.
- Telephoto camera modules usually have a long focal length and can obtain clear images of subjects at a long distance.
- small mobile devices such as mobile phones and tablets have small spaces, and the size of telephoto camera modules is designed to be too large, which makes it difficult to assemble them into small mobile devices.
- a motor is also provided to drive the movement of the telephoto camera module lens, which further increases the size of the telephoto camera module.
- a driving device and a camera module are proposed.
- a positioning piece is fixed to the fixing base, and a bottom surface of the positioning piece abuts against a top surface of the focusing guide portion.
- the focus fixing part includes a first support arm and a second support arm arranged at intervals, and the top ends of the first support arm and the second support arm are provided with positioning bosses, and the positioning plate has a positioning hole corresponding to the positioning boss, and the positioning boss is arranged in the positioning hole so that the positioning plate is placed at the top ends of the first support arm and the second support arm.
- the positioning sheet covers at least a portion of the top surfaces of the two guide rods in a horizontal direction to keep the two guide rods parallel to each other.
- the focus driving unit includes a focus magnet and a focus coil arranged relative to each other in a horizontal direction, the focus magnet is arranged at one of the focus frame and the focus fixing unit, and the focus coil is arranged at the other of the focus frame and the focus fixing unit.
- the focus driving unit also includes a magnetic conductive part, and the magnetic conductive part and the focus magnet are arranged opposite to each other in a horizontal direction.
- the magnetic conductive part and the focus magnet interact with each other to generate a magnetic attraction force in the horizontal direction, and the focus guide part is clamped between the focus frame and the focus fixing part under the action of the magnetic attraction force.
- the driving device, the light deflection element and the optical lens are arranged on a fixed base of the driving device, and the photosensitive component is drivably arranged on the frame of the driving device, so that when the focus driving part drives the frame to move relative to the fixed base in a direction parallel to the optical axis, the photosensitive component moves along with it in a direction parallel to the optical axis.
- the focusing magnet is arranged on the focusing frame, and the focusing coil is arranged on the focusing fixing part.
- the focusing magnet and the focusing coil interact with each other to drive the focusing frame to move relative to the focusing fixing part in a direction parallel to the optical axis of the camera module.
- the magnetic conductive member and the focusing magnet are arranged opposite to each other in the horizontal direction, the height of the magnetic conductive member is greater than the height of the focusing magnet, and the magnetic conductive member and the focusing magnet interact with each other to generate a magnetic attraction force in the horizontal direction.
- the focusing coil is wound around the circumference of the magnetic conductive component along the height direction, and the winding height of the focusing coil does not exceed the height of the magnetic conductive component.
- a camera module is proposed.
- One purpose of the present application is to provide a camera module with a driving device, which overcomes the shortcomings of the prior art and achieves miniaturization of the module.
- a camera module comprising:
- a photosensitive component wherein the optical lens and the photosensitive component are arranged on the same side of the light deflection element;
- a driving device the driving device includes a fixed base, a frame movably arranged in the fixed base, a movable carrier movably arranged in the frame, a focus driving unit arranged between the fixed base and the frame, and an anti-shake driving unit arranged between the frame and the movable carrier, wherein the photosensitive component is fixed to the movable carrier, the focus driving unit includes a focus coil and a focus magnet arranged relatively to each other in a horizontal direction, the anti-shake driving unit includes at least one anti-shake magnet and at least one anti-shake coil arranged relatively to each other in a horizontal direction, and the at least one anti-shake coil is arranged on the movable carrier.
- the fixed base includes a base body and a focus fixing part fixed to one side of the base body, the focus magnet is arranged on the side of the frame, the focus coil is arranged on the focus fixing part, and the focus coil is arranged opposite to the focus magnet.
- the at least one anti-shake magnet includes a first anti-shake magnet and a second anti-shake magnet
- the at least one anti-shake coil includes a first anti-shake coil and a second anti-shake coil
- the first anti-shake magnet and the second anti-shake coil are arranged on two adjacent sides of the frame
- the first anti-shake coil and the second anti-shake coil are arranged on two adjacent sides of the movable carrier
- the first anti-shake coil is arranged opposite to the first anti-shake magnet
- the second anti-shake coil is arranged opposite to the second anti-shake magnet.
- the frame includes an integrally formed first frame portion, a second frame portion, and a frame connecting portion, the first frame portion and the second frame portion are respectively connected to two ends of the frame connecting portion, the first anti-shake magnet is installed on the inner side surface of the first frame portion, the second anti-shake magnet is installed on the inner side surface of the frame connecting portion, and the focusing magnet is installed on the outer side surface of the second frame portion.
- the first anti-shake coil and the second anti-shake coil are located on the inner sides of the first anti-shake magnet and the second anti-shake magnet, and the focus coil is located on the outer sides of the focus magnet.
- the fixed base also includes a bearing portion fixed to the middle part of the base body, the light deflection element is installed on the bearing portion, and the focusing magnet, the first anti-shake magnet and the second anti-shake magnet are arranged on the peripheral side of the light deflection element.
- a bottom surface of the focusing magnet is lower than a top surface of the light deflection element, and bottom surfaces of the first anti-shake magnet and the second anti-shake magnet are lower than a top surface of the light deflection element.
- the focus guide portion includes two guide rods, the two guide rods are vertically arranged between the second frame portion and the focus fixing portion, and the two guide rods are respectively arranged on both sides of the focus driving portion.
- the driving device also includes an anti-shake support part and an anti-shake magnetic component
- the anti-shake support part is arranged between the frame and the movable carrier
- the anti-shake magnetic component is fixed to the movable carrier
- the anti-shake magnetic component is arranged above the at least one anti-shake magnet
- the anti-shake magnetic component and the anti-shake magnet are magnetically attracted to each other so that the movable carrier is adsorbed to the frame in the height direction.
- the anti-shake support portion includes at least three balls, and the at least three balls are arranged between the frame and the movable carrier along a height direction.
- the driving device further includes a frame cover, and the frame cover is fixed to the top surface of the frame along the height direction.
- the driving device also includes an upper cover fixed to the fixed base, and the upper cover and the fixed base form a accommodating cavity to accommodate the focus driving unit, the frame, the frame cover, the anti-shake driving unit and the movable carrier.
- the photosensitive component includes a chip circuit board, a photosensitive chip electrically connected to the chip circuit board, and at least one electronic component, the photosensitive surface of the photosensitive chip faces the light deflection element to receive the light emitted from the light deflection element, and the movable carrier is fixed to the chip circuit board.
- a camera module is proposed.
- a camera module including:
- a light deflection element wherein the light deflection element comprises a plurality of reflective surfaces, and the light emitted by the optical lens is reflected multiple times on the plurality of reflective surfaces of the light deflection element;
- a photosensitive component wherein the light is emitted from the light deflection element and reaches the photosensitive component
- a driving device configured to drive the photosensitive component to move relative to the light deflection element, wherein the driving device comprises:
- a frame the frame being movably disposed on the fixed base
- a movable carrier the movable carrier being movably disposed on the frame, and the photosensitive component being disposed on the movable carrier;
- An anti-shake driving unit is arranged between the movable carrier and the frame, and is used for driving the movable carrier to move relative to the frame; wherein, the anti-shake driving unit extends downward from the movable carrier to the peripheral side of the light deflection element, and at least a portion of the anti-shake driving unit is lower than the top surface of the light deflection element.
- the frame includes an anti-shake frame extending in a horizontal direction, and a focus frame extending from the anti-shake frame in a height direction; the anti-shake driving unit is arranged between the anti-shake frame and the movable carrier in a horizontal direction.
- the anti-shake driving unit includes at least one anti-shake coil and at least one anti-shake magnet, the at least one anti-shake coil and the at least one anti-shake magnet are arranged relative to each other in the height direction, the at least one anti-shake coil is arranged on the movable carrier, and the at least one anti-shake magnet is arranged on the anti-shake frame.
- the plane where the top surface of the at least one anti-shake magnet is located is lower than the plane where the top surface of the light deflection element is located, and the plane where the bottom surface of the at least one anti-shake coil is located is lower than the plane where the top surface of the light deflection element is located.
- the fixed base includes a base body extending in a horizontal direction and a supporting portion arranged in the middle of the base body, the supporting portion extends from the base body in a height direction, the supporting portion has a groove whose size gradually decreases from the top to the bottom, and the light turning element is fixed in the groove.
- the movable carrier is disposed on the upper portion of the anti-shake frame, the anti-shake frame is disposed on the upper portion of the base body, and at least a portion of the movable carrier is lower than the top surface of the light deflection element.
- the fixed base also includes a focus fixing portion extending from the base body along the height direction
- the driving device also includes a focus driving portion, which is arranged between the focus fixing portion and the focus frame along the height direction, and the focus driving portion drives the focus frame to move relative to the focus fixing portion
- the focus driving unit also includes a magnetic conductive part, and the magnetic conductive part and the focus magnet are arranged opposite to each other in a horizontal direction.
- the magnetic conductive part and the focus magnet interact with each other to generate a magnetic attraction force in the horizontal direction, and the focus guide part is clamped between the focus frame and the focus fixing part under the action of the magnetic attraction force.
- the driving device also includes an anti-shake magnetic component, which is arranged opposite to the at least one anti-shake magnet in the height direction.
- the anti-shake magnetic component interacts with the at least one anti-shake magnet to generate a magnetic force in the height direction, and the anti-shake support part is clamped between the movable carrier and the anti-shake frame under the action of the magnetic force.
- a camera module is proposed.
- One purpose of the present application is to provide a camera module with a driving device, which overcomes the shortcomings of the prior art and achieves miniaturization of the module.
- a camera module comprising:
- an array module comprising:
- a camera module comprising a first area and a second area arranged opposite to each other along a length direction, the camera module comprising an optical lens and a driving device, the optical lens being eccentrically arranged in the driving device, the optical lens being arranged in the first area, and a driving part of the driving device including a magnet being arranged in the second area;
- the first sub-module includes a first motor, a first lens mounted on the first motor, and a first connecting circuit board for providing power to the first sub-module, and the first motor is a voice coil motor.
- the first connecting circuit board extends outward from one side of the first sub-module that is not close to the camera module.
- the second connecting circuit board extends outward from one side of the second sub-module that is not close to the camera module.
- the focusing magnet and the at least one anti-shake magnet are eccentrically disposed in the second area of the camera module.
- the camera module also includes a photosensitive component, which includes a chip circuit board, a photosensitive chip electrically connected to the chip circuit board, and at least one electronic component, the connecting circuit board is electrically connected to the chip circuit board, and the movable carrier is fixed to the chip circuit board.
- a photosensitive component which includes a chip circuit board, a photosensitive chip electrically connected to the chip circuit board, and at least one electronic component, the connecting circuit board is electrically connected to the chip circuit board, and the movable carrier is fixed to the chip circuit board.
- the driving device further comprises an upper cover fixed to the fixed base, wherein the upper cover and the fixed base form a receiving cavity to receive the focus driving unit, the frame, the anti-shake driving unit and the movable carrier.
- One purpose of the present application is to provide a telephoto camera module that overcomes the shortcomings of the prior art and can achieve better telephoto shooting while keeping the size smaller.
- a camera module including:
- a photosensitive component comprising a chip circuit board, a photosensitive chip electrically connected to the chip circuit board, and a connecting circuit board, wherein the photosensitive chip and the optical lens are arranged on the same side of the light deflection element;
- a driving device is configured to drive the photosensitive chip to move
- the connecting circuit board includes an inner circuit board, an outer circuit board and a flexible conductive mechanism connecting the inner circuit board and the outer circuit board, the inner circuit board is fixed to the chip circuit board, the outer circuit board is fixed to the driving device, and the connecting circuit board extends laterally above the light turning element.
- the lateral extension direction of the connecting circuit board is perpendicular to the length direction of the light turning element.
- the connecting circuit board also includes a connecting belt electrically connected to the external circuit board, the connecting belt extends outward and downward from one side of the external circuit board, and a portion of the connecting belt is arranged in the driving device in a horizontally bent form.
- the movable carrier has an opening facing one side of the light deflecting element, the movable carrier is arranged around three sides of the light deflecting element, the frame has an opening facing one side of the light deflecting element, and the frame is arranged around three sides of the light deflecting element.
- the anti-shake drive unit includes a first anti-shake magnet and a second anti-shake magnet fixed to the frame, and a first anti-shake coil and a second anti-shake coil fixed to the movable carrier, the first anti-shake coil and the first anti-shake magnet are arranged relative to each other along the height direction, and the second anti-shake coil and the second anti-shake magnet are arranged relative to each other along the height direction.
- the driving device also includes a frame cover fixed to the frame, the frame cover is arranged above the frame in the height direction, and the inner circuit board, the outer circuit board and the flexible conductive mechanism are arranged between the chip circuit board and the frame cover.
- the driving device further includes a fixed base and a focus driving unit, wherein the focus driving unit connects the fixed base and the frame to drive the frame to move in a height direction relative to the fixed base.
- the focus driving unit includes a focus magnet fixed to the frame and a focus coil fixed to the fixed base, and the focus magnet and the focus coil are arranged opposite to each other in a horizontal direction.
- a bottom surface of the focusing magnet is lower than a top surface of the light deflecting element.
- the driving device further comprises a focus guide and a focus magnetic member, wherein the focus guide is disposed between the frame and the fixed base so that an air gap is maintained between the frame and the fixed base, and the focus magnetic member is fixed to the fixed base, and the focus magnetic member and the focus magnet are magnetically attracted to each other so that the focus guide is clamped between the frame and the fixed base. between the fixed bases.
- the driving device further comprises an upper cover fixed to the fixed base, the upper cover having a lens opening, and the optical lens extends from the driving device through the lens opening.
- connection belt extends outward and downward from a side of the external circuit board away from the focus driving unit, and a portion of the connection belt is bent in a horizontal direction and disposed below the frame.
- the connecting belt includes an extension portion, a bending portion, and a lead-out portion connected in sequence, the extension portion extends outward and downward from a side of the external circuit board away from the focus driving portion, the bending portion electrically connects the extension portion and the lead-out portion and is disposed below the frame, and the lead-out portion extends outward from the bending portion to extend out the driving device.
- the lead-out portion is fixed to the fixed base.
- FIG1 is an exploded schematic diagram of a camera module according to the present application.
- FIG2A is a schematic diagram of a first embodiment of an optical system according to the present application.
- FIG2C is a schematic diagram of a third embodiment of an optical system according to the present application.
- FIG3A is a perspective schematic diagram of a first embodiment of a split prism according to the present application.
- FIG3B is a perspective schematic diagram of a second embodiment of a split prism according to the present application.
- 5A is a schematic cross-sectional view of a first embodiment of a camera module according to the present application, taken along a longitudinal direction;
- FIG6 is an exploded schematic diagram of a first embodiment of a driving device according to the present application.
- FIG7 is another exploded schematic diagram of the first embodiment of the driving device according to the present application.
- FIG. 8A is a schematic cross-sectional view of a first embodiment of a driving device according to the present application, taken along a longitudinal direction;
- FIG8B is a perspective schematic diagram of a modified embodiment of the first embodiment of the driving device according to the present application.
- FIG9A is an exploded schematic diagram of a top view of a first embodiment of a driving device according to the present application.
- FIG9B is another exploded schematic diagram of the first embodiment of the driving device according to the present application from a bottom perspective;
- FIG9C is a perspective schematic diagram of a connection circuit board according to the first embodiment of the driving device of the present application.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a modified embodiment of the first embodiment of the camera module of the present application along the length direction;
- FIG13 is an exploded schematic diagram of a second embodiment of a driving device according to the present application.
- FIG14 is another exploded schematic diagram of the second embodiment of the driving device according to the present application.
- FIG16 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an array module according to the present application.
- FIG18A is a cross-sectional view of a camera module along a length direction according to an embodiment of the present application
- FIG18B is an enlarged schematic diagram of the circular area in FIG18A ;
- FIG19A is a cross-sectional view of a camera module along a width direction according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG19B is an enlarged schematic diagram of the circular area in FIG19A ;
- 20A and 20B are two schematic structural diagrams of an optical system according to an embodiment of the present application.
- 23A and 23B are exploded schematic diagrams of a partial structure of a driving device according to an embodiment of the present application, viewed from top and bottom, respectively.
- the present application provides a solution to the above-mentioned problem, which miniaturizes the camera module and makes the camera module suitable for being installed in a small mobile device.
- the second prism 362 is disposed between the first prism 361 and the third prism 363.
- the first prism 361 When light passes through the light entrance area 311 of the first prism 361 and enters the first prism 361, at least some of the light is reflected at least once in the first prism 361 and reaches the second prism 362. Then, at least some of the light reaching the second prism 362 is reflected at least once in the second prism 362 and reaches the third prism 363.
- the light deflection element 30 may also include a shading film disposed between the first prism 361 and the second prism 362 and/or disposed between the second prism 362 and the third prism 363.
- a U-shaped shading film is disposed on the side of the second prism 362 facing the first prism 361
- a U-shaped shading film is disposed on the side of the second prism 362 facing the third prism 363.
- the shading film may also be disposed on the side of the first prism 361 or the third prism 363 facing the second prism 362.
- the driving device 60 is implemented as a chip driving component, and the driving device 60 is configured to drive the photosensitive component 40 to move relative to the light deflection element 30 to achieve optical focus and/or optical image stabilization. It is worth mentioning that in this embodiment, the position of the optical lens 10 or the light deflection element 30 is not adjusted to keep the relative position between the optical lens 10 and the light deflection element 30 unchanged, thereby avoiding the reflection path of the light in the light deflection element 30 and the light emission path being significantly different from the predetermined path due to the change in the path of the light incident on the light deflection element 30, thereby reducing the imaging quality of the camera module 1. That is, the driving device 60 is configured to drive the photosensitive component 40 to move relative to the light deflection element 30 and the optical lens 10.
- the driving device 60 is arranged on the peripheral side of the light deflection element 30, and at least a part of the driving device 60 is lower than the top surface of the light deflection element 30.
- This arrangement allows sufficient placement space for the driving device 60, making the structure of the camera module 1 more compact; on the other hand, it can reduce the height of the driving device 60, thereby reducing the shoulder height of the camera module 1, so as to provide a certain space position for the photosensitive component 40 and the filter component 50, and also achieve the purpose of reducing the height of the camera module 1.
- the shoulder height of the camera module 1 is the height of the driving device 60.
- the upper cover 610a and the fixed base 61a are interlocked to form a receiving chamber to accommodate the movable carrier 66a, the frame 63a, the focus drive unit 62a, the anti-shake drive unit 65a and the connecting circuit board 44, etc., which can prevent dust from entering on the one hand, and prevent the components from falling when hit on the other hand.
- the upper cover 610a has a lens opening 6101a at the position corresponding to the optical lens 10, and the optical lens 10 can pass through the lens opening 6101a and be fixed to the light deflection element 30 to avoid affecting the incidence of light.
- the fixed base 61a includes a base body 611a and a bearing portion 613a disposed on the base body 611a, wherein the bearing portion 613a is disposed in the middle of the base body 611a and extends from the base body 611a in the height direction.
- the bearing portion 613a has a groove whose size gradually decreases from the top to the bottom along the optical axis direction, and the light deflection element 30 is fixed in the groove of the bearing portion 613a, and the shape of the groove of the bearing portion 613a is adapted to the shape of the light deflection element 30.
- the height of the bearing portion 613a is not less than the height of the light deflection element 30, so as to avoid the top surface of the light deflection element 30 protruding from the top surface of the bearing portion 613a, thereby preventing the surface of the light deflection element 30 from being scratched or damaged.
- the top surface of the light deflection element 30 is flush with the top surface of the bearing portion 613a.
- connection belt accommodating cavity 614a and the drive part accommodating cavity 616a are relatively arranged on the peripheral side of the bearing part 613a, so as to avoid interference between the connection circuit board 44 and other components in the driving device 60, which affects the conductive effect, and can also make the structure of the camera module 1 more compact.
- the fixed base 61a also includes a focus fixing portion 612a, which is arranged on the side of the fixed base 61a, that is, the fixed base 61a includes a base body 611a extending in the horizontal direction, and a focus fixing portion 612a extending from the base body 611a in the height direction.
- the focus fixing portion 612a is arranged close to the side where the photosensitive component 40 is located, that is, the focus fixing portion 612a is arranged close to the third side 73 of the fixed base 61a.
- the focus fixing portion 612a is arranged on the second side 72 of the fixed base 61a, or, the fourth side 74 opposite to the second side 72.
- the frame 63a includes an anti-shake frame 633a and a focus frame 631a, wherein the anti-shake frame 633a extends in the horizontal direction, and the focus frame 631a extends in the height direction integrally from the anti-shake frame 633a. That is, the frame 63a includes the anti-shake frame 633a extending in the horizontal direction, and the focus frame 631a extending in the height direction from the anti-shake frame 633a.
- the anti-shake frame 633a and the focus frame 631a form a " ⁇ "-shaped structure, which has an opening toward the bearing portion 613a.
- the movable carrier 66a and the anti-shake frame 633a are arranged opposite to each other in the height direction, the focus frame 631a and the focus fixing part 612a of the fixed base 61a are arranged opposite to each other in the horizontal direction, the anti-shake driving part 65a is arranged between the movable carrier 66a and the anti-shake frame 633a to drive the movable carrier 66a to move in the horizontal direction to realize the optical anti-shake function; the focus driving part 62a is arranged between the focus frame 631a and the focus fixing part 612a to drive the frame 63a and then drive the movable carrier 66a to move in the height direction to realize the optical focus function.
- the anti-shake frame 633a includes a first arm 6331a extending along the length direction (or X-axis direction) and a second arm 6332a extending along the width direction (or Y-axis direction), and the first arm 6331a and the second arm 6332a are connected to each other. It can also be said that the first arm 6331a of the anti-shake frame 633a is set on the second side 72 or the fourth side 74, the second arm 6332a of the anti-shake frame 633a is set on the third side 73, and the focus frame 631a is set on the side opposite to the first arm 6331a of the anti-shake frame 633a and extends in the height direction.
- the frame 63a is only set on three sides close to the photosensitive component 40, for example: the second side 72, the third side 73 and the fourth side 74, toward the optical lens.
- the frame 63a is not provided on one side of the head 10, for example, the first side 71. This arrangement can reduce the size of a single side of the driving device 60, so as to reduce the lateral size of the camera module 1.
- the focus drive unit 62a is arranged on the side of the drive device 60, and the focus drive unit 62a is arranged between the fixed base 61a and the frame 63a along the height direction to drive the frame 63a to move relative to the fixed base 61a along the Z-axis direction, that is, the focus drive unit 62a is configured to drive the frame 63a to move relative to the fixed base 61a along a direction parallel to the optical axis of the camera module 1 to achieve an optical focus function.
- the focus drive unit 62a is arranged between the focus frame 631a of the frame 63a and the focus fixing portion 612a of the fixed base 61a.
- the focus driving part 62a includes a focus magnet 621a and a focus coil 622a opposite thereto, the focus magnet 621a is arranged at one of the focus frame 631a and the focus fixing part 612a, and the focus coil 622a is arranged at the other of the focus frame 631a and the focus fixing part 612a.
- the focus magnet 621a and the focus coil 622a are arranged relatively on the circumference of the light turning element 30 in the horizontal direction; wherein the winding axis of the focus coil 622a is parallel to the optical axis direction of the camera module 1.
- the focus coil 622a is wound around an axis in the height direction, and the axis is the winding axis of the focus coil 622a.
- the focus coil 622a is formed by winding a wire around the winding axis.
- the focus magnet 621a is disposed on the focus frame 631a, and the focus coil 622a is disposed on the focus fixing portion 612a.
- the focus magnet 621a and the focus coil 631a interact to drive the focus frame 631a to move relative to the focus fixing portion 612a in a direction parallel to the optical axis of the camera module 1.
- the outer wall of the focus frame 631a has a magnet placement groove, and the focus magnet 621a is disposed in the magnet placement position to be fixed to the focus frame 631a.
- the focus fixing portion 612a includes a first support arm 6121a and a second support arm 6122a which are spaced apart from each other.
- the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a extend integrally from the base body 611a in the height direction. There is a certain space between the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a.
- the focus coil 622a is disposed in the space between the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a. Further, the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a are respectively provided with coil placement grooves, the opening of the coil placement grooves faces the space between the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a, and the focus coil 622a is disposed in the coil placement grooves to be stably clamped between the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a.
- the focusing magnet 621a and the focusing coil 622a are arranged relative to each other in the horizontal direction, so that the frame 63a is driven to move relative to the fixed base 61a through the magnetic field force between the focusing coil 622a and the focusing magnet 621a.
- the focus drive unit 62a also includes a magnetic conductive member 624a, which is arranged between the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a, and the magnetic conductive member 624a extends in the height direction, and its top surface is not higher than the top surfaces of the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a.
- the focus coil 622a is wound around the magnetic conductive part 624a along the height direction, and the winding height of the focus coil 622a does not exceed the height of the magnetic conductive part 624a to prevent the focus coil 622a from falling off the magnetic conductive part 624a.
- the magnetic conductive part 624a is arranged inside the focus coil 622a.
- the magnetic field of the magnetic conductive part 624a is magnetized to generate a magnetic field.
- the magnetic field generated by the magnetic conductive part 624a and the magnetic field generated by the focus coil 622a are superimposed on each other, so that the overall magnetic field strength is increased, the magnetic field force between the focus coil 622a and the focus magnet 621a is increased, and the driving frame 63a has a larger moving stroke.
- the magnetic conductive part 624a extends in the height direction and has a certain height, the number of turns of the focusing coil 622a wound on the magnetic conductive part 624a increases, the magnetic field force between the focusing coil 622a and the focusing magnet 621a increases, and the driving frame 63a produces a larger moving stroke.
- the focus coil 622a and the focus magnet 621a extend in the height direction, and the height of the focus coil 622a is greater than the height of the focus magnet 621a. That is, the focus coil 622a is arranged on the side wall of the focus fixing portion 612a, and the focus magnet 621a is arranged on the side wall of the focus frame 631a, and the height of the focus coil 622a is greater than the height of the focus magnet 621a, so that the focus magnet 621a can always interact with the focus magnet 622a during the movement of the focus frame 631a.
- the focus coil 622a is arranged on the peripheral side of the magnetic conductive member 624a, and the magnetic conductive member 624a has a certain thickness so that it has sufficient strength to support the focus coil 622a.
- the magnetic conductive member 624a and the focus magnet 621a are arranged relative to each other in the horizontal direction, the magnetic conductive member 624a and the focus magnet 621a interact with each other to generate a magnetic attraction force in the horizontal direction to movably hold the frame 63a in the fixed base 61a.
- the magnetic conductive member 624a is a hollow structure, and there is a through hole in the middle of the magnetic conductive member 624a to reduce the magnetic attraction between the magnetic conductive member 624a and the focusing magnet 621a.
- the frame 63a can move under the action of the magnetic thrust.
- the size of the through hole of the magnetic conductive member 624a is determined according to actual needs.
- the focusing coil 622a can be implemented as being directly wound around the circumference of the magnetic conductive component 624a, or it can be implemented as being prefabricated and then placed on the circumference of the magnetic conductive component 624a; the magnetic conductive component 624a can be implemented as an iron core, or it can be implemented as other metal materials, and the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
- the magnetic conductive member 624a is disposed in the coil placement groove so that the focus coil 622a is stably disposed between the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a.
- the bottom of the magnetic conductive member 624a has a larger size, which is larger than the size of other parts of the magnetic conductive member 624a.
- the magnetic conductive member 624a has a " ⁇ "-shaped structure, so that, on the one hand, the focus coil 622a can be prevented from falling off; on the other hand, it can be more stably disposed on the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a.
- the magnetic conductive member 624a is disposed on a side of the focusing coil 622a away from the focusing magnet 621a, and the magnetic conductive member 624a and the focusing magnet 621a are disposed opposite to each other in the horizontal direction. Furthermore, the magnetic conductive member 624a extends in the height direction and is disposed between the positioning piece 615a and the base body 611a, that is, the two ends of the magnetic conductive member 624a are respectively fixed by the positioning piece 615a and the base body 611a.
- the magnetic conductive member 624a When the magnetic conductive member 624a interacts with the focusing magnet 621a to generate a magnetic attraction force in the horizontal direction, under the action of the magnetic attraction force, the frame 63a is movably retained in the fixed base 61a.
- the magnetic conductive member 624a can be implemented as a metal sheet, such as an iron sheet.
- the focusing coil 622a can also be implemented as a planar racetrack coil, and the plane where the focusing coil 622a is located is parallel to the plane where the magnetic conductive member 624a is located, so that when the magnetic conductive member 624a is set, there will be no interference between the focusing coil 622a.
- the focus guide portion 64a is arranged on the same side as the focus drive portion 62a, and the focus guide portion 64a is arranged between the focus frame 631a of the frame 63a and the focus fixing portion 612a of the fixed base 61a. Furthermore, the focus guide portion 64a includes a top surface, a bottom surface opposite to the top surface, and an outer peripheral wall connected between the top surface and the bottom surface, and the outer peripheral wall of the focus guide portion 64a abuts against the focus fixing portion 612a and the focus frame 631a respectively.
- the focus guide portion 64a may be implemented as a guide rod 641a, or the focus guide portion 64a may also be implemented as a ball.
- the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a have two first guide rails 6123a
- the focus frame 631a has two second guide rails 632a
- the two first guide rails 6123a and the second guide rail 632a are arranged opposite to each other.
- There are two first guide rails 6123a which are arranged in parallel with each other and are respectively arranged on the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a.
- there are two second guide rails 632a which are arranged in parallel with each other and are respectively arranged on both sides of the magnet placement position.
- the two second guide rails 632a and the two first guide rails 6123a are arranged in parallel with each other.
- the focus guide part 64a includes two guide rods 641a, which are clamped between the two first guide rails 6123a and the two second guide rails 632a.
- the two first guide rails 6123a are in a " ⁇ "-shaped structure to facilitate their molding on the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a; the two second guide rails 632a are in a "["-shaped structure or a " ⁇ "-shaped structure.
- the two second guide rails 632a can also be in a "["-shaped and " ⁇ "-shaped structures, respectively.
- the top ends of the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a of the focus fixing portion 612a are provided with positioning bosses 6124a, and the positioning piece 615a has a corresponding positioning hole 6151a, and the positioning bosses 6124a are arranged in the positioning hole 6151a, so that the positioning piece 615a is placed at the top ends of the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a.
- the length of the focus guide portion 64a along the height direction is equal to the height of the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a, so that the top surface of the focus guide portion 64a and the bottom surface of the positioning piece 615a are in contact with each other.
- the movable carrier 66a is movably disposed on the frame 63a
- the photosensitive component 40 is fixedly disposed on the movable carrier 66a
- the anti-shake driving unit 65a is disposed between the movable carrier 66a and the frame 63a to drive the movable carrier 66a and then drive the photosensitive component 40 to move relative to the frame 63a along the X-axis and Y-axis directions to achieve the optical anti-shake function.
- the movable carrier 66a is disposed on the anti-shake frame 633a of the frame 63a, that is, along the height direction, the movable carrier 66a, the anti-shake frame 633a and the fixed base 61a are disposed in sequence.
- the third arm 662a of the movable carrier 66a and the first arm 6331a of the anti-shake frame 633a are arranged opposite to each other in the height direction
- the fourth arm 663a of the movable carrier 66a and the second arm 6332a of the anti-shake frame 633a are arranged opposite to each other in the height direction, so that the anti-shake driving unit 65a is arranged between the movable carrier 66a and the anti-shake frame 633a.
- the movable carrier 66a is only arranged on two sides close to the photosensitive component 40, for example: the second side 72 and the third side 73, or the fourth side 74 and the third side 73.
- At least one anti-shake magnet 651a includes a first anti-shake magnet 6511a and a second anti-shake magnet 6512a
- at least one anti-shake coil 652a includes a first anti-shake coil 6521a and a second anti-shake coil 6522a.
- the length direction of the first anti-shake magnet 6511a is the X-axis direction
- the length direction of the second anti-shake magnet 6512a is the Y-axis direction, that is, the first anti-shake magnet 6511a and the second anti-shake magnet 6512a are arranged in a vertical or approximately vertical manner.
- the first anti-shake magnet 6511a and the first anti-shake coil 6521a are arranged opposite to each other in the height direction, and the second anti-shake magnet 6512a and the second anti-shake coil 6522a are arranged opposite to each other in the height direction, so that the first anti-shake magnet 6511a and the first anti-shake coil 6521a interact with each other, and the second anti-shake magnet 6512a and the second anti-shake coil 6522a interact with each other, thereby generating a magnetic field force to drive the movable carrier 66a to move along the X-axis and Y-axis directions.
- the number of the second anti-shake coils 6522a can also be two, the length direction of the two second anti-shake coils 6522a is the same as the width direction of the camera module 1, and the two second anti-shake coils 6522a are arranged side by side along the width direction of the camera module 1.
- the number of the first anti-shake coils 6521a and the second anti-shake coils 6522a can also be three, four, etc., and the present application does not limit this.
- the driving device 60 further includes an anti-shake support part 67a, which is arranged between the movable carrier 66a and the frame 63a.
- an anti-shake support part 67a which is arranged between the movable carrier 66a and the frame 63a.
- the anti-shake driving part 65a drives the movable carrier 66a to move along the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction
- the anti-shake support part 67a always supports the movable carrier 66a, so that the movable carrier 66a can move smoothly relative to the frame 63a.
- the stability of the movement of the driving device 60 during the optical anti-shake process is improved, thereby improving the imaging quality.
- the anti-shake magnetic sheet is arranged on the side of the anti-shake coil 652a away from the anti-shake magnet 651a.
- the anti-shake magnetic sheet is fixed between the anti-shake coil 652a and the movable carrier 66a by gluing or welding, or the anti-shake magnetic sheet is arranged inside the movable carrier 66a by insert injection molding. The present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
- the driving device 60 further includes a frame cover 630a, and the frame cover 630a and the frame 63a are anti-shake
- the frame 633a is buckled to accommodate the anti-shake driving unit 65a, the movable carrier 66a, the anti-shake support unit 67a, the anti-shake magnetic sheet and other components between the frame cover 630a and the anti-shake frame 633a of the frame 63a, so as to prevent the components from falling off during the optical anti-shake process and affecting the anti-shake effect.
- the frame cover 630a corresponds to the structure of the anti-shake frame 633a, and is in an "L"-shaped structure to buckle with the first arm 6331a and the second arm 6332a of the anti-shake frame 633a.
- the driving device 60 further includes an anti-shake position sensing component 68a and a focus position sensing component 69a
- the anti-shake position sensing component 68a includes an anti-shake position sensing element 681a.
- the anti-shake position sensing element 681a is provided on a movable carrier 66a, and is arranged opposite to the anti-shake magnet 651a. When the movable carrier 66a moves, the relative position of the anti-shake position sensing element 681a and the anti-shake magnet 651a changes.
- the position of the movable carrier 66a can be determined, and then the current of the anti-shake coil 652a is adjusted to move the movable carrier 66a to the required position.
- the anti-shake position sensing element 681a is provided in the anti-shake coil 652a to avoid increasing the size of the movable carrier 66a.
- the anti-shake position sensing element 681a can be implemented as a TMR, a Hall element or a driver IC, etc.
- the focus position sensing component 69a includes a focus position sensing element 692a and a focus position sensing magnet 691a, wherein the focus position sensing element 692a is arranged on the focus fixing portion 612a of the fixed base 61a, and the focus position sensing magnet 691a is arranged on the focus frame 631a of the frame 63a, and the focus position sensing element 692a and the focus position sensing magnet 691a are arranged relatively in the horizontal direction.
- the relative position of the focus position sensing element 692a and the focus position sensing magnet 691a changes.
- the position of the frame 63a can be determined, and then the current of the focus coil 622a is adjusted to move the frame 63a to the required position.
- the focus position sensing magnet 691a is a magnetic grating structure to meet the larger movement travel requirements of the frame 63a.
- the focus position sensing element 692a may be implemented as a TMR, a Hall element, a driving IC, or the like.
- the focus driving unit 62a, the anti-shake driving unit 65a, the movable carrier 66a, the frame 63a and other components of the driving device 60 are centrally arranged in the driving unit accommodating cavity 616a.
- the focus driving unit 62a, the anti-shake driving unit 65a, the movable carrier 66a, the frame 63a and other components of the driving device 60 are centrally arranged on one side of the light deflection element 30 along the length direction, so as to fully utilize the internal space of the camera module 1.
- the camera module 1 further includes a focus electrical connection portion (not shown) and an anti-shake electrical connection portion (not shown), wherein the focus electrical connection portion and the anti-shake electrical connection portion are electrically connected to the connection circuit board 44, respectively.
- the focus electrical connection portion can be integrally formed on the fixed base 61a using an insert injection molding process to electrically connect the focus coil 622a and the connection circuit board 44 to achieve circuit conduction of the focus drive portion 62a.
- the focus electrical connection portion can be implemented as a PIN pin to electrically connect the focus coil 622a and the connection circuit board 44.
- the anti-shake electrical connection portion can be integrally formed on the movable carrier 66a by insert injection molding to be electrically connected to the anti-shake coil 652a and the connection circuit board 44 to achieve circuit conduction of the anti-shake driving portion 65a.
- the anti-shake electrical connection portion can be implemented as a PIN pin to be electrically connected to the anti-shake coil 652a and the connection circuit board 44.
- the photosensitive component 40 also includes a connecting circuit board 44, which is fixed and electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42 to provide electrical conduction between the chip circuit board 42 and the external electronic device.
- a connecting circuit board 44 which is fixed and electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42 to provide electrical conduction between the chip circuit board 42 and the external electronic device.
- the first lead-out portion 454a of the first connecting belt 45a can be fixed to the fixed base 61a or the upper cover 610a, so that the first bent portion 453a, the first side connecting portion 452a and the first connecting portion 451a located inside the camera module 1 are not affected by external factors, which further increases the resistance of the driving device 60 from the photosensitive component 40.
- the first lead-out portion 454a is not fixed, the movement of other devices or equipment connected to the camera module 1 will cause the first lead-out portion 454a to move, and the first bent portion 453a connected to the first lead-out portion 454a will also move, and finally, the resistance generated by the photosensitive component 40 becomes larger.
- the second connection portion 461a extends laterally from the chip circuit board 42 in a direction away from the chip circuit board 42, one end of the second connection portion 461a is connected to the chip circuit board 42, and the other end of the second connection portion 461a is bent downward and connected to one end of the second side connection portion 462a.
- the second side connection portion 462a extends and bends around the circumference of the light turning element 30 and the optical lens 10, so that the second side connection portion 462a is bent from the long side of the camera module 1 to the short side of the camera module 1, and the other end of the second side connection portion 462a is connected to one end of the second bending portion 463a.
- the optical lens 10 is disposed above the light deflection element 30 and corresponds to the light entrance area 311 of the light deflection element 30, and the photosensitive component 40 is disposed below the light deflection element 30 and corresponds to the light exit area 312 of the light deflection element 30.
- the fixed base 61a, the frame 63a and the movable carrier 66a are disposed in sequence, that is, the frame 63a is disposed between the fixed base 61a and the movable carrier 66a, and the movable carrier 66a is located at the lowest position among the three.
- At least one anti-shake magnet 651b is arranged on the frame 63b, at least one anti-shake coil 652b is arranged on the movable carrier 66b, at least one anti-shake magnet 651b includes a first anti-shake magnet 6511b and a second anti-shake magnet 6512b, at least one anti-shake coil 652b includes a first anti-shake coil 6521b and a second anti-shake coil 6522b, the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b are arranged on two adjacent sides of the frame 63b, the first anti-shake coil 6521b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b are arranged on two adjacent sides of the movable carrier 66b, and the first anti-shake coil 6521b is arranged opposite to the first anti-shake magnet 6511b, and the second anti-shake coil 6522b is arranged opposite to the second anti-shake magnet 6512b.
- the two adjacent side surfaces where the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b are located in the frame 63b are perpendicular to each other, and the two adjacent side surfaces where the first anti-shake coil 6521b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b are located in the movable carrier 66b are perpendicular to each other.
- the driving device 60 also includes an upper cover 610b fixed to the fixed base 61b, and the upper cover 610b and the fixed base 61b form a receiving chamber to accommodate the focus driving unit 62b, the frame 63b, the frame cover 630b, the anti-shake driving unit 65b and the movable carrier 66b.
- the upper cover 610b has a lens opening 611b, so that the optical lens 10 can extend from the driving device 60 through the lens opening 611b.
- the part of the air gap formed between the frame 63b and the fixed base 61b in the height direction is suitable for being adjusted in the realization of the chip focusing function.
- the fixed base 61b includes a base body 611b, a bearing portion 613b and a focus fixing portion 612b, wherein the bearing portion 613b is fixed to the middle of the base body 611b, and the focus fixing portion 612b is fixed to one side of the base body 611b, specifically, the focus fixing portion 612b is fixed to the long side of the base body 611b. It should be understood that the bearing portion 613b and the focus fixing portion 612b can be fixed to the base body 611b by bonding or integral molding.
- the carrying portion 613b has a carrying cavity for mounting the light deflection element 30.
- the light deflection element 30 is mounted on the carrying portion 613b, and the shape of the carrying cavity of the carrying portion 613b is adapted to the shape of the light deflection element 30.
- the carrying cavity of the carrying portion 613b has a size that gradually decreases from the top to the bottom.
- the focusing coil 622b fixed to the focusing fixing part 612b drives the focusing magnet 621b to move in the height direction relative to the focusing coil 622b, so that the frame 63b fixed to the focusing magnet 621b moves in the height direction along with the movement of the focusing magnet 621b. That is, in this example, in the process of implementing chip focusing, the focusing magnet 621b acts as a mover and the focusing coil 622b acts as a stator.
- the outer side surface of the focus fixing part 612b refers to the side of the focus fixing part 612b away from the frame 63b.
- the focusing circuit board 623b is further electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42.
- the focusing circuit board 623b can be a flexible circuit board or a soft-hard combination board. In this way, the focusing circuit board 623b can be arranged in the driving device 60 in a bent state so that the focusing circuit board 623b can be extended to a position that is convenient for electrical connection with the chip circuit board 42.
- the focusing magnet 621b and at least one anti-shake magnet 651b are both fixed on the side of the frame 63b, wherein the focusing magnet 621b is fixed on the outer side of the frame 63b, and at least one anti-shake magnet 651b is fixed on the inner side of the frame 63b.
- at least one anti-shake magnet 651b is not arranged on the top surface of the frame 63b, so that the lateral size of the driving device 60 is relatively small.
- the first anti-shake coil 6521b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b are located on the inner side of the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b, and the focus coil 622b is located on the outer side of the focus magnet 621b.
- the first anti-shake coil 6521b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b can be directly electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42 of the photosensitive component 40 from the inside, while the focus coil 622b is electrically connected to the photosensitive component 40 from the outside, thereby optimizing the electrical connection setting method of the camera module 1.
- the focus magnet 621b since the focus magnet 621b is disposed on the side of the focus fixing portion 612b of the fixing base 61b, the bottom surface of the focus magnet 621b can be lower than the top surface of the light turning element 30.
- the focus magnet 621b extends downward, so that the relative area between the focus magnet 621b and the focus coil 622b can be increased, thereby improving the driving force of the focus driving portion 62b.
- the focus magnet 621 b , the first anti-shake magnet 6511 b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512 b are arranged on the peripheral side of the light turning element 30 .
- the focusing magnetic suction piece 620b is made of a material suitable for being attracted by a magnet, and it is magnetically attracted to the focusing magnet 621b so that the frame 63b is adsorbed to the focusing fixing part 612b of the fixed base 61b in the width direction.
- the frame 63b and the focusing fixing part 612b of the fixed base 61b clamp two guide rods 641b in the width direction.
- the focusing magnetic suction piece 620b can be a material containing iron.
- the focus guide portion 64b is arranged between the second frame portion 637b of the frame 63b and the focus fixing portion 612b of the fixed base 61b, the focus magnetic suction component 620b is fixed to the focus fixing portion 612b, and the focus magnetic suction component 620b and the focus magnet 621b are magnetically attracted to each other so that the focus guide portion 64b is clamped between the second frame portion 637b of the frame 63b and the focus fixing portion 612b of the fixed base 61b.
- two first guide rails 6123b extending in the height direction are formed on the inner side surface of the focus fixing part 612b opposite to the frame 63b
- two second guide rails 632b extending in the height direction are formed on the outer side surface of the frame 63b opposite to the focus fixing part 612b (that is, the outer side surface of the second frame part 637b)
- the two first guide rails 6123b and the two second guide rails 632b are respectively arranged.
- the two guide rods 641b are respectively arranged between the two first guide rails 6123b and the two second guide rails 632b, and are clamped between the frame 63b and the focus fixing part 612b under the magnetic attraction between the focus magnetic attraction member 620b and the focus magnet 621b.
- the two guide rods 641b may not be fixed, and they are only clamped by the frame 63b and the focus fixing part 612b; in another example of the present application, the positions of the two guide rods 641b may also be fixed, for example, they may be fixed to the fixed base 61b by fixing the bottom end of the guide rod 641b to the fixed base 61b and/or fixing the top end of the guide rod 641b to the upper cover 610b, or, the two guide rods 641b are restricted between the upper cover 610b and the fixed base 61b only by the snap fit between the upper cover 610b and the fixed base 61b.
- the frame 63b since the light deflection element 30 disposed between the optical lens 10 and the photosensitive component 40 is relatively long, in order to reduce the overall size of the camera module 1, the frame 63b has an opening in the direction toward the light deflection element 30, so that the frame 63b is disposed around the light deflection element 30 in a " ⁇ " shape, and therefore, only three sides of the frame 63b can be provided with the first anti-shake magnet 6511b, the second anti-shake magnet 6512b and the focus magnet 621b.
- the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b need to be disposed perpendicularly to each other to achieve translation in two perpendicular directions, and therefore, one of the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b needs to be disposed on the short side of the driving device 60, and the other of the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b and the focus magnet 621b are disposed on the two opposite long sides of the driving device 60, respectively.
- the first anti-shake magnet 6511b is installed on the inner side of the first frame portion 635b located on the long side of the driving device 60
- the second anti-shake magnet 6512b is installed on the inner side of the frame connection portion 636b located on the short side of the driving device 60
- the focus magnet 621b is installed on the outer side of the second frame portion 637b located on the long side of the driving device 60.
- the focus magnet 621b, the first anti-shake magnet 6511b, and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b are flat rectangular parallelepipeds, and the largest side of the focus magnet 621b is parallel to the largest side of the first anti-shake magnet 6511b, and the largest side of the focus magnet 621b is perpendicular to the largest side of the second anti-shake magnet 6512b.
- the focus coil 622b is parallel to the first anti-shake coil 6521b, and the focus coil 622b is perpendicular to the second anti-shake coil 6522b.
- the magnetic pole direction of the focus magnet 621b is perpendicular to the magnetic pole direction of the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b, so that the driving direction of the focus drive unit 62b is perpendicular to the driving direction of the anti-shake drive unit 65b.
- the magnetic pole direction of the magnet refers to the direction in which the S pole of the magnet points to the N pole.
- the focus coil 622b, the first anti-shake coil 6521b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b are all runway-type coils, wherein the winding plane of the focus coil 622b and the winding plane of the first anti-shake coil 6521b are parallel to each other, and the winding plane of the focus coil 622b and the winding plane of the second anti-shake coil 6522b are perpendicular to each other.
- the focusing magnet 621b and the first anti-shake magnet 6511b have different size specifications, the focusing magnet 621b and the first anti-shake magnet 6511b are not symmetrically arranged. Accordingly, in one example, in the width direction, the optical lens 10, the light turning element 30 and the photosensitive component 40 are eccentrically arranged in the driving device 60.
- the photosensitive component 40 also includes a connecting circuit board 44, which is fixed and electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42 to provide electrical conduction between the chip circuit board 42 and the external electronic device.
- a connecting circuit board 44 which is fixed and electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42 to provide electrical conduction between the chip circuit board 42 and the external electronic device.
- the connection circuit board 44 includes a first connection belt 45b, which includes a first connection portion 451b, a first side connection portion 452b, a first bending portion 453b and a first lead-out portion 454b connected in sequence, wherein the first connection portion 451b connects the chip circuit board 42 and the first side connection portion 452b, and the first bending portion 453b connects the first side connection portion 452b and the first lead-out portion 454b.
- first connection portion 451b, the first side connection portion 452b, the first bending portion 453b and the first lead-out portion 454b are electrically connected, and the first connection belt 45b is connected and electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42 through the first connection portion 451b, so that the chip circuit board 42 can be electrically connected to an external device or equipment through the first lead-out portion 454b of the first connection belt 45b.
- the first connecting belt 45 b can be a flexible circuit board or a soft-hard combination board, so that the first connecting belt 45 b can be bent to adapt to the space inside the camera module 1.
- the first connection portion 451b extends laterally from the chip circuit board 42 in a direction away from the chip circuit board 42, one end of the first connection portion 451b is connected to the chip circuit board 42, and the other end of the first connection portion 451b is bent downward and connected to one end of the first side connection portion 452b.
- the first side connection portion 452b extends and bends around the circumference of the light turning element 30 and the optical lens 10, so that the first side connection portion 452b is bent from the long side of the camera module 1 to the short side of the camera module 1, and the other end of the first side connection portion 452b is connected to one end of the first bending portion 453b.
- first bending portion 453b is connected to the bottom of the other end of the first side connection portion 452b, and the other end of the first bending portion 453b is connected to the first lead-out portion 454b, and the first bending portion 453b is bent and arranged below the first side connection portion 452b.
- first bending portion 453b is bent in a horizontal direction, and the first bending portion 453b is disposed below the first side connecting portion 452b in a horizontally bent form.
- the directions shown in the drawings in the present application are as follows: in the present application, the direction of the optical lens 10 relative to the light deflection element 30 is considered as the upper direction, and the opposite direction is considered as the lower direction. In other words, the light deflection element 30 is below the optical lens 10 .
- the driving device 60 drives the photosensitive component 40 to move in the height direction to a stroke of at least 2 mm, and the first bending portion 453b can be extended in the height direction to meet the requirements of the photosensitive component 40 moving in the height direction.
- the first bending portion 453b can be bent multiple times so that the first bending portion 453b can have a longer extension stroke in the height direction.
- the fixed base 61b also includes a connecting belt accommodating cavity 614b formed between the base body 611b and the supporting portion 613b, and the connecting belt accommodating cavity 614b is arranged on the side of the fixed base 61b close to the optical lens 10, and the connecting belt accommodating cavity 614b is located below the optical lens 10 and the light turning element 30, and the first bending portion 453b is accommodated in the connecting belt accommodating cavity 614b, thereby avoiding an increase in the length of the camera module 1.
- the first connecting strip 45b extends from the chip circuit board 42 to the side close to the optical lens 10 (i.e., to the side away from the focus driving unit 62b and the anti-shake driving unit 65b), so that part of the first connecting strip 45b is bent below the optical lens 10 and the light deflection element 30, so that part of the first connecting strip 45b is arranged in the connecting strip accommodating cavity 614b of the fixed base 61b, optimizing the spatial configuration in the camera module 1, thereby reducing the size of the camera module 1.
- the bottom of the light deflection element 30 refers to the bottom of the top surface of the light deflection element 30, that is, the bottom of the first surface 31 of the light deflection element 30.
- the bottom of the light deflection element 30 further refers to the bottom of the second surface 32 of the light deflection element 30, part of the first connecting strip 45a is bent below an inclined surface (the second surface 32) of the light deflection element 30, and the connecting strip accommodating cavity 614a is located below an inclined surface (the second surface 32) of the light deflection element 30.
- the connecting circuit board 44 also includes a second connecting band 46b, and the second connecting band 46b is provided on both sides of the chip circuit board 42 opposite to the first connecting band 45b.
- the second connecting strip 46b includes a second connecting portion 461b and a second side connecting portion 462b, wherein the second connecting portion 461b connects the chip circuit board 42 and the second side connecting portion 462b.
- the second connecting portion 461b and the second side connecting portion 462b are electrically connected, and the second connecting strip 46b is connected and electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42 through the second connecting portion 461b, so that the chip circuit board 42 can be electrically connected to other components through the second connecting strip 46b on the opposite side where the first connecting strip 45b is set.
- the second connecting strip 46b can also be a flexible circuit board or a soft-hard combination board, so that the second connecting strip 46b can be bent to adapt to the space inside the camera module 1.
- the first connecting belt 45b and the second connecting belt 46b are arranged around the optical lens 10 and the light deflection element 30, making full use of the fact that most of the components of the driving device 60 are arranged on the other side away from the optical lens 10.
- the camera module 1 has a feature that more space can be used on the side where the optical lens 10 is arranged, thereby optimizing the space configuration.
- the second connection portion 461b extends laterally from the chip circuit board 42 in a direction away from the chip circuit board 42, one end of the second connection portion 461b is connected to the chip circuit board 42, and the other end of the second connection portion 461b is bent downward and connected to one end of the second side connection portion 462b.
- the second side connection portion 462b extends and bends around the periphery of the light turning element 30 and the optical lens 10, so that the second side connection portion 462b is bent from the long side of the camera module 1 to the short side of the camera module 1, and the other end of the second side connection portion 462b is fixed and electrically connected to the other end of the first side connection portion 452b, so that the second connection band 46b is electrically connected to an external device or equipment through the first bending portion 453b and the first lead-out portion 454b of the first connection band 45b. catch.
- the width of the first connecting portion 451b of the first connecting strip 45b is reduced, so that the resistance encountered by the photosensitive component 40 during movement is reduced.
- providing the first connecting strip 45b and the second connecting strip 46b on both sides of the chip circuit board 42 can also disperse the distribution of resistance.
- the second connection portion 461b and the second side connection portion 462b of the second connection belt 46b are symmetrically arranged with the first connection portion 451b and the first side connection portion 452b of the first connection belt 45b, further balancing the resistance brought to the driving device 60 by the connecting circuit board 44.
- the principles of most devices are similar, so the following only briefly describes the adjustment and improvement.
- the optical lens 10 is disposed above the light deflection element 30 and corresponds to the light entrance area 311 of the light deflection element 30, and the photosensitive component 40 is disposed below the light deflection element 30 and corresponds to the light exit area 312 of the light deflection element 30.
- the anti-shake magnetic suction member 650b is disposed in the movable carrier 66b by insert molding, and the anti-shake magnetic suction member 650b is disposed below at least one anti-shake magnet 651b to be magnetically attracted to at least one anti-shake magnet 651b, thereby clamping at least three balls 671b disposed between the frame 63b and the movable carrier 66b.
- the frame cover 630b is fixed to the bottom surface of the frame 63b in the height direction so that the movable carrier 66b is confined in the accommodating cavity formed by the frame cover 630b and the frame 63b.
- the movable carrier 66b and the frame 63b extend upward from the bottom of the driving device 60, and the top surfaces of the movable carrier 66b and the frame 63b can be higher or lower than the top surface of the light turning element 30.
- the height of the driving device 60 can be lowered.
- the present application further provides a new array module 100 design in order to solve the above-mentioned problem.
- the array module 100 includes the camera module 1 shown in the above-mentioned Figures 1 to 16 of the present application and a first sub-module 102 arranged adjacent to the camera module 1.
- the camera module 1 and the first sub-module 102 are arranged in the same direction to be suitable for photographing the same subject.
- the first sub-module 102 includes a first motor 1021, a first lens 1022 installed in the first motor 1021, and a first connection circuit board 1023 for providing power to the first sub-module 102.
- the first motor 1021 can be a voice coil motor driven by electromagnetic force.
- the first sub-module 102 also includes a first photosensitive component, which includes a first chip circuit board and a first photosensitive chip electrically connected to the first chip circuit board and a plurality of electronic components.
- the first photosensitive chip is used to receive the light focused by the first lens 1022 and form an image.
- the first connecting circuit board 1023 is electrically connected to the first chip circuit board of the first photosensitive component to provide a driving power source for the second photosensitive component.
- the first motor 1021 is fixed to the first photosensitive component and electrically connected to the first chip circuit board, thereby providing a driving power source to the first motor 1021 through the first chip circuit board.
- the driving device 60 and the camera module 1 including the driving device 60 are also in the shape of an elongated strip, therefore, in the length direction, the optical lens 10 of the camera module 1 is eccentrically arranged in the driving device 60, and the driving unit containing a magnet in the driving device 60 (the driving unit includes the front focus driving unit 62a (62b) and the anti-shake driving unit 65a (65b)) is eccentrically arranged on the other side of the driving device 60.
- the camera module 1 includes a first area 1011 and a second area 1012 which are arranged opposite to each other along the length direction, wherein the optical lens 10 is arranged in the first area 1011 of the camera module 1, and the second area 1012 is arranged on the other side of the camera module 1 away from the first area 1011.
- the optical lens 10 is arranged away from the second area 1012, and the driving unit including a magnet in the driving device 60 (the driving unit includes the front focusing driving unit 62a (62b) and the anti-shake driving unit 65a (65b)) is arranged in the second area 1012 of the camera module 1.
- the first submodule 10 is disposed on the peripheral side of the first region 1011 of the camera module 1, and the first submodule 102 is disposed close to the first region 1011 of the camera module 1, so that the first submodule 102 is away from the second region 1012 of the camera module 1, so that the magnetic interference of the first submodule 102 with the driving device 60 of the camera module 1 can be reduced.
- the Z axis approaches the optical axis direction of the optical lens 10' or the direction parallel to the optical axis of the optical lens 10'
- the Z axis direction is perpendicular to the plane where the X axis direction and the Y axis direction are located
- the X axis direction and the Y axis direction are perpendicular to each other
- the XOY plane where the X axis direction and the Y axis direction are located is also called the plane where the horizontal direction is located
- the horizontal direction is the direction perpendicular to the optical axis of the optical lens 10'.
- the optical lens 10’ and the light deflection element 30’ form an “L” shaped structure
- the photosensitive component 40’ is disposed in the corner space formed by the optical lens 10’ and the light deflection element 30’
- the height dimension of the optical lens 10’ is greater than the height dimension of the photosensitive component 40’
- the top surface of the optical lens 10’ is higher than the top surface of the photosensitive component 40’, so that the photosensitive component 40’ does not affect the height of the camera module 1’, wherein the top surface of the optical lens 10’ and the top surface of the photosensitive component 40’ refer to the side thereof away from the light deflection element 30’ respectively.
- the optical lens 10’ and the light deflection element 30’ together constitute the optical component of the camera module 1’ described in the present application, in other words, the optical component includes the optical lens 10’ and the light deflection element 30’.
- the camera module 1' further includes a compensation lens group 20', which can be disposed between the light deflection element 30' and the photosensitive component 40'.
- the compensation lens group 20' can further modulate the light emitted from the light deflection element 30'.
- the compensation lens group 20' can further converge the light emitted from the light deflection element 30' to reduce the back focus, thereby reducing the camera module 1'.
- the compensation lens group 20 ′ includes a compensation lens 21 ′, and the compensation lens 21 ′ is disposed between the light deflection element 30 ′ and the photosensitive component 40 ′.
- the compensation lens 21 ′ can be fixed to the light deflection element 30 ′ by gluing.
- the photosensitive component 40′ includes a chip circuit board 42′, a photosensitive chip 41′ electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42′, and at least one electronic component, wherein the photosensitive surface of the photosensitive chip 41′ faces the light turning element 30′ to receive the light emitted from the light turning element 30′.
- the photosensitive chip 41′ is fixed to the side of the chip circuit board 42′ facing the light turning element 30′.
- the camera module 1' further includes a filter component 50', and the filter component 50' is disposed on the optical path of the light, so that the camera module 1' can filter out unnecessary stray light (such as infrared light) through the filter component 50'.
- the filter component 50' is disposed between the light turning element 30' and the photosensitive component 40'.
- the filter component 50' includes a filter element 51' and a filter element bracket 52' for supporting the filter element 51'.
- the filter element 51' is supported on the filter element bracket 52' by, for example, gluing.
- the filter component 50’ can be arranged in the light deflection element 30’ and/or the optical lens 10’.
- the filter component 50’ can be implemented as a layer of filter film, and the filter film is attached to a surface of the light deflection element 30’, or the filter film is attached to the surface of at least one optical lens 11’ of the optical lens 10’, so as to achieve the function of filtering out infrared light.
- the light deflection element 30 ′ has a plurality of reflective surfaces so that the light entering the light deflection element 30 ′ can be reflected multiple times, which can effectively increase the optical TTL, making the camera module 1 ′ suitable for capturing objects at a long distance and providing high-quality images of the objects at a long distance.
- TTL refers to the distance on the optical axis between the front vertex of the light incident side (facing the object) of the optical lens 10 ′ of the camera module 1 ′ and the image plane at the photosensitive component 40 ′.
- the number of times the light is reflected in the light turning element 30' is an odd number
- the photosensitive component 40' and the optical lens 10' are centrally arranged on the same side of the light turning element 30', and the light passing through the optical lens 10' is reflected in the light turning element 30' for an odd number of times before being emitted to reach the photosensitive component 40'.
- the light deflecting element 30' may include prisms of other shapes, such as triangular prisms, pentagonal prisms, hexagonal prisms, etc., and still provide the above-mentioned light deflection function and design benefits, which is not limited by the present application.
- the light deflection element 30 ′ is implemented as a trapezoidal prism, and the light deflection element 30 ′ includes four surfaces, for example, a first surface 31 ′, a second surface 32 ′, a third surface 33 ′, and a fourth surface 34 ′.
- the plane where the first surface 31 ′ is located is parallel to the plane where the third surface 33 ′ is located, the length of the third surface 33 ′ is less than the length of the first surface 31 ′, and the plane where the second surface 32 ′ is located intersects with the plane where the fourth surface 34 ′ is located.
- the first surface 31' includes a light entrance area 311', a light exit area 312', and a reflection area 313' disposed between the light entrance area 311' and the light exit area 312', wherein the light entrance area 311' and the light exit area 312' are not provided with a reflection coating, so that light can enter the light turning element 30' from the light entrance area 311' and exit the light turning element 30' from the light exit area 312'.
- the reflection area 313' is provided with a reflection coating, so that light is reflected when passing through the reflection area 313'.
- the size of the light entrance area 311' is equal to the size of the reflection area 313' and is equal to the size of the light exit area 312', so that the multiple reflections of the light deflection element 30' are better, thereby avoiding the loss of light and reducing the generation of stray light.
- the light when the light is reflected five times in the light turning element 30’, the light passes through the light entrance area 311’ of the first surface 31’ and enters the light turning element 30’; at least some of the light passing through the light entrance area 311’ of the first surface 31’ is reflected at the second surface 32’; at least some of the light reflected from the second surface 32’ is reflected at the reflection area 313’ of the first surface 31’; at least some of the light reflected from the reflection area 313’ of the first surface 31’ is reflected at the third surface 33’; at least some of the light reflected from the third surface 33’ is reflected at the light exit area 312’ of the first surface 31’; and, at least some of the light reflected from the light exit area 312’ of the first surface 31’ is reflected at the fourth surface 34’, so that the light passes through the light exit area 312’ of the first surface 31’ and reaches the photosensitive component 40’.
- the light deflection element 30' leaves the light deflection element 30' to reach the photosensitive component 40'.
- the light is reflected three times in the light deflection element 30', which can effectively increase the focal length between the optical lens 10' and the photosensitive component 40', that is, the optical TTL of the camera module 1' can be effectively increased, so that the camera module 1' is suitable for capturing objects at a long distance and providing high-quality images of the distant objects.
- the light is reflected five times in the light deflection element 30', which can effectively increase the focal length between the optical lens 10' and the photosensitive component 40', that is, the optical TTL of the camera module 1' can be effectively increased, so that the camera module 1' is suitable for capturing objects at a long distance and providing high-quality images of the distant objects.
- the light is reflected four times in the light deflection element 30'
- the photosensitive component 40' and the optical lens 10' are respectively arranged on the opposite sides of the light deflection element 30', and the light passing through the optical lens 10' is reflected four times in the light deflection element 30' before being emitted to the photosensitive component 40'.
- the optical lens 10' is arranged on one side of the first surface 31'
- the photosensitive component 40' is arranged on one side of the third surface 33'.
- the light deflection element 30' can be implemented as an integrated prism, as shown in FIG. 20A and FIG. 20B, and the integrated prism is a trapezoidal prism.
- the light deflection element 30' can also be implemented as a split prism, that is, the The light deflection element 30' can be formed by combining a plurality of prisms.
- the first prism can be a right-angled trapezoidal prism
- the second prism can be a right-angled triangular prism or a right-angled trapezoidal prism
- the first prism and the second prism are joined together by means of an optically transparent adhesive or a snap-fit, etc. to form the light deflection element 30'.
- the split prism 36' also includes a third prism 363', wherein the first prism 361' is a right-angled trapezoidal prism, the second prism 362' is a rectangular prism, and the third prism 363' is a right-angled trapezoidal prism.
- the first prism 361', the second prism 362' and the third prism 363' are joined together by optically transparent adhesives or snaps to form a light deflection element 30'. In this way, when the light deflection element 30' is manufactured by means of a panel assembly method, the manufacturing process can be simplified and the utilization rate of raw materials can be improved.
- the first prism 361’ and the third prism 363’ are triangular prisms, and the second prism 362’ is a quadrilateral prism.
- the first prism 361’ and the third prism 363’ are right-angled triangular prisms, and the second prism 362’ is a rectangular prism.
- the first prism 361’ and the third prism 363’ are triangular prisms, and the second prism 362’ is a parallelogram prism.
- the first prism 361’, the second prism 362’ and the third prism 363’ are joined together by optically transparent adhesives or snaps to form a light turning element 30’.
- the second prism 362’ is disposed between the first prism 361’ and the third prism 363’.
- the first prism 361’ When light passes through the light entrance area 311’ of the first prism 361’ and enters the first prism 361’, at least some of the light is reflected at least once in the first prism 361’ and reaches the second prism 362’. Then, at least some of the light reaching the second prism 362’ is reflected at least once in the second prism 362’ and reaches the third prism 363’.
- the light reaching the third prism 363’ is reflected at least once in the third prism 363’ and reaches the light exit area 312’ of the third prism 363’, and is emitted from the third prism 363’ to reach the photosensitive component 40’.
- the light entrance area 311' of the first prism 361' and the light exit area 312' of the third prism 363' are both arranged on the same side of the light deflection element 30' (split prism 36') so that light can enter and exit from the same side of the light deflection element 30'.
- the optical lens 10' and the photosensitive component 40' can be concentrated on the same side of the light deflection element 30' to reduce the height of the camera module 1'.
- the split prism 36' may also include other numbers of prisms, such as four prisms, five prisms, and six prisms, and the present application does not limit this.
- the light deflection element 30' may also be implemented as a plurality of reflectors, and the plurality of reflectors are arranged at positions where light needs to be reflected to form the light deflection element 30'.
- the camera module 1' comprises a driving device 60' and an optical lens 10', a light deflection element 30', a filter assembly 50' and a photosensitive assembly 40' arranged in the driving device 60', wherein the photosensitive assembly 40' is arranged on the light-emitting side of the light deflection element 30', and the optical lens 10' is arranged on the light-incident side of the light deflection element 30'.
- the light emitted by the optical lens 10' is reflected multiple times on multiple reflection surfaces of the light deflection element 30' and then emitted by the light deflection element 30' and reaches the photosensitive assembly 40'.
- the light deflection element 30' is fixed to the fixed part of the driving device 60', and the photosensitive assembly 40' is fixed to the movable part of the driving device 60'.
- the optical lens 10' is directly or indirectly fixed to the light deflection element 30', the filter component 50' is directly or indirectly fixed to the photosensitive component 40', and the driving device 60' can drive the photosensitive component 40' to move relative to the light deflection element 30', thereby changing the optical performance of the camera module 1' by moving the chip.
- the movable carrier 67’ is movably disposed in the frame 64’, and the anti-shake driving unit 66’ is disposed between the frame 64’ and the movable carrier 67’, so that the movable carrier 67’ is driven by the anti-shake driving unit 66’ to move in a horizontal direction relative to the frame 64’.
- the driving device 60’ is configured to drive the photosensitive component 40’ to move.
- the photosensitive component 40’ is movably arranged at one end of the driving device 60’ away from the optical lens 10’.
- the driving device 60’ is configured to drive the photosensitive chip 41’ of the photosensitive component 40’ to move.
- the anti-shake drive unit 66’ is disposed between the frame 64’ and the movable carrier 67’, which includes not only the case where the anti-shake drive unit 66’ is disposed between the side of the frame 64’ facing the movable carrier 67’ and the side of the movable carrier 67’ facing the frame 64’, but also the case where the anti-shake drive unit 66’ is disposed between the outer side of the frame 64’ away from the movable carrier 67’ and the outer side of the movable carrier 67’ away from the frame 64’.
- the photosensitive component 40’ is fixed to the movable carrier 67’ in a direction facing the light turning element 30’, so that the photosensitive component 40’ moves with the movable carrier 67’ to realize the chip anti-shake function.
- the photosensitive component 40’ is fixed above the movable carrier 67’.
- the movable carrier 67' is fixed to the front side of the chip circuit board 42', and the chip circuit board 42' is fixed above the movable carrier 67'. It is worth mentioning that the movable carrier 67' can be directly fixed to the chip circuit board 42' by gluing; the movable carrier 67' can also be indirectly fixed to the chip circuit board 42' by being fixed to the filter element bracket 52' of the filter component 50'.
- the frame 64’ is arranged on the outside of the movable carrier 67’, and the anti-shake driving unit 66’ is arranged between the movable carrier 67’ and the frame 64’.
- the anti-shake driving unit 66’ includes at least one anti-shake magnet 661’ and at least one anti-shake coil 662’.
- the at least one anti-shake magnet 661’ is directly or indirectly fixed to one of the movable carrier 67’ and the frame 64’
- the at least one anti-shake coil 662’ is directly or indirectly fixed to the other of the movable carrier 67’ and the frame 64’.
- At least one anti-shake magnet 661' is disposed on the frame 64', at least one anti-shake coil 662' is disposed on the movable carrier 67', at least one anti-shake magnet 661' includes a first anti-shake magnet 6611' and a second anti-shake magnet 6612', and at least one anti-shake coil 662' includes a first anti-shake coil 6621' and a second anti-shake coil 6622'.
- the movable carrier 67’ can be driven to move horizontally relative to the frame 64’ by the magnetic force between the first anti-shake coil 6621’ and the first anti-shake magnet 6611’ and the magnetic force between the second anti-shake coil 6622’ and the second anti-shake magnet 6612’ at the same time, or the movable carrier 67’ can be driven to move horizontally relative to the frame 64’ only by the magnetic force between the first anti-shake coil 6621’ and the first anti-shake magnet 6611’ or the magnetic force between the second anti-shake coil 6622’ and the second anti-shake magnet 6612’.
- the anti-shake support portion 68' can be implemented as a ball 681', and the anti-shake support portion 68' includes at least three balls 681', and the at least three balls 681' are disposed between the movable carrier 67' and the frame 64' along the height direction and support the movable carrier 67' and the frame 64', so as to maintain a fixed air gap between the movable carrier 67' and the frame 64' in the height direction.
- the ball 681' can roll between the movable carrier 67' and the frame 64', and the ball 681' can also interact between the movable carrier 67' and the frame 64'.
- the ball 681' can be fixed to the movable carrier 67' or the frame 64' by insert molding or bonding.
- the anti-shake support part 68' can also be implemented as other elements such as a spring or a slider.
- the anti-shake support portion 68' includes four balls 681', four first ball grooves 647' are formed at four corners of the top surface of the frame 64', four second ball grooves 674' are formed at four corners of the bottom surface of the movable carrier 67', and the anti-shake magnetic suction member 69' fixed to the movable carrier 67' is magnetically attracted to at least one anti-shake magnet 661', so that the four balls 681' are respectively clamped between the four corners of the frame 64' and the four corners of the movable carrier 67'.
- first ball grooves 647' are formed on the top surface of the first frame portion 643', and the other two first ball grooves 647' are formed on the top surface of the second frame portion 644'; two second ball grooves 674' are formed on the bottom surface of the first carrier portion 671', and the other two second ball grooves 674' are formed on the bottom surface of the second carrier portion 672'.
- the driving device 60’ can also realize the chip focusing function.
- the driving device 60’ also includes a fixed base 61’ and a focusing driving unit 62’.
- the focusing driving unit 62’ connects the fixed base 61’ and the frame 64’ to drive the frame 64’ to move in the height direction relative to the fixed base 61’.
- the frame 64’ is movably disposed in the fixed base 61’, and the focusing driving unit 62’ is disposed between the fixed base 61’ and the frame 64’, so that the frame 64’ is driven by the focusing driving unit 62’ to move in the height direction relative to the fixed base 61’.
- the driving device 60' further includes an upper cover 610' fixed to the fixed base 61', the upper cover 610' and the fixed base 61' form a receiving chamber to accommodate the focus driving unit 62', the frame 64', the frame cover 640', the anti-shake driving unit 66' and the movable carrier 67', and the upper cover 610' has a lens opening 6101', so that the optical lens 10' can extend from the driving device 60' through the lens opening 6101'.
- the part of the air gap formed between the frame 64' and the fixed base 61' in the height direction is suitable for being adjusted in the realization of the chip focusing function.
- the driving device 60' may further include a bearing portion 37', the bearing portion 37' having a bearing cavity for mounting the light deflection element 30'.
- the light deflection element 30' is mounted on the bearing portion 37', and the shape of the bearing cavity of the bearing portion 37' is adapted to the shape of the light deflection element 30'. That is, in one embodiment of the present application, the light deflection element 30' is fixed by being mounted on the bearing portion 37'.
- the bearing cavity of the bearing portion 37' has a size that gradually decreases from the top to the bottom.
- the focus magnet 621’ is fixed on the side of the frame 64’
- the focus coil 622’ is fixed on the focus fixing portion 613’ of the fixed base 61’
- the focus coil 622’ is arranged opposite to the focus magnet 621’.
- the focus coil 622’ and the focus magnet 621’ are arranged in the horizontal direction between the frame 64’ and the focus fixing portion 613’ of the fixed base 61’
- the focus drive unit 62’ includes the focus coil 622’ and the focus magnet 621’ arranged opposite to each other in the horizontal direction
- the horizontal direction refers to the direction perpendicular to the optical axis of the optical lens 10’. In this way, a larger driving force in the height direction can be provided with a smaller lateral dimension (dimensions in the length direction and the width direction).
- the focusing coil 622' fixed to the focusing fixing part 613' drives the focusing magnet 621' to move in the height direction relative to the focusing coil 622', so that the frame 64' fixed to the focusing magnet 621' moves in the height direction along with the movement of the focusing magnet 621'. That is, in this example, in the process of implementing chip focusing, the focusing magnet 621' serves as a mover and the focusing coil 622' serves as a stator.
- the focus driving part 62’ further includes a focus circuit board 623’, and the focus coil 622’ is fixed and electrically connected to the focus circuit board 623’.
- the focus circuit board 623’ is fixed to the focus fixing part 613’, so that the focus coil 622’ is indirectly fixed to the focus fixing part 613’ through the focus circuit board 623’.
- the focus circuit board 623’ is attached to the outer side surface of the focus fixing part 613’, and a through hole is provided on the focus fixing part 613’ to expose the focus coil 622’ and to face the focus magnet 621’.
- the through hole on the focus fixing part 613’ accommodates the focus coil 622’, so that the lateral size of the driving device 60’ can be reduced.
- the outer side surface of the focus fixing part 613’ refers to the side of the focus fixing part 613’ away from the frame 64’.
- the focusing circuit board 623’ is further electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42’.
- the focusing circuit board 623’ may be a flexible circuit board or a hard-soft combination board. In this way, the focusing circuit board 623’ may be arranged in the driving device 60’ in a bent state so that the focusing circuit board 623’ may be extended to a position convenient for electrical connection with the chip circuit board 42’.
- the focus magnet 621’ is installed on the outer side surface of the frame 64’ so that a small distance can be maintained between the focus magnet 621’ and the focus coil 622’, thereby enhancing the magnetic force between the focus magnet 621’ and the focus coil 622’.
- the focus magnet 621’ is installed on the outer side surface of the second frame portion 644’, and the outer side surface of the second frame portion 644’ has a groove to accommodate the focus magnet 621’, so that the size of the drive device 60’ and the camera module 1’ can be reduced.
- outer side surface of the frame 64’ refers to the side of the frame 64’ facing the fixed base 61’ or the upper cover 610’
- outer side surface of the second frame portion 644’ refers to the side of the second frame portion 644’ facing the focus fixing portion 613’.
- the focus magnet 621’ since the focus magnet 621’ is arranged on the side of the focus fixing portion 613’ of the fixed base 61’, the bottom surface of the focus magnet 621’ can be lower than the top surface of the light turning element 30’. In other words, the focus magnet 621’ extends downward, so that the relative area between the focus magnet 621’ and the focus coil 622’ can be increased, thereby enhancing the driving force of the focus drive portion 62’.
- the focus magnet 621’, the first anti-shake magnet 6611’ and the second anti-shake magnet 6612’ are all arranged on the peripheral side of the light turning element 30’, so that the height dimensions of the drive device 60’ and the camera module 1’ can be designed to be smaller.
- the first frame portion 643’ and the frame connecting portion 645’ are used to install the first anti-shake magnet 6611’ and the second anti-shake magnet 6612’ respectively
- the second frame portion 644’ is used to install the focus magnet 621’
- the frame 64’ includes an anti-shake frame 642’ and a focus frame 641’
- the first frame portion 643’ and the frame connecting portion 645’ form an “L”-shaped anti-shake frame 642’
- the second frame portion 644’ forms a focus frame 641’
- the anti-shake frame 642’ and the focus frame 641’ are connected by an integrated molding method.
- the first anti-shake coil 6621' and the second anti-shake coil 6622' are arranged above the first anti-shake magnet 6611' and the second anti-shake magnet 6612', and the focus coil 622' is located on the outside of the focus magnet 621'.
- the first anti-shake coil 6621' and the second anti-shake coil 6622' can be directly electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42' of the photosensitive component 40' upward, while the focus coil 622' is electrically connected to the photosensitive component 40' from the outside.
- the magnet-coil setting method of the present application optimizes the electrical connection setting method of the camera module 1' and makes the electrical connection setting method simpler.
- the driving device 60' also includes a focus guide portion 65' and a focus magnetic suction member 63'.
- the focus guide portion 65' is arranged between the frame 64' and the fixed base 61' to maintain an air gap between the frame 64' and the fixed base 61', thereby reducing the resistance encountered by the frame 64' when it moves relative to the fixed base 61'.
- the focus guide portion 65' can be implemented as a guide rod 651', and the focus guide portion 65' includes two guide rods 651'.
- the focusing magnetic member 63’ is fixed to the focusing fixing portion 613’ of the fixed base 61’ by being attached to the back of the focusing circuit board 623’, that is, in the width direction, the focusing magnet 621’, the focusing coil 622’, the focusing circuit board 623’ and the focusing magnetic member 63’ are arranged in sequence.
- the side of the focusing circuit board 623’ on which the focusing coil 622’ is arranged is the front side of the focusing circuit board 623’, and the other opposite side is the back side of the focusing circuit board 623’.
- connection circuit board 44' includes an inner circuit board 441', an outer circuit board 443' and a flexible conduction mechanism 442' connecting the inner circuit board 441' and the outer circuit board 443'.
- the chip circuit board 42' and the inner circuit board 441' are easy to move relative to the outer circuit board 443', so the driving force of the driving device 60' can be designed to be smaller, so that the size of the driving device 60' can be reduced. It is worth mentioning that the flexible conductive mechanism 442' is easier to deform than the outer circuit board 443' or the inner circuit board 441'.
- the bent portion can be referred to as a bent portion 4442', and therefore, the connection belt 444' includes an extension portion 4441', a bent portion 4442' and an output portion 4443' which are connected in sequence, the extension portion 4441' extending outward and downward from a side of the external circuit board 443' away from the focus drive unit 62', the bent portion 4442' electrically connects the extension portion 4441' and the output portion 4443' and is disposed below the first frame portion 643' of the frame 64', the output portion 4443' extends outward from the bent portion 4442' to extend out of the drive device 60', and the connection circuit board 44' is electrically connected to the external electronic device through the output portion 4443'.
- the bent portion 4442' is bent in the horizontal direction, so that when the photosensitive component 40' is driven by the focus drive unit 62' to move in the height direction, the bent portion 4442' can be stretched or folded to cooperate, so that the resistance generated by the connection belt 444' in the height direction is reduced.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Multimedia (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Adjustment Of Camera Lenses (AREA)
- Lens Barrels (AREA)
Abstract
The present application discloses a driving device and a camera module. The camera module comprises: an optical lens; a light redirection element; a photosensitive assembly, wherein light emitted from the optical lens is reflected multiple times on a plurality of reflective surfaces of the light redirection element and then emitted to the photosensitive assembly; and the driving device configured to drive the photosensitive assembly to move relative to the light redirection element. The driving device comprises: a fixed base, the light redirection element being fixed to the fixed base; a frame movably arranged on the fixed base; a movable carrier movably arranged on the frame; an anti-shake driving part used for driving the movable carrier to move relative to the frame; and a focusing driving part configured to drive the frame to move relative to the fixed base; and a focusing guide part, wherein the extension direction of the focusing guide part is kept parallel to an optical axis by means of a positioning piece, and the photosensitive assembly comprises an improved connecting circuit board. By means of the described technical solution, miniaturization of the camera module can be achieved. Also disclosed is an array module, which can be designed to reduce the influence of magnetic interference.
Description
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请要求于2023年01月06日向中国国家知识产权局提交的第202310018239.0号、第202310018238.6号、第202310017813.0号、第202310018236.7号、第202310018196.6号和第202310018198.5号以及于2023年01月31日向中国国家知识产权局提交的第202310099516.5号中国专利申请的优先权和权益,该申请的全部内容通过引用并入本文。This application claims priority and benefits of Chinese patent applications No. 202310018239.0, No. 202310018238.6, No. 202310017813.0, No. 202310018236.7, No. 202310018196.6 and No. 202310018198.5 filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on January 6, 2023, and No. 202310099516.5 filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on January 31, 2023, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
本申请涉及摄像模组技术领域,尤其涉及驱动装置及带有该驱动装置的摄像模组,还涉及长焦摄像模组和阵列模组。The present application relates to the technical field of camera modules, and in particular to a driving device and a camera module with the driving device, and also to a telephoto camera module and an array module.
随着生活水平的提升,消费者对于远距拍摄的需求越来越大。As living standards improve, consumers' demand for long-distance photography is growing.
长焦摄像模组通常具有较长的焦距,能够获取较远距离的被摄体的清晰影响。然而,例如手机、平板等小型移动设备内空间较小,长焦摄像模组的尺寸被设计的过大时难以组装进小型移动设备中,并且为提升长焦摄像模组的拍摄效果还配有马达以驱动长焦摄像模组的镜头移动,这进一步增加了长焦摄像模组的尺寸。Telephoto camera modules usually have a long focal length and can obtain clear images of subjects at a long distance. However, small mobile devices such as mobile phones and tablets have small spaces, and the size of telephoto camera modules is designed to be too large, which makes it difficult to assemble them into small mobile devices. In addition, in order to improve the shooting effect of the telephoto camera module, a motor is also provided to drive the movement of the telephoto camera module lens, which further increases the size of the telephoto camera module.
因此,希望提出一种新的摄像模组设计,以使长焦拍摄的功能被提升的同时,摄像模组的尺寸可以被设计的较小。Therefore, it is hoped to propose a new camera module design so that the telephoto shooting function can be improved while the size of the camera module can be designed to be smaller.
现有手机、平板等小型移动设备通常包括多个摄像模组,因此,希望提出一种新的阵列模组设计,以配合新的长焦摄像模组,减小相邻摄像模组之间的磁干扰。Existing small mobile devices such as mobile phones and tablets usually include multiple camera modules. Therefore, it is hoped to propose a new array module design to match the new telephoto camera module and reduce the magnetic interference between adjacent camera modules.
发明内容Summary of the invention
按照本申请的第一种设计方案,提出一种驱动装置及摄像模组。According to the first design scheme of the present application, a driving device and a camera module are proposed.
本申请的一个目的在于提供一种驱动装置和摄像模组,其克服现有技术的不足,使长焦拍摄的功能被提升的同时,摄像模组的尺寸可以被设计的较小。One purpose of the present application is to provide a driving device and a camera module, which overcome the deficiencies of the prior art and improve the telephoto shooting function while the size of the camera module can be designed to be smaller.
根据本申请的一个方面,提供一种用于摄像模组的驱动装置,包括:According to one aspect of the present application, there is provided a driving device for a camera module, comprising:
固定基座;Fixed base;
框架,所述框架被可移动地设置于所述固定基座;a frame, the frame being movably disposed on the fixed base;
对焦驱动部,所述对焦驱动部被配置为驱动所述框架沿平行于所述摄像模组的光轴的方向相对于所述固定基座移动;A focus driving unit, wherein the focus driving unit is configured to drive the frame to move relative to the fixed base along a direction parallel to the optical axis of the camera module;
对焦导向部,所述对焦导向部被夹持于所述固定基座和所述框架之间,所述对焦导向部的延伸方向与所述摄像模组的光轴平行;以及A focus guide portion, wherein the focus guide portion is clamped between the fixed base and the frame, and an extending direction of the focus guide portion is parallel to the optical axis of the camera module; and
定位片,所述定位片被固定于所述固定基座,所述定位片的底面抵接于所述对焦导向部的顶面。A positioning piece is fixed to the fixing base, and a bottom surface of the positioning piece abuts against a top surface of the focusing guide portion.
在一些实施例中,所述固定基座包括沿水平方向延伸的基座主体,以及自基座主体沿高度方向延伸的对焦固定部;框架包括沿水平方向延伸的防抖框架,以及自防抖框架沿高度方向延伸的对焦框架;所述对焦导向部被设置于所述对焦固定部和所述对焦框架之间。In some embodiments, the fixed base includes a base body extending in a horizontal direction, and a focus fixing portion extending from the base body in a height direction; the frame includes an anti-shake frame extending in a horizontal direction, and a focus frame extending from the anti-shake frame in a height direction; the focus guide portion is arranged between the focus fixing portion and the focus frame.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦导向部包括顶面、与顶面相对的底面、以及连接于顶面和底面之间的外周壁,所述对焦导向部的外周壁分别抵接所述对焦固定部和所述对焦框架。
In some embodiments, the focus guide portion includes a top surface, a bottom surface opposite to the top surface, and a peripheral wall connected between the top surface and the bottom surface, and the peripheral wall of the focus guide portion respectively abuts against the focus fixing portion and the focus frame.
在一些实施例中,所述定位片所在的平面平行于所述基座主体所在的平面,所述对焦导向部的底面固定于所述基座主体,所述对焦导向部的顶面抵接于所述定位片,以保持所述对焦导向部与所述摄像模组的光轴平行。In some embodiments, the plane where the positioning plate is located is parallel to the plane where the base body is located, the bottom surface of the focus guide part is fixed to the base body, and the top surface of the focus guide part abuts against the positioning plate to keep the focus guide part parallel to the optical axis of the camera module.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦固定部包括间隔设置的第一支撑臂和第二支撑臂,所述第一支撑臂和所述第二支撑臂的顶端设置有定位凸柱,所述定位片具有与所述定位凸柱对应的定位孔,所述定位凸柱被设置于所述定位孔内,以使得所述定位片被安置于所述第一支撑臂和所述第二支撑臂的顶端。In some embodiments, the focus fixing part includes a first support arm and a second support arm arranged at intervals, and the top ends of the first support arm and the second support arm are provided with positioning bosses, and the positioning plate has a positioning hole corresponding to the positioning boss, and the positioning boss is arranged in the positioning hole so that the positioning plate is placed at the top ends of the first support arm and the second support arm.
在一些实施例中,所述第一支撑臂和所述第二支撑臂具有两个第一导轨,所述对焦框架具有两个第二导轨,所述两个第一导轨和所述两个第二导轨相对设置;所述对焦导向部包括两个导杆,所述两个导杆被夹持于所述两个第一导轨和所述两个第二导轨之间。In some embodiments, the first support arm and the second support arm have two first guide rails, the focus frame has two second guide rails, and the two first guide rails and the two second guide rails are arranged opposite to each other; the focus guide part includes two guide rods, and the two guide rods are clamped between the two first guide rails and the two second guide rails.
在一些实施例中,所述定位片沿水平方向覆盖所述两个导杆的顶面的至少一部分,以保持所述两个导杆相互平行设置。In some embodiments, the positioning sheet covers at least a portion of the top surfaces of the two guide rods in a horizontal direction to keep the two guide rods parallel to each other.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦驱动部包括沿水平方向相对设置的对焦磁石和对焦线圈,所述对焦磁石被设置于所述对焦框架和所述对焦固定部二者中的一个,所述对焦线圈被设置于所述对焦框架和所述对焦固定部二者中的另一个。In some embodiments, the focus driving unit includes a focus magnet and a focus coil arranged relative to each other in a horizontal direction, the focus magnet is arranged at one of the focus frame and the focus fixing unit, and the focus coil is arranged at the other of the focus frame and the focus fixing unit.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦线圈被设置于所述两个导杆之间,所述对焦线圈的高度低于所述两个导杆的高度。In some embodiments, the focusing coil is disposed between the two guiding rods, and a height of the focusing coil is lower than a height of the two guiding rods.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦驱动部还包括导磁件,所述导磁件与所述对焦磁石沿水平方向相对设置,所述导磁件与所述对焦磁石相互作用产生沿水平方向的磁吸力,所述对焦导向部在磁吸力的作用下被夹持于所述对焦框架和所述对焦固定部之间。In some embodiments, the focus driving unit also includes a magnetic conductive part, and the magnetic conductive part and the focus magnet are arranged opposite to each other in a horizontal direction. The magnetic conductive part and the focus magnet interact with each other to generate a magnetic attraction force in the horizontal direction, and the focus guide part is clamped between the focus frame and the focus fixing part under the action of the magnetic attraction force.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括可动载体和防抖驱动部,所述可动载体被可移动地设置于所述框架,所述防抖驱动部被设置于所述可动载体和所述框架之间,所述防抖驱动部被配置为驱动所述可动载体沿垂直于所述摄像模组的光轴的方向相对于所述框架移动。In some embodiments, the driving device also includes a movable carrier and an anti-shake driving unit, the movable carrier is movably disposed on the frame, the anti-shake driving unit is disposed between the movable carrier and the frame, and the anti-shake driving unit is configured to drive the movable carrier to move relative to the frame in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis of the camera module.
在一些实施例中,所述防抖驱动部包括至少一防抖磁石和至少一防抖线圈,所述至少一防抖磁石被设置于所述可动载体和所述框架二者中的一个,所述至少一防抖线圈被设置于所述可动载体和所述框架二者中的另一个,所述至少一防抖磁石和所述至少一防抖线圈沿高度方向上相对设置。In some embodiments, the anti-shake drive unit includes at least one anti-shake magnet and at least one anti-shake coil, the at least one anti-shake magnet is arranged at one of the movable carrier and the frame, the at least one anti-shake coil is arranged at the other of the movable carrier and the frame, and the at least one anti-shake magnet and the at least one anti-shake coil are arranged relative to each other in the height direction.
根据本申请的另一个方面,提供一种摄像模组,包括:According to another aspect of the present application, a camera module is provided, including:
光学镜头;Optical lens;
光转折元件,所述光转折元件包括多个反射面,由所述光学镜头出射的光线在所述光转折元件的多个反射面上发生多次反射;A light deflection element, wherein the light deflection element comprises a plurality of reflective surfaces, and the light emitted by the optical lens is reflected multiple times on the plurality of reflective surfaces of the light deflection element;
感光组件,光线由所述光转折元件出射后到达所述感光组件,所述光学镜头与所述感光组件被设置于所述光转折元件的同侧;以及A photosensitive component, wherein the light is emitted from the light deflection element and reaches the photosensitive component, and the optical lens and the photosensitive component are arranged on the same side of the light deflection element; and
驱动装置,所述光转折元件和所述光学镜头被设置于所述驱动装置的固定基座,所述感光组件被可传动地设置于所述驱动装置的框架,以使得所述对焦驱动部驱动所述框架沿平行于光轴的方向相对于所述固定基座移动时,所述感光组件随之沿平行于光轴的方向移动。The driving device, the light deflection element and the optical lens are arranged on a fixed base of the driving device, and the photosensitive component is drivably arranged on the frame of the driving device, so that when the focus driving part drives the frame to move relative to the fixed base in a direction parallel to the optical axis, the photosensitive component moves along with it in a direction parallel to the optical axis.
按照本申请的第二种设计方案,提出一种摄像模组。According to the second design scheme of the present application, a camera module is proposed.
本申请的一个目的在于提供一种摄像模组,其克服现有技术的不足,使得长焦拍摄的功能被提升的同时,摄像模组的尺寸可以被设计的较小。One purpose of the present application is to provide a camera module that overcomes the deficiencies of the prior art so that the telephoto shooting function is improved while the size of the camera module can be designed to be smaller.
根据本申请的一个方面,提供一种摄像模组,包括:According to one aspect of the present application, a camera module is provided, including:
光学镜头;Optical lens;
光转折元件,所述光转折元件包括多个反射面,由所述光学镜头出射的光线在所述光转折元件的多个反射面上发生多次反射;
A light deflection element, wherein the light deflection element comprises a plurality of reflective surfaces, and the light emitted by the optical lens is reflected multiple times on the plurality of reflective surfaces of the light deflection element;
感光组件,光线由所述光转折元件出射后到达所述感光组件,所述光学镜头与所述感光组件被设置于所述光转折元件的同侧;A photosensitive component, wherein the light is emitted from the light deflection element and reaches the photosensitive component, and the optical lens and the photosensitive component are arranged on the same side of the light deflection element;
驱动装置,所述驱动装置被配置为驱动所述感光组件相对于所述光转折元件移动,其中,所述驱动装置包括:A driving device, wherein the driving device is configured to drive the photosensitive component to move relative to the light deflection element, wherein the driving device comprises:
固定基座,所述光转折元件被固定于所述固定基座;A fixed base, the light deflection element is fixed to the fixed base;
框架,所述框架被可移动地设置于所述固定基座,所述感光组件被可传动地设置于所述框架;以及A frame, wherein the frame is movably disposed on the fixed base, and the photosensitive component is drivably disposed on the frame; and
对焦驱动部,所述对焦驱动部包括对焦磁石和对焦线圈,所述对焦磁石和所述对焦线圈沿水平方向相对地设置于所述光转折元件的周侧;其中,所述对焦线圈的绕线轴与所述摄像模组的光轴方向平行。A focus driving unit, the focus driving unit includes a focus magnet and a focus coil, the focus magnet and the focus coil are relatively arranged on the circumference of the light turning element along the horizontal direction; wherein the winding axis of the focus coil is parallel to the optical axis direction of the camera module.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦线圈和所述对焦磁石沿高度方向延伸,所述对焦线圈的高度大于所述对焦磁石的高度。In some embodiments, the focusing coil and the focusing magnet extend in a height direction, and the height of the focusing coil is greater than the height of the focusing magnet.
在一些实施例中,所述固定基座包括沿水平方向延伸的基座主体,以及自基座主体沿高度方向延伸的对焦固定部;框架包括沿水平方向延伸的防抖框架,以及自防抖框架沿高度方向延伸的对焦框架;所述对焦驱动部被设置于所述对焦固定部和所述对焦框架之间。In some embodiments, the fixed base includes a base body extending in a horizontal direction, and a focus fixing part extending from the base body in a height direction; the frame includes an anti-shake frame extending in a horizontal direction, and a focus frame extending from the anti-shake frame in a height direction; the focus driving part is arranged between the focus fixing part and the focus frame.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦磁石被设置于所述对焦框架,所述对焦线圈被设置于所述对焦固定部,所述对焦磁石与所述对焦线圈相互作用驱动所述对焦框架沿平行于所述摄像模组的光轴的方向相对于所述对焦固定部移动。In some embodiments, the focusing magnet is arranged on the focusing frame, and the focusing coil is arranged on the focusing fixing part. The focusing magnet and the focusing coil interact with each other to drive the focusing frame to move relative to the focusing fixing part in a direction parallel to the optical axis of the camera module.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦固定部包括间隔设置的第一支撑臂和第二支撑臂,所述第一支撑臂和所述第二支撑臂之间具有一定空间,所述对焦线圈被设置于所述空间内。In some embodiments, the focus fixing portion includes a first support arm and a second support arm that are spaced apart from each other, a certain space is provided between the first support arm and the second support arm, and the focus coil is provided in the space.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦驱动部进一步包括导磁件,所述导磁件被设置于所述第一支撑臂和所述第二支撑臂之间,所述导磁件沿高度方向延伸,所述导磁件的顶面不高于所述第一支撑臂和所述第二支撑臂的顶面。In some embodiments, the focus drive unit further includes a magnetic conductive member, which is arranged between the first support arm and the second support arm, and the magnetic conductive member extends along the height direction, and the top surface of the magnetic conductive member is not higher than the top surfaces of the first support arm and the second support arm.
在一些实施例中,所述导磁件与所述对焦磁石沿水平方向相对设置,所述导磁件的高度大于所述对焦磁石的高度,所述导磁件与所述对焦磁石相互作用产生沿水平方向的磁吸力。In some embodiments, the magnetic conductive member and the focusing magnet are arranged opposite to each other in the horizontal direction, the height of the magnetic conductive member is greater than the height of the focusing magnet, and the magnetic conductive member and the focusing magnet interact with each other to generate a magnetic attraction force in the horizontal direction.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦线圈沿高度方向绕置于所述导磁件的周侧,所述对焦线圈的绕线高度不超过所述导磁件的高度。In some embodiments, the focusing coil is wound around the circumference of the magnetic conductive component along the height direction, and the winding height of the focusing coil does not exceed the height of the magnetic conductive component.
在一些实施例中,所述导磁件为空心结构,所述导磁件的中部具有一通孔。In some embodiments, the magnetic conductive member is a hollow structure, and a through hole is provided in the middle of the magnetic conductive member.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括对焦导向部,所述对焦导向部被设置于所述对焦固定部和所述对焦框架之间,所述对焦导向部的延伸方向与所述摄像模组的光轴平行。In some embodiments, the driving device further includes a focus guide portion, wherein the focus guide portion is disposed between the focus fixing portion and the focus frame, and an extension direction of the focus guide portion is parallel to an optical axis of the camera module.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括可动载体和防抖驱动部,所述可动载体被可移动地设置于所述框架,所述防抖驱动部被设置于所述可动载体和所述框架之间,所述防抖驱动部被配置为驱动所述可动载体沿垂直于所述摄像模组的光轴的方向相对于所述框架移动。In some embodiments, the driving device also includes a movable carrier and an anti-shake driving unit, the movable carrier is movably disposed on the frame, the anti-shake driving unit is disposed between the movable carrier and the frame, and the anti-shake driving unit is configured to drive the movable carrier to move relative to the frame in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis of the camera module.
在一些实施例中,所述防抖驱动部包括至少一防抖磁石和至少一防抖线圈,所述至少一防抖磁石被设置于所述可动载体和所述框架二者中的一个,所述至少一防抖线圈被设置于所述可动载体和所述框架二者中的另一个,所述至少一防抖磁石和所述至少一防抖线圈沿高度方向上相对设置。In some embodiments, the anti-shake drive unit includes at least one anti-shake magnet and at least one anti-shake coil, the at least one anti-shake magnet is arranged at one of the movable carrier and the frame, the at least one anti-shake coil is arranged at the other of the movable carrier and the frame, and the at least one anti-shake magnet and the at least one anti-shake coil are arranged relative to each other in the height direction.
按照本申请的第三种设计方案,提出一种摄像模组。According to the third design scheme of the present application, a camera module is proposed.
本申请的一个目的在于提供一种带有驱动装置的摄像模组,其克服现有技术的不足,实现了模组的小型化。One purpose of the present application is to provide a camera module with a driving device, which overcomes the shortcomings of the prior art and achieves miniaturization of the module.
根据本申请的一个方面,提供一种摄像模组,其包括:According to one aspect of the present application, a camera module is provided, comprising:
光学镜头;Optical lens;
光转折元件;
Light turning element;
感光组件,所述光学镜头和所述感光组件被设置于所述光转折元件的同侧;以及A photosensitive component, wherein the optical lens and the photosensitive component are arranged on the same side of the light deflection element; and
驱动装置,所述驱动装置包括固定基座、被可活动地设置于所述固定基座中的框架、被可活动地设置于所述框架中的可动载体、被设置于所述固定基座和所述框架之间的对焦驱动部以及被设置于所述框架和所述可动载体之间的防抖驱动部,其中,所述感光组件被固定于所述可动载体,所述对焦驱动部包括沿水平方向相对设置的对焦线圈和对焦磁石,所述防抖驱动部包括沿水平方向相对设置的至少一防抖磁石和至少一防抖线圈,所述至少一防抖线圈被设置于所述可动载体上。A driving device, the driving device includes a fixed base, a frame movably arranged in the fixed base, a movable carrier movably arranged in the frame, a focus driving unit arranged between the fixed base and the frame, and an anti-shake driving unit arranged between the frame and the movable carrier, wherein the photosensitive component is fixed to the movable carrier, the focus driving unit includes a focus coil and a focus magnet arranged relatively to each other in a horizontal direction, the anti-shake driving unit includes at least one anti-shake magnet and at least one anti-shake coil arranged relatively to each other in a horizontal direction, and the at least one anti-shake coil is arranged on the movable carrier.
在一些实施例中,所述固定基座包括基座主体和被固定于所述基座主体的一侧的对焦固定部,所述对焦磁石被设置于所述框架的侧面,所述对焦线圈被设置于所述对焦固定部上,所述对焦线圈与所述对焦磁石相对设置。In some embodiments, the fixed base includes a base body and a focus fixing part fixed to one side of the base body, the focus magnet is arranged on the side of the frame, the focus coil is arranged on the focus fixing part, and the focus coil is arranged opposite to the focus magnet.
在一些实施例中,所述至少一防抖磁石包括第一防抖磁石和第二防抖磁石,所述至少一防抖线圈包括第一防抖线圈和第二防抖线圈,所述第一防抖磁石和所述第二防抖磁石被设置于所述框架的两个相邻的侧面上,所述第一防抖线圈和所述第二防抖线圈被设置于所述可动载体的两个相邻的侧面上,所述第一防抖线圈与所述第一防抖磁石相对设置,所述第二防抖线圈与所述第二防抖磁石相对设置。In some embodiments, the at least one anti-shake magnet includes a first anti-shake magnet and a second anti-shake magnet, the at least one anti-shake coil includes a first anti-shake coil and a second anti-shake coil, the first anti-shake magnet and the second anti-shake coil are arranged on two adjacent sides of the frame, the first anti-shake coil and the second anti-shake coil are arranged on two adjacent sides of the movable carrier, the first anti-shake coil is arranged opposite to the first anti-shake magnet, and the second anti-shake coil is arranged opposite to the second anti-shake magnet.
在一些实施例中,所述框架包括一体成型的第一框架部、第二框架部和框架连接部,所述第一框架部和所述第二框架部分别连接于所述框架连接部的两端,所述第一防抖磁石被安装于所述第一框架部的内侧面,所述第二防抖磁石被安装于所述框架连接部的内侧面,所述对焦磁石被安装于所述第二框架部的外侧面。In some embodiments, the frame includes an integrally formed first frame portion, a second frame portion, and a frame connecting portion, the first frame portion and the second frame portion are respectively connected to two ends of the frame connecting portion, the first anti-shake magnet is installed on the inner side surface of the first frame portion, the second anti-shake magnet is installed on the inner side surface of the frame connecting portion, and the focusing magnet is installed on the outer side surface of the second frame portion.
在一些实施例中,所述第一防抖线圈和所述第二防抖线圈位于所述第一防抖磁石和所述第二防抖磁石的内侧,所述对焦线圈位于所述对焦磁石的外侧。In some embodiments, the first anti-shake coil and the second anti-shake coil are located on the inner sides of the first anti-shake magnet and the second anti-shake magnet, and the focus coil is located on the outer sides of the focus magnet.
在一些实施例中,所述固定基座还包括被固定于所述基座主体的中部的承载部,所述光转折元件被安装于所述承载部,所述对焦磁石、所述第一防抖磁石和所述第二防抖磁石被设置于所述光转折元件的周侧。In some embodiments, the fixed base also includes a bearing portion fixed to the middle part of the base body, the light deflection element is installed on the bearing portion, and the focusing magnet, the first anti-shake magnet and the second anti-shake magnet are arranged on the peripheral side of the light deflection element.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦磁石的底面低于所述光转折元件的顶面,所述第一防抖磁石和所述第二防抖磁石的底面低于所述光转折元件的顶面。In some embodiments, a bottom surface of the focusing magnet is lower than a top surface of the light deflection element, and bottom surfaces of the first anti-shake magnet and the second anti-shake magnet are lower than a top surface of the light deflection element.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括对焦导向部和对焦磁吸件,所述对焦导向部被设置于所述框架的所述第二框架部和所述固定基座的所述对焦固定部之间,所述对焦磁吸件被固定于所述对焦固定部,所述对焦磁吸件和所述对焦磁石之间相互磁吸以使所述对焦导向部被夹持于所述框架的所述第二框架部和所述固定基座的所述对焦固定部之间。In some embodiments, the driving device also includes a focus guide portion and a focus magnetic component, the focus guide portion is arranged between the second frame portion of the frame and the focus fixing portion of the fixed base, the focus magnetic component is fixed to the focus fixing portion, and the focus magnetic component and the focus magnet are magnetically attracted to each other so that the focus guide portion is clamped between the second frame portion of the frame and the focus fixing portion of the fixed base.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦导向部包括两个导杆,所述两个导杆被竖直的设置于所述第二框架部和所述对焦固定部之间,所述两个导杆被分别设置于所述对焦驱动部的两侧。In some embodiments, the focus guide portion includes two guide rods, the two guide rods are vertically arranged between the second frame portion and the focus fixing portion, and the two guide rods are respectively arranged on both sides of the focus driving portion.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括防抖支撑部和防抖磁吸件,所述防抖支撑部被设置于所述框架和所述可动载体之间,所述防抖磁吸件被固定于所述可动载体,所述防抖磁吸件被设置于所述至少一防抖磁石的上方,所述防抖磁吸件与所述防抖磁石之间相互磁吸以使所述可动载体在高度方向上被吸附向所述框架。In some embodiments, the driving device also includes an anti-shake support part and an anti-shake magnetic component, the anti-shake support part is arranged between the frame and the movable carrier, the anti-shake magnetic component is fixed to the movable carrier, the anti-shake magnetic component is arranged above the at least one anti-shake magnet, and the anti-shake magnetic component and the anti-shake magnet are magnetically attracted to each other so that the movable carrier is adsorbed to the frame in the height direction.
在一些实施例中,所述防抖支撑部包括至少三滚珠,所述至少三滚珠被沿高度方向设置于所述框架和所述可动载体之间。In some embodiments, the anti-shake support portion includes at least three balls, and the at least three balls are arranged between the frame and the movable carrier along a height direction.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括框架盖体,所述框架盖体被沿高度方向固定于所述框架的顶面。In some embodiments, the driving device further includes a frame cover, and the frame cover is fixed to the top surface of the frame along the height direction.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括被固定于所述固定基座的上盖,所述上盖与所述固定基座形成一容纳腔以容纳所述对焦驱动部、所述框架、所述框架盖体、所述防抖驱动部和所述可动载体。In some embodiments, the driving device also includes an upper cover fixed to the fixed base, and the upper cover and the fixed base form a accommodating cavity to accommodate the focus driving unit, the frame, the frame cover, the anti-shake driving unit and the movable carrier.
在一些实施例中,所述光转折元件包括多个反射面,由所述光学镜头出射的光线在所述光转折元
件的多个反射面上发生多次反射后由所述光转折元件出射并到达所述感光组件。In some embodiments, the light deflection element includes a plurality of reflective surfaces, and the light emitted by the optical lens is reflected by the light deflection element. After multiple reflections on multiple reflective surfaces of the component, the light is emitted from the light deflection element and reaches the photosensitive component.
在一些实施例中,所述感光组件包括芯片线路板和与所述芯片线路板电连接的感光芯片和至少一电子元件,所述感光芯片的感光面朝向所述光转折元件以接收从所述光转折元件出射的光线,所述可动载体被固定于所述芯片线路板。In some embodiments, the photosensitive component includes a chip circuit board, a photosensitive chip electrically connected to the chip circuit board, and at least one electronic component, the photosensitive surface of the photosensitive chip faces the light deflection element to receive the light emitted from the light deflection element, and the movable carrier is fixed to the chip circuit board.
按照本申请的第四种设计方案,提出一种摄像模组。According to the fourth design scheme of the present application, a camera module is proposed.
本申请的一个目的在于提供一种摄像模组,其克服现有技术的不足,使得长焦拍摄的功能被提升的同时,摄像模组的尺寸可以被设计的较小。One purpose of the present application is to provide a camera module that overcomes the deficiencies of the prior art so that the telephoto shooting function is improved while the size of the camera module can be designed to be smaller.
根据本申请的一个方面,提供一种摄像模组,包括:According to one aspect of the present application, a camera module is provided, including:
光学镜头;Optical lens;
光转折元件,所述光转折元件包括多个反射面,由所述光学镜头出射的光线在所述光转折元件的多个反射面上发生多次反射;A light deflection element, wherein the light deflection element comprises a plurality of reflective surfaces, and the light emitted by the optical lens is reflected multiple times on the plurality of reflective surfaces of the light deflection element;
感光组件,光线由所述光转折元件出射后到达所述感光组件;A photosensitive component, wherein the light is emitted from the light deflection element and reaches the photosensitive component;
驱动装置,所述驱动装置被配置为驱动所述感光组件相对于所述光转折元件移动,其中,所述驱动装置包括:A driving device, wherein the driving device is configured to drive the photosensitive component to move relative to the light deflection element, wherein the driving device comprises:
固定基座,所述光转折元件被固定于所述固定基座;A fixed base, the light deflection element is fixed to the fixed base;
框架,所述框架被可活动地设置于所述固定基座;A frame, the frame being movably disposed on the fixed base;
可动载体,所述可动载体被可活动地设置于所述框架,所述感光组件被设置于所述可动载体;以及A movable carrier, the movable carrier being movably disposed on the frame, and the photosensitive component being disposed on the movable carrier; and
防抖驱动部,所述防抖驱动部被设置于所述可动载体和所述框架之间,用于驱动所述可动载体相对于所述框架移动;其中,所述防抖驱动部自所述可动载体向下延伸至所述光转折元件的周侧,所述防抖驱动部的至少一部分低于所述光转折元件的顶面。An anti-shake driving unit is arranged between the movable carrier and the frame, and is used for driving the movable carrier to move relative to the frame; wherein, the anti-shake driving unit extends downward from the movable carrier to the peripheral side of the light deflection element, and at least a portion of the anti-shake driving unit is lower than the top surface of the light deflection element.
在一些实施例中,框架包括沿水平方向延伸的防抖框架,以及自防抖框架沿高度方向延伸的对焦框架;所述防抖驱动部沿水平方向被设置于所述防抖框架和所述可动载体之间。In some embodiments, the frame includes an anti-shake frame extending in a horizontal direction, and a focus frame extending from the anti-shake frame in a height direction; the anti-shake driving unit is arranged between the anti-shake frame and the movable carrier in a horizontal direction.
在一些实施例中,所述防抖驱动部包括至少一防抖线圈和至少一防抖磁石,所述至少一防抖线圈和所述至少一防抖磁石沿高度方向相对设置,所述至少一防抖线圈被设置于所述可动载体,所述至少一防抖磁石被设置于所述防抖框架。In some embodiments, the anti-shake driving unit includes at least one anti-shake coil and at least one anti-shake magnet, the at least one anti-shake coil and the at least one anti-shake magnet are arranged relative to each other in the height direction, the at least one anti-shake coil is arranged on the movable carrier, and the at least one anti-shake magnet is arranged on the anti-shake frame.
在一些实施例中,所述至少一防抖磁石的顶面所在的平面低于所述光转折元件的顶面所在的平面,所述至少一防抖线圈的底面所在的平面低于所述光转折元件的顶面所在的平面。In some embodiments, the plane where the top surface of the at least one anti-shake magnet is located is lower than the plane where the top surface of the light deflection element is located, and the plane where the bottom surface of the at least one anti-shake coil is located is lower than the plane where the top surface of the light deflection element is located.
在一些实施例中,所述固定基座包括沿水平方向延伸的基座主体以及被设置于所述基座主体中部的承载部,所述承载部自所述基座主体沿高度方向延伸,所述承载部具有自其顶部至底部尺寸逐渐减小的凹槽,所述光转折元件被固定于所述凹槽内。In some embodiments, the fixed base includes a base body extending in a horizontal direction and a supporting portion arranged in the middle of the base body, the supporting portion extends from the base body in a height direction, the supporting portion has a groove whose size gradually decreases from the top to the bottom, and the light turning element is fixed in the groove.
在一些实施例中,所述可动载体被设置于所述防抖框架的上部,所述防抖框架被设置于所述基座主体的上部,所述可动载体的至少一部分低于所述光转折元件的顶面。In some embodiments, the movable carrier is disposed on the upper portion of the anti-shake frame, the anti-shake frame is disposed on the upper portion of the base body, and at least a portion of the movable carrier is lower than the top surface of the light deflection element.
在一些实施例中,所述固定基座还包括自基座主体沿高度方向延伸的对焦固定部,所述驱动装置还包括对焦驱动部,所述对焦驱动部沿高度方向被设置于所述对焦固定部和所述对焦框架之间,所述对焦驱动部驱动所述对焦框架相对于所述对焦固定部移动。In some embodiments, the fixed base also includes a focus fixing portion extending from the base body along the height direction, and the driving device also includes a focus driving portion, which is arranged between the focus fixing portion and the focus frame along the height direction, and the focus driving portion drives the focus frame to move relative to the focus fixing portion.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦驱动部包括对焦线圈和对焦磁石,所述对焦线圈和所述对焦磁石沿水平方向相对设置,所述对焦线圈被设置于所述对焦框架和所述对焦固定部二者中的一个,所述对焦磁石被设置于所述对焦框架和所述对焦固定部二者中的另一个。In some embodiments, the focus drive unit includes a focus coil and a focus magnet, and the focus coil and the focus magnet are arranged relative to each other in a horizontal direction. The focus coil is arranged at one of the focus frame and the focus fixing unit, and the focus magnet is arranged at the other of the focus frame and the focus fixing unit.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括防抖支撑部和对焦导向部,所述防抖支撑部被夹持于所述可动载体和所述防抖框架之间,使得所述可动载体可活动地被支撑于所述防抖框架;所述对焦导向部被夹
持于所述对焦框架和所述对焦固定部之间,使得所述对焦框架被可活动地支撑于所述对焦固定部。In some embodiments, the driving device further comprises an anti-shake support portion and a focus guide portion, wherein the anti-shake support portion is clamped between the movable carrier and the anti-shake frame so that the movable carrier can be movably supported on the anti-shake frame; and the focus guide portion is clamped between the movable carrier and the anti-shake frame. The focusing frame is held between the focusing frame and the focusing fixing portion, so that the focusing frame is movably supported on the focusing fixing portion.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦驱动部还包括导磁件,所述导磁件与所述对焦磁石沿水平方向相对设置,所述导磁件与所述对焦磁石相互作用产生沿水平方向的磁吸力,所述对焦导向部在所述磁吸力的作用下被夹持于所述对焦框架和所述对焦固定部之间。In some embodiments, the focus driving unit also includes a magnetic conductive part, and the magnetic conductive part and the focus magnet are arranged opposite to each other in a horizontal direction. The magnetic conductive part and the focus magnet interact with each other to generate a magnetic attraction force in the horizontal direction, and the focus guide part is clamped between the focus frame and the focus fixing part under the action of the magnetic attraction force.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括防抖磁吸件,所述防抖磁吸件与所述至少一防抖磁石沿高度方向相对设置,所述防抖磁吸件与所述至少一防抖磁石相互作用产生沿高度方向的磁吸力,所述防抖支撑部在所述磁吸力的作用下被夹持于所述可动载体和所述防抖框架之间。In some embodiments, the driving device also includes an anti-shake magnetic component, which is arranged opposite to the at least one anti-shake magnet in the height direction. The anti-shake magnetic component interacts with the at least one anti-shake magnet to generate a magnetic force in the height direction, and the anti-shake support part is clamped between the movable carrier and the anti-shake frame under the action of the magnetic force.
按照本申请的第五种设计方案,提出一种摄像模组。According to the fifth design scheme of the present application, a camera module is proposed.
本申请的一个目的在于提供一种带有驱动装置的摄像模组,其克服现有技术的不足,实现了模组的小型化。One purpose of the present application is to provide a camera module with a driving device, which overcomes the shortcomings of the prior art and achieves miniaturization of the module.
根据本申请的一个方面,提供一种摄像模组,其包括:According to one aspect of the present application, a camera module is provided, comprising:
光学镜头;Optical lens;
光转折元件;Light turning element;
感光组件,所述光学镜头和所述感光组件被设置于所述光转折元件相对的两端;以及A photosensitive component, wherein the optical lens and the photosensitive component are disposed at two opposite ends of the light deflection element; and
驱动装置,所述驱动装置被配置为驱动所述感光组件移动,其中,所述感光组件包括芯片线路板和与所述芯片线路板电连接的感光芯片和连接线路板,所述连接线路板包括第一连接带,所述第一连接带从所述芯片线路板向靠近所述光学镜头的一侧延伸,所述第一连接带的部分被弯折于所述光转折元件的下方。A driving device, wherein the driving device is configured to drive the photosensitive component to move, wherein the photosensitive component includes a chip circuit board, a photosensitive chip electrically connected to the chip circuit board, and a connecting circuit board, wherein the connecting circuit board includes a first connecting belt, and the first connecting belt extends from the chip circuit board to a side close to the optical lens, and a portion of the first connecting belt is bent below the light deflection element.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置包括固定基座,所述固定基座包括基座主体、被固定于所述基座主体的中部的承载部和形成于所述基座主体和所述承载部之间的连接带容置腔,所述连接带容置腔被设置于所述固定基座靠近所述光学镜头的一侧,所述第一连接带的部分被设置于所述连接带容置腔中。In some embodiments, the driving device includes a fixed base, which includes a base body, a bearing portion fixed to the middle of the base body, and a connecting belt accommodating cavity formed between the base body and the bearing portion, the connecting belt accommodating cavity is arranged on a side of the fixed base close to the optical lens, and a portion of the first connecting belt is arranged in the connecting belt accommodating cavity.
在一些实施例中,所述第一连接带环绕所述光转折元件的周侧设置,所述第一连接带包括依次相连的第一连接部、第一侧连部、第一弯折部和第一导出部,所述第一弯折部被容置于所述连接带容置腔中。In some embodiments, the first connecting band is arranged around the circumference of the light deflection element, and the first connecting band includes a first connecting portion, a first side connecting portion, a first bending portion and a first leading-out portion connected in sequence, and the first bending portion is accommodated in the connecting band accommodating cavity.
在一些实施例中,所述第一连接部从所述芯片线路板向所述远离芯片线路板的方向横向延伸,所述第一连接部的一端与所述芯片线路板相连,所述第一连接部的另一端向下弯折并与所述第一侧连部的一端连接,所述第一侧连部围绕所述光转折元件的周侧延伸并弯折,所述第一侧连部的另一端与所述第一弯折部的一端连接,所述第一弯折部的另一端与所述第一导出部相连。In some embodiments, the first connection portion extends laterally from the chip circuit board toward the direction away from the chip circuit board, one end of the first connection portion is connected to the chip circuit board, the other end of the first connection portion is bent downward and connected to one end of the first side connection portion, the first side connection portion extends and bends around the circumference of the light turning element, the other end of the first side connection portion is connected to one end of the first bending portion, and the other end of the first bending portion is connected to the first lead-out portion.
在一些实施例中,所述第一弯折部以水平方向弯折的形式设置于所述第一侧连部的下方。In some embodiments, the first bending portion is disposed below the first side connecting portion in the form of a horizontal bend.
在一些实施例中,所述第一导出部被固定于所述固定基座。In some embodiments, the first lead-out portion is fixed to the fixed base.
在一些实施例中,所述连接线路板还包括第二连接带,所述第二连接带环绕所述光转折元件的周侧设置,所述第二连接带与所述第一连接带相对的设置于所述芯片线路板两侧。In some embodiments, the connecting circuit board further includes a second connecting belt, the second connecting belt is arranged around the circumference of the light deflection element, and the second connecting belt is arranged on both sides of the chip circuit board opposite to the first connecting belt.
在一些实施例中,所述第二连接带包括第二连接部和第二侧连部,所述第二连接部从所述芯片线路板向远离所述芯片线路板的方向横向延伸,所述第二连接部的一端与所述芯片线路板相连,所述第二连接部的另一端向下弯折并与所述第二侧连部的一端连接,所述第二侧连部围绕所述光转折元件的周侧延伸并弯折。In some embodiments, the second connecting band includes a second connecting portion and a second side connecting portion, the second connecting portion extends laterally from the chip circuit board in a direction away from the chip circuit board, one end of the second connecting portion is connected to the chip circuit board, the other end of the second connecting portion is bent downward and connected to one end of the second side connecting portion, and the second side connecting portion extends and bends around the circumference of the light turning element.
在一些实施例中,所述第二侧连部的另一端与所述第一侧连部的另一端固定并电连接。In some embodiments, the other end of the second side connection portion is fixed and electrically connected to the other end of the first side connection portion.
在一些实施例中,所述第二连接带还包括第二弯折部和第二导出部,所述第二侧连部的另一端与所述第二弯折部的一端连接,所述第二弯折部的另一端与所述第二导出部相连,所述第二弯折部以水平方向弯折的形式设置于所述第二侧连部的下方。In some embodiments, the second connecting belt also includes a second bending portion and a second lead-out portion, the other end of the second side connecting portion is connected to one end of the second bending portion, the other end of the second bending portion is connected to the second lead-out portion, and the second bending portion is arranged below the second side connecting portion in a horizontally bent form.
在一些实施例中,所述第二弯折部被容置于所述固定基座的所述连接带容置腔中,所述第二连接带的所述第二导出部被固定于所述固定基座。
In some embodiments, the second bending portion is accommodated in the connection belt accommodating cavity of the fixed base, and the second lead-out portion of the second connection belt is fixed to the fixed base.
在一些实施例中,所述光转折元件包括多个反射面,由所述光学镜头出射的光线在所述光转折元件的多个反射面上发生多次反射后由所述光转折元件出射并到达所述感光组件。In some embodiments, the light deflecting element includes a plurality of reflective surfaces, and the light emitted from the optical lens is reflected multiple times on the plurality of reflective surfaces of the light deflecting element, and then emitted from the light deflecting element and reaches the photosensitive component.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括被可活动地设置于所述固定基座中的框架、被可活动地设置于所述框架中的可动载体、被设置于所述固定基座和所述框架之间的对焦驱动部以及被设置于所述框架和所述可动载体之间的防抖驱动部,其中,所述感光组件被固定于所述可动载体,所述对焦驱动部包括沿水平方向相对设置的对焦线圈和对焦磁石,所述防抖驱动部包括沿水平方向相对设置的至少一防抖磁石和至少一防抖线圈。In some embodiments, the driving device also includes a frame movably disposed in the fixed base, a movable carrier movably disposed in the frame, a focus driving unit disposed between the fixed base and the frame, and an anti-shake driving unit disposed between the frame and the movable carrier, wherein the photosensitive component is fixed to the movable carrier, the focus driving unit includes a focus coil and a focus magnet disposed relatively to each other in a horizontal direction, and the anti-shake driving unit includes at least one anti-shake magnet and at least one anti-shake coil disposed relatively to each other in a horizontal direction.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括被固定于所述固定基座的上盖,所述上盖与所述固定基座形成一容纳腔以容纳所述对焦驱动部、所述框架、所述防抖驱动部和所述可动载体。In some embodiments, the driving device further comprises an upper cover fixed to the fixed base, wherein the upper cover and the fixed base form a receiving cavity to receive the focus driving unit, the frame, the anti-shake driving unit and the movable carrier.
按照本申请的第六种设计方案,提出一种阵列模组。According to a sixth design scheme of the present application, an array module is proposed.
本申请的一个目的在于提供一种阵列模组,其克服现有技术的不足,减小了阵列模组中的磁干扰的影响。One object of the present application is to provide an array module, which overcomes the deficiencies of the prior art and reduces the influence of magnetic interference in the array module.
根据本申请的一个方面,提供一种阵列模组,其包括:According to one aspect of the present application, an array module is provided, comprising:
摄像模组,所述摄像模组包括沿长度方向相对设置的第一区域和第二区域,所述摄像模组包括光学镜头和驱动装置,所述光学镜头被偏心的设置于所述驱动装置中,所述光学镜头被设置于所述第一区域,所述驱动装置中包含磁石的驱动部被设置于所述第二区域;A camera module, the camera module comprising a first area and a second area arranged opposite to each other along a length direction, the camera module comprising an optical lens and a driving device, the optical lens being eccentrically arranged in the driving device, the optical lens being arranged in the first area, and a driving part of the driving device including a magnet being arranged in the second area;
第一副模组,所述第一副模组被设置于所述摄像模组的所述第一区域的周侧。A first sub-module is disposed on a peripheral side of the first area of the camera module.
在一些实施例中,所述摄像模组还包括连接线路板,所述摄像模组具有两个长边侧和两个短边侧,所述连接线路板从所述摄像模组更靠近所述第一区域的短边侧向外延伸,所述第一副模组被相邻的设置于所述摄像模组的其中一长边侧。In some embodiments, the camera module also includes a connecting circuit board, the camera module has two long sides and two short sides, the connecting circuit board extends outward from the short side of the camera module closer to the first area, and the first sub-module is adjacently arranged on one of the long sides of the camera module.
在一些实施例中,所述第一副模组包括第一马达、被安装于所述第一马达的第一镜头以及用于给所述第一副模组提供电源的第一连接线路板,所述第一马达为音圈马达。In some embodiments, the first sub-module includes a first motor, a first lens mounted on the first motor, and a first connecting circuit board for providing power to the first sub-module, and the first motor is a voice coil motor.
在一些实施例中,所述第一连接线路板从所述第一副模组不贴近所述摄像模组的其中一侧向外延伸。In some embodiments, the first connecting circuit board extends outward from one side of the first sub-module that is not close to the camera module.
在一些实施例中,所述阵列模组还包括第二副模组,所述第二副模组被相邻的设置于所述摄像模组的另一长边侧且靠近于所述摄像模组的所述第一区域。In some embodiments, the array module further includes a second sub-module, which is adjacently disposed on another long side of the camera module and close to the first area of the camera module.
在一些实施例中,所述第二副模组包括第二马达、被安装于所述第二马达的第二镜头以及用于给所述第二副模组提供电源的第二连接线路板,所述第二马达为音圈马达。In some embodiments, the second sub-module includes a second motor, a second lens mounted on the second motor, and a second connecting circuit board for providing power to the second sub-module, and the second motor is a voice coil motor.
在一些实施例中,所述第二连接线路板从所述第二副模组不贴近所述摄像模组的其中一侧向外延伸。In some embodiments, the second connecting circuit board extends outward from one side of the second sub-module that is not close to the camera module.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置包括固定基座、被可活动地设置于所述固定基座中的框架以及被可活动地设置于所述框架中的可动载体,所述驱动部包括被设置于所述固定基座和所述框架之间的对焦驱动部和被设置于所述框架和所述可动载体之间的防抖驱动部,所述对焦驱动部包括相对设置的对焦线圈和对焦磁石,所述防抖驱动部包括相对设置的至少一防抖磁石和至少一防抖线圈。In some embodiments, the driving device includes a fixed base, a frame movably disposed in the fixed base, and a movable carrier movably disposed in the frame, the driving unit includes a focus driving unit disposed between the fixed base and the frame and an anti-shake driving unit disposed between the frame and the movable carrier, the focus driving unit includes a focus coil and a focus magnet disposed relatively to each other, and the anti-shake driving unit includes at least one anti-shake magnet and at least one anti-shake coil disposed relatively to each other.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦磁石和所述至少一防抖磁石被偏心的设置于所述摄像模组的所述第二区域。In some embodiments, the focusing magnet and the at least one anti-shake magnet are eccentrically disposed in the second area of the camera module.
在一些实施例中,所述摄像模组还包括感光组件,所述感光组件包括芯片线路板和与所述芯片线路板电连接的感光芯片和至少一电子元件,所述连接线路板与所述芯片线路板电连接,所述可动载体被固定于所述芯片线路板。In some embodiments, the camera module also includes a photosensitive component, which includes a chip circuit board, a photosensitive chip electrically connected to the chip circuit board, and at least one electronic component, the connecting circuit board is electrically connected to the chip circuit board, and the movable carrier is fixed to the chip circuit board.
在一些实施例中,所述摄像模组还包括光转折元件,所述光转折元件包括多个反射面,由所述光学镜头出射的光线在所述光转折元件的多个反射面上发生多次反射后由所述光转折元件出射并到达所述感
光组件。In some embodiments, the camera module further includes a light deflection element, the light deflection element includes a plurality of reflective surfaces, and the light emitted by the optical lens is reflected multiple times on the plurality of reflective surfaces of the light deflection element, and then emitted from the light deflection element and reaches the sensor. Optical components.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括被固定于所述固定基座的上盖,所述上盖与所述固定基座形成一容纳腔以容纳所述对焦驱动部、所述框架、所述防抖驱动部和所述可动载体。In some embodiments, the driving device further comprises an upper cover fixed to the fixed base, wherein the upper cover and the fixed base form a receiving cavity to receive the focus driving unit, the frame, the anti-shake driving unit and the movable carrier.
按照本申请的第七种设计方案,提出一种摄像模组。According to the seventh design scheme of the present application, a camera module is proposed.
本申请的一个目的在于提供一种长焦摄像模组,其克服现有技术的不足,在能够实现更好的长焦拍摄的同时,尺寸得以被控制的较小。One purpose of the present application is to provide a telephoto camera module that overcomes the shortcomings of the prior art and can achieve better telephoto shooting while keeping the size smaller.
根据本申请的一个方面,提供一种摄像模组,包括:According to one aspect of the present application, a camera module is provided, including:
光学镜头;Optical lens;
光转折元件;Light turning element;
感光组件,所述感光组件包括芯片线路板和与所述芯片线路板电连接的感光芯片和连接线路板,所述感光芯片和所述光学镜头被设置于所述光转折元件的同侧;以及A photosensitive component, the photosensitive component comprising a chip circuit board, a photosensitive chip electrically connected to the chip circuit board, and a connecting circuit board, wherein the photosensitive chip and the optical lens are arranged on the same side of the light deflection element; and
驱动装置,所述驱动装置被配置为驱动所述感光芯片移动,所述连接线路板包括内线路板、外线路板以及连接所述内线路板和所述外线路板的柔性导通机构,所述内线路板被固定于所述芯片线路板,所述外线路板被固定于所述驱动装置,所述连接线路板在所述光转折元件的上方横向延伸。A driving device is configured to drive the photosensitive chip to move, the connecting circuit board includes an inner circuit board, an outer circuit board and a flexible conductive mechanism connecting the inner circuit board and the outer circuit board, the inner circuit board is fixed to the chip circuit board, the outer circuit board is fixed to the driving device, and the connecting circuit board extends laterally above the light turning element.
在一些实施例中,所述连接线路板的横向延伸方向与所述光转折元件的长度方向垂直。In some embodiments, the lateral extension direction of the connecting circuit board is perpendicular to the length direction of the light turning element.
在一些实施例中,所述连接线路板还包括与所述外线路板电连接的连接带,所述连接带从所述外线路板的一侧向外并向下延伸,所述连接带的一部分以水平方向弯折的形式被设置于所述驱动装置中。In some embodiments, the connecting circuit board also includes a connecting belt electrically connected to the external circuit board, the connecting belt extends outward and downward from one side of the external circuit board, and a portion of the connecting belt is arranged in the driving device in a horizontally bent form.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置包括框架、可动载体以及防抖驱动部,所述防抖驱动部连接所述框架和所述可动载体并驱动所述可动载体相对所述框架沿水平方向移动,所述芯片线路板被固定于所述可动载体,所述外线路板被固定于所述框架。In some embodiments, the driving device includes a frame, a movable carrier and an anti-shake driving unit, the anti-shake driving unit connects the frame and the movable carrier and drives the movable carrier to move horizontally relative to the frame, the chip circuit board is fixed to the movable carrier, and the external circuit board is fixed to the frame.
在一些实施例中,所述可动载体具有朝向所述光转折元件一侧的开口,所述可动载体围绕所述光转折元件的三侧设置,所述框架具有朝向所述光转折元件一侧的开口,所述框架围绕所述光转折元件的三侧设置。In some embodiments, the movable carrier has an opening facing one side of the light deflecting element, the movable carrier is arranged around three sides of the light deflecting element, the frame has an opening facing one side of the light deflecting element, and the frame is arranged around three sides of the light deflecting element.
在一些实施例中,所述防抖驱动部包括被固定于所述框架的第一防抖磁石、第二防抖磁石和被固定于所述可动载体的第一防抖线圈和第二防抖线圈,所述第一防抖线圈和所述第一防抖磁石沿高度方向相对设置,所述第二防抖线圈和所述第二防抖磁石沿高度方向相对设置。In some embodiments, the anti-shake drive unit includes a first anti-shake magnet and a second anti-shake magnet fixed to the frame, and a first anti-shake coil and a second anti-shake coil fixed to the movable carrier, the first anti-shake coil and the first anti-shake magnet are arranged relative to each other along the height direction, and the second anti-shake coil and the second anti-shake magnet are arranged relative to each other along the height direction.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括防抖支撑部和防抖磁吸件,所述防抖支撑部被设置于所述框架和所述可动载体之间,以使所述框架和所述可动载体之间保持一空气间隙,两所述防抖磁吸件被固定于所述可动载体并分别与所述第一防抖磁石和所述第二防抖磁石相互磁吸以使所述可动载体被吸附向所述框架并夹持所述防抖支撑部。In some embodiments, the driving device also includes an anti-shake support part and an anti-shake magnetic component. The anti-shake support part is arranged between the frame and the movable carrier to maintain an air gap between the frame and the movable carrier. The two anti-shake magnetic components are fixed to the movable carrier and are magnetically attracted to the first anti-shake magnet and the second anti-shake magnet respectively so that the movable carrier is adsorbed to the frame and clamps the anti-shake support part.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括被固定于所述框架的框架盖体,所述框架盖体被沿高度方向设置于所述框架的上方,所述内线路板、所述外线路板和所述柔性导通机构被设置于所述芯片线路板和所述框架盖体之间。In some embodiments, the driving device also includes a frame cover fixed to the frame, the frame cover is arranged above the frame in the height direction, and the inner circuit board, the outer circuit board and the flexible conductive mechanism are arranged between the chip circuit board and the frame cover.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括固定基座和对焦驱动部,所述对焦驱动部连接所述固定基座和所述框架以驱动所述框架相对所述固定基座沿高度方向移动。In some embodiments, the driving device further includes a fixed base and a focus driving unit, wherein the focus driving unit connects the fixed base and the frame to drive the frame to move in a height direction relative to the fixed base.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦驱动部包括被固定于所述框架的对焦磁石和被固定于所述固定基座的对焦线圈,所述对焦磁石和所述对焦线圈沿水平方向相对设置。In some embodiments, the focus driving unit includes a focus magnet fixed to the frame and a focus coil fixed to the fixed base, and the focus magnet and the focus coil are arranged opposite to each other in a horizontal direction.
在一些实施例中,所述对焦磁石的底面低于所述光转折元件的顶面。In some embodiments, a bottom surface of the focusing magnet is lower than a top surface of the light deflecting element.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括对焦导向部和对焦磁吸件,所述对焦导向部被设置于所述框架和所述固定基座之间,以使所述框架和所述固定基座之间保持一空气间隙,所述对焦磁吸件被固定于所述固定基座,所述对焦磁吸件和所述对焦磁石之间相互磁吸以使所述对焦导向部被夹持于所述框架和所
述固定基座之间。In some embodiments, the driving device further comprises a focus guide and a focus magnetic member, wherein the focus guide is disposed between the frame and the fixed base so that an air gap is maintained between the frame and the fixed base, and the focus magnetic member is fixed to the fixed base, and the focus magnetic member and the focus magnet are magnetically attracted to each other so that the focus guide is clamped between the frame and the fixed base. between the fixed bases.
在一些实施例中,所述驱动装置还包括被固定于所述固定基座的上盖,所述上盖具有一镜头开口,所述光学镜头通过所述镜头开口从所述驱动装置中伸出。In some embodiments, the driving device further comprises an upper cover fixed to the fixed base, the upper cover having a lens opening, and the optical lens extends from the driving device through the lens opening.
在一些实施例中,所述连接带从所述外线路板远离所述对焦驱动部的一侧向外并向下延伸,所述连接带的一部分以水平方向弯折的形式被设置于所述框架的下方。In some embodiments, the connection belt extends outward and downward from a side of the external circuit board away from the focus driving unit, and a portion of the connection belt is bent in a horizontal direction and disposed below the frame.
在一些实施例中,所述连接带包括依次相连的延伸部、弯折部和导出部,所述延伸部从所述外线路板远离所述对焦驱动部的一侧向外并向下延伸,所述弯折部电连接所述延伸部和所述导出部并被设置于所述框架的下方,所述导出部从所述弯折部向外延伸以伸出所述驱动装置。In some embodiments, the connecting belt includes an extension portion, a bending portion, and a lead-out portion connected in sequence, the extension portion extends outward and downward from a side of the external circuit board away from the focus driving portion, the bending portion electrically connects the extension portion and the lead-out portion and is disposed below the frame, and the lead-out portion extends outward from the bending portion to extend out the driving device.
在一些实施例中,所述导出部被固定于所述固定基座。In some embodiments, the lead-out portion is fixed to the fixed base.
在以下描述中部分地阐述了另外的实施方案和特征,并且本领域技术人员在审阅说明书之后将明白或者通过所公开的主题的实践来学习这些实施方案和特征。可通过参考构成本申请的一部分的说明书和附图的其余部分来实现本公开的特点和优点的进一步理解。Other embodiments and features are partially described in the following description, and those skilled in the art will understand after reviewing the specification or learn these embodiments and features through practice of the disclosed subject matter. A further understanding of the features and advantages of the present disclosure can be achieved by reference to the remainder of the specification and drawings which constitute a part of this application.
图1是根据本申请的摄像模组的爆炸示意图;FIG1 is an exploded schematic diagram of a camera module according to the present application;
图2A是根据本申请的光学系统的第一实施方式示意图;FIG2A is a schematic diagram of a first embodiment of an optical system according to the present application;
图2B是根据本申请的光学系统的第二实施方式的示意图;FIG2B is a schematic diagram of a second embodiment of an optical system according to the present application;
图2C是根据本申请的光学系统的第三实施方式的示意图;FIG2C is a schematic diagram of a third embodiment of an optical system according to the present application;
图3A是根据本申请的分体式棱镜的第一实施方式的立体示意图;FIG3A is a perspective schematic diagram of a first embodiment of a split prism according to the present application;
图3B是根据本申请的分体式棱镜的第二实施方式的立体示意图;FIG3B is a perspective schematic diagram of a second embodiment of a split prism according to the present application;
图4是根据本申请的摄像模组的第一实施方式的爆炸示意图;FIG4 is an exploded schematic diagram of a first embodiment of a camera module according to the present application;
图5A是根据本申请的摄像模组的第一实施方式的沿长度方向截面的截面示意图;5A is a schematic cross-sectional view of a first embodiment of a camera module according to the present application, taken along a longitudinal direction;
图5B是根据本申请的摄像模组的第一实施方式的沿宽度方向截面的截面示意图;5B is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first embodiment of the camera module according to the present application along the width direction;
图6是根据本申请的驱动装置的第一实施方式的爆炸示意图;FIG6 is an exploded schematic diagram of a first embodiment of a driving device according to the present application;
图7是根据本申请的驱动装置的第一实施方式的另一爆炸示意图;FIG7 is another exploded schematic diagram of the first embodiment of the driving device according to the present application;
图8A是根据本申请的驱动装置的第一实施方式的沿长度方向截面的截面示意图;8A is a schematic cross-sectional view of a first embodiment of a driving device according to the present application, taken along a longitudinal direction;
图8B是根据本申请的驱动装置的第一实施方式的变形实施例的立体示意图;FIG8B is a perspective schematic diagram of a modified embodiment of the first embodiment of the driving device according to the present application;
图9A是根据本申请的驱动装置的第一实施方式的俯视视角的一爆炸示意图;FIG9A is an exploded schematic diagram of a top view of a first embodiment of a driving device according to the present application;
图9B是根据本申请的驱动装置的第一实施方式的仰视视角的另一爆炸示意图;FIG9B is another exploded schematic diagram of the first embodiment of the driving device according to the present application from a bottom perspective;
图9C是根据本申请的驱动装置的第一实施方式的连接线路板的立体示意图;FIG9C is a perspective schematic diagram of a connection circuit board according to the first embodiment of the driving device of the present application;
图10是根据本申请的摄像模组的第一实施方式的变形实施例的沿长度方向截面的截面示意图;10 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a modified embodiment of the first embodiment of the camera module of the present application along the length direction;
图11是根据本申请的摄像模组的第二实施方式的沿长度方向截面的截面示意图;11 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a second embodiment of a camera module according to the present application, taken along the length direction;
图12是根据本申请的摄像模组的第二实施方式的沿宽度方向截面的截面示意图;12 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a second embodiment of a camera module according to the present application, taken along a width direction;
图13是根据本申请的驱动装置的第二实施方式的爆炸示意图;FIG13 is an exploded schematic diagram of a second embodiment of a driving device according to the present application;
图14是根据本申请的驱动装置的第二实施方式的另一爆炸示意图;FIG14 is another exploded schematic diagram of the second embodiment of the driving device according to the present application;
图15是根据本申请的摄像模组的第二实施方式的变形实施例的沿宽度方向截面的截面示意图;15 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a modified example of the second embodiment of the camera module of the present application along the width direction;
图16是根据本申请的阵列模组的结构示意图;FIG16 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an array module according to the present application;
图17是根据本申请实施方式摄像模组的立体示意图;FIG17 is a perspective schematic diagram of a camera module according to an embodiment of the present application;
图18A是根据本申请实施方式的摄像模组沿长度方向的截面图;FIG18A is a cross-sectional view of a camera module along a length direction according to an embodiment of the present application;
图18B是图18A中圆形区域的放大示意图;FIG18B is an enlarged schematic diagram of the circular area in FIG18A ;
图19A是根据本申请实施方式的摄像模组沿宽度方向的截面图;
FIG19A is a cross-sectional view of a camera module along a width direction according to an embodiment of the present application;
图19B是图19A中圆形区域的放大示意图;FIG19B is an enlarged schematic diagram of the circular area in FIG19A ;
图20A和图20B是根据本申请实施方式的光学系统的两个结构示意图;20A and 20B are two schematic structural diagrams of an optical system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图21A和图21B是根据本申请实施方式的分体式棱镜的两个结构示意图;21A and 21B are two structural schematic diagrams of a split prism according to an embodiment of the present application;
图22是根据本申请实施方式的驱动装置的爆炸示意图;FIG22 is an exploded schematic diagram of a driving device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图23A和图23B是根据本申请实施方式的驱动装置的部分结构分别在俯视和仰视两个视角下的爆炸示意图。23A and 23B are exploded schematic diagrams of a partial structure of a driving device according to an embodiment of the present application, viewed from top and bottom, respectively.
下面,结合具体实施方式,对本申请做进一步描述,需要说明的是,在不相冲突的前提下,以下描述的各实施例之间或各技术特征之间可以任意组合形成新的实施例。Below, the present application is further described in conjunction with specific implementation methods. It should be noted that, under the premise of no conflict, the various embodiments or technical features described below can be arbitrarily combined to form new embodiments.
“包括”,该术语是开放式的。如在所附权利要求书中所使用的,该术语不排除附加结构或步骤。The term "comprising" is open ended. As used in the appended claims, the term does not exclude additional structures or steps.
在本申请的描述中,需要说明的是,对于方位词,如有术语“中心”、“横向”、“纵向”、“长度”、“宽度”、“厚度”、“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”、“左”、“右”、“竖直”、“水平”、“顶”、“底”、“内”、“外”、“顺时针”、“逆时针”等指示方位和位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系,仅是为了便于叙述本申请和简化描述,而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定方位构造和操作,不能理解为限制本申请的具体保护范围。In the description of the present application, it should be noted that directional words, such as the terms "center", "lateral", "longitudinal", "length", "width", "thickness", "up", "down", "front", "back", "left", "right", "vertical", "horizontal", "top", "bottom", "inside", "outside", "clockwise", "counterclockwise", etc., indicating directions and positional relationships are based on the directions or positional relationships shown in the accompanying drawings, which are only for the convenience of narrating the present application and simplifying the description, and do not indicate or imply that the device or element referred to must have a specific orientation, be constructed and operated in a specific orientation, and cannot be understood as limiting the specific scope of protection of the present application.
需要说明的是,本申请的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。It should be noted that the terms "first", "second", etc. in the description and claims of the present application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not necessarily used to describe a specific order or sequence.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof in the specification and claims of this application are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions. For example, a process, method, system, product or apparatus comprising a series of steps or units is not necessarily limited to those steps or units explicitly listed, but may include other steps or units not explicitly listed or inherent to these processes, methods, products or apparatuses.
需要说明的是,如在本申请中使用的,用语“基本上”、“大约”以及类似的用语用作表近似的用语,而不用作表程度的用语,并且旨在说明将由本领域普通技术人员认识到的、测量值或计算值中的固有偏差。It should be noted that, as used in this application, the terms "substantially", "approximately" and similar terms are used as terms to express approximation rather than as terms to express degree, and are intended to account for the inherent deviations in measurements or calculations that would be recognized by a person of ordinary skill in the art.
在本申请的描述中,还需要说明的是,除非另有明确的规定和限定,术语“设置”、“安装”、“相连”、“连接”应做广义理解,例如,可以是固定连接,也可以是可拆卸连接,或一体地连接;可以是机械连接,也可以是电连接;可以是直接相连,也可以是接触连接或通过中间媒介间接相连,可以是两个元件内部的连通。对于本领域的普通技术人员而言,可以根据具体情况理解上述术语在本申请中的具体含义。In the description of this application, it should also be noted that, unless otherwise clearly specified and limited, the terms "set", "install", "connect", and "connect" should be understood in a broad sense, for example, it can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection, or an integral connection; it can be a mechanical connection or an electrical connection; it can be a direct connection, a contact connection, or an indirect connection through an intermediate medium, and it can be the internal connection of two elements. For ordinary technicians in this field, the specific meanings of the above terms in this application can be understood according to specific circumstances.
“被配置为”,各种单元、电路或其他部件可被描述为或叙述为“被配置为”执行一项或多项任务。在此类上下文中,“被配置为”用于通过指示单元/电路/部件包括在操作期间执行这一项或多项任务的结构(例如,电路)来暗指该结构。此外,“被配置为”可包括由软件和/或固件操纵的通用结构(例如,通用电路)以能够执行待解决的一项或多项任务的方式操作。“被配置为”还可包括调整制造过程(例如,半导体制作设施),以制造适用于实现或执行一项或多项任务的设备(例如,集成电路)。"Configured to," various units, circuits, or other components may be described or recited as "configured to" perform one or more tasks. In such contexts, "configured to" is used to imply a structure (e.g., circuitry) by indicating that the unit/circuit/component includes the structure that performs the one or more tasks during operation. In addition, "configured to" may include general structures (e.g., general circuitry) manipulated by software and/or firmware to operate in a manner that is capable of performing the one or more tasks to be solved. "Configured to" may also include adjusting a manufacturing process (e.g., a semiconductor fabrication facility) to manufacture a device (e.g., an integrated circuit) suitable for implementing or performing one or more tasks.
在本文描述中所使用的术语只是为了描述特定实施方案,而并非旨在进行限制。如说明书和所附权利要求中所使用的那样,单数形式的“一个”、“一种”和“该”旨在也涵盖复数形式,除非上下文以其他方式明确地指示。还将理解的是,本文中所使用的术语“和/或”是指并且涵盖相关联地列出的项目中的一个或多个项目的任何和全部可能的组合。还将理解的是,术语“包括”和/或“包含”在本说明书中使用时是指定存在所陈述的特征、整数、步骤、操作、元件和/或部件,但是并不排除存在或添加一个或多个其他特征、整数、步骤、操作、元件、部件和/或其分组。The terms used in the description herein are only for describing specific embodiments and are not intended to be limiting. As used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms of "one", "a kind of" and "the" are intended to also cover the plural forms, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term "and/or" used herein refers to and covers any and all possible combinations of one or more items in the items listed in association. It will also be understood that the terms "including" and/or "comprising" when used in this specification specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements and/or parts, but do not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, parts and/or their grouping.
如本文中所用,根据上下文,术语“如果”可以被解释为意思是“当...时”或“在...时”或“响应于确定”或“响应于检测到”。类似地,根据上下文,短语“如果确定...”或“如果检测到[所陈述的条件或事件]”可被解释为是指“在确定...时”或“响应于确定...”或“在检测到[所陈述的条件或事件]时”或“响应于检测到[所陈述的
条件或事件]”。As used herein, the term "if" may be interpreted to mean "when" or "upon" or "in response to determining" or "in response to detecting," depending on the context. Similarly, the phrases "if it is determined that" or "if [a stated condition or event] is detected" may be interpreted to mean "upon determining that" or "in response to determining that" or "upon detecting [a stated condition or event]" or "in response to detecting [a stated condition or event]," depending on the context. condition or event]".
长焦摄像模组是指具有长焦距的摄像模组,其能够清晰地获取较远距离的被摄体。然而,由于其焦距相对较长,长焦摄像模组需要长光学镜头总长(TTL),使得长焦摄像模组的尺寸相对较大。而且,摄像模组通常需要执行光学对焦和/或光学防抖功能,这使得长焦摄像模组的尺寸需要更大,从而使其不适合被组装在小型的移动设备中。A telephoto camera module refers to a camera module with a long focal length, which can clearly capture subjects at a long distance. However, due to its relatively long focal length, the telephoto camera module requires a long total optical lens length (TTL), making the size of the telephoto camera module relatively large. Moreover, the camera module usually needs to perform optical focus and/or optical image stabilization functions, which requires the size of the telephoto camera module to be larger, making it unsuitable for assembly in small mobile devices.
本申请提供一种解决上述问题的方案,使摄像模组小型化,使摄像模组适于被装进小型的移动设备中。The present application provides a solution to the above-mentioned problem, which miniaturizes the camera module and makes the camera module suitable for being installed in a small mobile device.
图1至图15示出了根据本申请一些实施方案的摄像模组1,摄像模组1包括光学镜头10、光转折元件30、感光组件40以及驱动装置60。其中,该光转折元件30被设置于光学镜头10与感光组件40之间,以使得入射光学镜头10的光线出射后在光转折元件30内发生至少一次反射后到达感光组件40,光转折元件30将从光学镜头10出射的光线折叠后引导至感光组件40,从而通过感光组件40进行成像以获取图像信息。值得一提的是,光转折元件30为长条状,这样,光线可以在光转折元件30中实现多次反射,进而多次折叠光路。在本申请中,摄像模组1中的光学镜头10、光转折元件30或者感光组件40中的一个部件或者多个部件的位置是可以被调整的,以实现摄像模组1的光学对焦和/或光学防抖功能,例如,可以驱动装置60被配置为驱动光学镜头10、光转折元件30或者感光组件40中的一个部件或者多个部件移动。FIG. 1 to FIG. 15 show a camera module 1 according to some embodiments of the present application, wherein the camera module 1 includes an optical lens 10, a light deflection element 30, a photosensitive component 40, and a driving device 60. The light deflection element 30 is disposed between the optical lens 10 and the photosensitive component 40, so that the light incident on the optical lens 10 is reflected at least once in the light deflection element 30 before reaching the photosensitive component 40. The light deflection element 30 folds the light emitted from the optical lens 10 and guides it to the photosensitive component 40, thereby imaging through the photosensitive component 40 to obtain image information. It is worth mentioning that the light deflection element 30 is in the shape of a long strip, so that the light can be reflected multiple times in the light deflection element 30, thereby folding the light path multiple times. In the present application, the position of one or more components among the optical lens 10, the light deflection element 30 or the photosensitive component 40 in the camera module 1 can be adjusted to achieve the optical focus and/or optical image stabilization function of the camera module 1. For example, the driving device 60 can be configured to drive one or more components among the optical lens 10, the light deflection element 30 or the photosensitive component 40 to move.
该光学镜头10具有一光轴,沿光轴方向入射的光线在光转折元件30内发生至少一次反射,即光线由沿光轴方向传播转折为向大致正交于光轴的另一个方向传播,并最后沿光轴方向射出到达感光组件40。为了便于描述,建立一直角坐标系,Z轴趋近于光学镜头10的光轴方向或与光学镜头10的光轴平行的方向,Z轴方向垂直于X轴方向和Y轴方向所在平面,X轴方向和Y轴方向相互垂直,X轴方向和Y轴方向所在的XOY平面也称为水平方向所在平面,X轴方向为摄像模组1的长度方向,Y轴方向为摄像模组1的宽度方向,Z轴方向为摄像模组1的高度方向。应可以理解,在本申请的实施例中,该光学镜头10的光轴也作为摄像模组1的光轴。The optical lens 10 has an optical axis, and the light incident along the optical axis direction is reflected at least once in the light deflection element 30, that is, the light is deflected from propagating along the optical axis direction to propagating in another direction roughly orthogonal to the optical axis, and finally emitted along the optical axis direction to reach the photosensitive component 40. For the convenience of description, a rectangular coordinate system is established, the Z axis approaches the optical axis direction of the optical lens 10 or the direction parallel to the optical axis of the optical lens 10, the Z axis direction is perpendicular to the plane where the X axis direction and the Y axis direction are located, the X axis direction and the Y axis direction are perpendicular to each other, the XOY plane where the X axis direction and the Y axis direction are located is also called the plane where the horizontal direction is located, the X axis direction is the length direction of the camera module 1, the Y axis direction is the width direction of the camera module 1, and the Z axis direction is the height direction of the camera module 1. It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the optical axis of the optical lens 10 is also used as the optical axis of the camera module 1.
如图1至图2B所示,光转折元件30包括多个反射面,由光学镜头10出射的光线在光转折元件30的多个反射面上发生多次反射,光线由光转折元件30出射后到达感光组件40,该感光组件40和该光学镜头10被设置于该光转折元件30的同侧,从而摄像模组1的高度尺寸仅需考虑感光组件40和光学镜头10中的一个的高度尺寸和光转折元件30的高度尺寸之和,而不必同时叠加光学镜头10、光转折元件30和感光组件40的高度,这样,摄像模组1的高度尺寸可以被降低。在一个具体示例中,光学镜头10和光转折元件30形成了“L”形的结构,感光组件40被设置在光学镜头10和光转折元件30所形成的转角空间中,光学镜头10的高度尺寸大于感光组件40的高度尺寸,光学镜头10的顶面高于感光组件40的顶面,这样,感光组件40不影响摄像模组1的高度,其中,光学镜头10的顶面和感光组件40的顶面分别指其远离光转折元件30的一面。As shown in Figures 1 to 2B, the light deflection element 30 includes a plurality of reflective surfaces. The light emitted by the optical lens 10 is reflected multiple times on the plurality of reflective surfaces of the light deflection element 30. After being emitted by the light deflection element 30, the light reaches the photosensitive component 40. The photosensitive component 40 and the optical lens 10 are arranged on the same side of the light deflection element 30. Therefore, the height dimension of the camera module 1 only needs to consider the sum of the height dimension of one of the photosensitive component 40 and the optical lens 10 and the height dimension of the light deflection element 30, without having to simultaneously superimpose the heights of the optical lens 10, the light deflection element 30 and the photosensitive component 40. In this way, the height dimension of the camera module 1 can be reduced. In a specific example, the optical lens 10 and the light deflecting element 30 form an "L"-shaped structure, and the photosensitive component 40 is arranged in the corner space formed by the optical lens 10 and the light deflecting element 30. The height dimension of the optical lens 10 is greater than the height dimension of the photosensitive component 40, and the top surface of the optical lens 10 is higher than the top surface of the photosensitive component 40. In this way, the photosensitive component 40 does not affect the height of the camera module 1, wherein the top surface of the optical lens 10 and the top surface of the photosensitive component 40 respectively refer to the side thereof away from the light deflecting element 30.
光学镜头10包括一镜筒12和被容置于镜筒12中的至少一光学透镜11,光学镜头10收集来自被摄体的光线并传递给光转折元件30,该光学镜头10具有一光轴,该光学镜头10的光轴垂直于光转折元件30。在一个具体示例中,如图2A和图2B所示,光学镜头10包括沿光线入射方向设置的第一透镜L1、第二透镜L2和第三透镜L3三个光学透镜11。第一透镜L1、第二透镜L2和第三透镜L3被固定于镜筒12,从而通过镜筒12保持三个光学透镜11相互之间的间距。值得一提的是,在本申请的一个实施例中,镜筒12的内壁的直径沿光线入射方向变小,从而镜筒12中的至少一光学透镜11的直径沿光线入射方向逐渐变小,因此,在光学镜头10的组装中,将至少一光学透镜11按照直径由小至大安装进镜筒12中。例如,可以先将第三透镜L3安装在镜筒12中,接着,将第二透镜L2安装在镜筒12中,最后,将第一透镜L1安装在镜筒12中,其中,第一透镜L1的周侧与镜筒12的内壁之间设置胶水和/或压环以使三个光学透镜11被固定在镜筒12中。
The optical lens 10 includes a lens barrel 12 and at least one optical lens 11 accommodated in the lens barrel 12. The optical lens 10 collects light from the subject and transmits it to the light deflection element 30. The optical lens 10 has an optical axis, and the optical axis of the optical lens 10 is perpendicular to the light deflection element 30. In a specific example, as shown in FIG. 2A and FIG. 2B, the optical lens 10 includes three optical lenses 11, namely, a first lens L1, a second lens L2, and a third lens L3, which are arranged along the incident direction of the light. The first lens L1, the second lens L2, and the third lens L3 are fixed to the lens barrel 12, so that the distance between the three optical lenses 11 is maintained by the lens barrel 12. It is worth mentioning that in one embodiment of the present application, the diameter of the inner wall of the lens barrel 12 decreases along the incident direction of the light, so that the diameter of at least one optical lens 11 in the lens barrel 12 gradually decreases along the incident direction of the light. Therefore, in the assembly of the optical lens 10, at least one optical lens 11 is installed into the lens barrel 12 according to the diameter from small to large. For example, the third lens L3 may be installed in the lens barrel 12 first, then the second lens L2 may be installed in the lens barrel 12, and finally the first lens L1 may be installed in the lens barrel 12, wherein glue and/or a pressure ring may be provided between the peripheral side of the first lens L1 and the inner wall of the lens barrel 12 so that the three optical lenses 11 are fixed in the lens barrel 12.
在本申请的一个实施例中,摄像模组1还包括一补偿透镜组20,该补偿透镜组20可以被设置于光学镜头10和光转折元件30之间,该补偿透镜组20可以进一步调制从光转折元件30出射的光线。例如,可以通过补偿透镜21进一步汇聚从光转折元件30出射的光线,以使后焦减小,从而达到缩小摄像模组1尺寸的目的。在一个具体示例中,该补偿透镜组20包括一补偿透镜21,该补偿透镜21通过胶水粘接的方式被固定于光学镜头10的出光侧,例如,该补偿透镜21通过胶水粘接的方式被固定于镜筒12的底侧(镜筒12的底侧即指镜筒12靠近光转折元件30的一侧)。由于补偿透镜21不是被固定于镜筒12中,该补偿透镜21的直径尺寸可以大于光学镜头10的至少一光学透镜11中的其中一光学透镜11,因此,补偿透镜21具有较大的设计自由度。In one embodiment of the present application, the camera module 1 further includes a compensation lens group 20, which can be arranged between the optical lens 10 and the light deflection element 30, and the compensation lens group 20 can further modulate the light emitted from the light deflection element 30. For example, the light emitted from the light deflection element 30 can be further converged by the compensation lens 21 to reduce the back focus, thereby achieving the purpose of reducing the size of the camera module 1. In a specific example, the compensation lens group 20 includes a compensation lens 21, which is fixed to the light-emitting side of the optical lens 10 by glue bonding. For example, the compensation lens 21 is fixed to the bottom side of the lens barrel 12 by glue bonding (the bottom side of the lens barrel 12 refers to the side of the lens barrel 12 close to the light deflection element 30). Since the compensation lens 21 is not fixed in the lens barrel 12, the diameter of the compensation lens 21 can be larger than one of the at least one optical lens 11 of the optical lens 10. Therefore, the compensation lens 21 has a large degree of design freedom.
感光组件40包括一芯片线路板42和与该芯片线路板42电连接的一感光芯片41和至少一电子元件43,其中,感光芯片41的感光面朝向光转折元件30以接收从光转折元件30出射的光线。在一个具体示例中,感光芯片41被固定于芯片线路板42面向光转折元件30的一面。至少一电子元件43可以被实施为电容、电阻等无源电子器件或者二极管、存储芯片等有源电子器件,至少一电子元件43可以被设置于芯片线路板42面向光转折元件30的一面或者远离光转折元件30的另一面。The photosensitive component 40 includes a chip circuit board 42, a photosensitive chip 41 electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42, and at least one electronic component 43, wherein the photosensitive surface of the photosensitive chip 41 faces the light deflection element 30 to receive the light emitted from the light deflection element 30. In a specific example, the photosensitive chip 41 is fixed to the side of the chip circuit board 42 facing the light deflection element 30. The at least one electronic component 43 can be implemented as a passive electronic device such as a capacitor or a resistor or an active electronic device such as a diode or a memory chip, and the at least one electronic component 43 can be arranged on the side of the chip circuit board 42 facing the light deflection element 30 or on the other side away from the light deflection element 30.
进一步地,在本申请的一些实施方式中,摄像模组1还包括一滤光组件50,该滤光组件50被设置于光线的光路上,进而摄像模组1可以通过滤光组件50滤除不必要的杂光(例如红外线)。在本申请的一个实施方式中,该滤光组件50被设置于光转折元件30和感光组件40之间,例如,在一个具体示例中,滤光组件50包括滤光元件51和用于支撑滤光元件51的滤光元件支架52,滤光元件51通过例如胶水粘接的方式被支撑于滤光元件支架52,滤光元件支架52的两侧被分别固定于芯片线路板42,从而滤光组件50被设置于光转折元件30和感光芯片41之间。在本申请的其他实施方式中,滤光组件50可以被设置在光转折元件30和/或光学镜头10中,例如,滤光组件50可以被实施为一层滤光膜,滤光膜被贴附于光转折元件30的一个表面上,或者,滤光膜被贴附于光学镜头10的至少一个光学透镜11的表面,从而实现滤除红外光线的功能。Furthermore, in some embodiments of the present application, the camera module 1 further includes a filter component 50, which is disposed on the optical path of the light, and the camera module 1 can filter out unnecessary stray light (such as infrared light) through the filter component 50. In one embodiment of the present application, the filter component 50 is disposed between the light turning element 30 and the photosensitive component 40. For example, in a specific example, the filter component 50 includes a filter element 51 and a filter element bracket 52 for supporting the filter element 51. The filter element 51 is supported on the filter element bracket 52 by, for example, gluing. The two sides of the filter element bracket 52 are respectively fixed to the chip circuit board 42, so that the filter component 50 is disposed between the light turning element 30 and the photosensitive chip 41. In other embodiments of the present application, the filter component 50 can be disposed in the light deflection element 30 and/or the optical lens 10. For example, the filter component 50 can be implemented as a layer of filter film, which is attached to a surface of the light deflection element 30, or the filter film is attached to the surface of at least one optical lens 11 of the optical lens 10, thereby achieving the function of filtering out infrared light.
在本申请中,如图2A至图3B所示,光转折元件30具有多个反射面,以使得进入光转折元件30内的光线可以发生多次反射,这样可以有效地增加光学TTL,使得摄像模组1适合用于捕获远距离处的对象并提供该远处对象的高质量图像。TTL是指摄像模组1的光学镜头10的入光侧(面向被摄物体)的前顶点与感光组件40处的图像平面之间的光轴上的距离。In the present application, as shown in FIGS. 2A to 3B , the light deflection element 30 has a plurality of reflective surfaces so that the light entering the light deflection element 30 can be reflected multiple times, which can effectively increase the optical TTL, making the camera module 1 suitable for capturing objects at a long distance and providing high-quality images of the objects at a long distance. TTL refers to the distance on the optical axis between the front vertex of the light incident side (facing the object) of the optical lens 10 of the camera module 1 and the image plane at the photosensitive component 40.
在通常情况下,TTL的增加会增加摄像模组1的尺寸,从而使其不适合集成在小型移动设备中。在本申请的一个实施例中,该光转折元件30沿水平方向延伸,即光转折元件30沿水平方向的长度大于其沿高度方向的高度或厚度,光线在光转折元件30内发生多次反射时,光转折元件30可以保持较低的高度或厚度,进而避免摄像模组1的高度增加。也就是,光转折元件30沿水平方向延伸的长度大于其沿高度方向延伸的高度,以在保持有效的情况下减小摄像模组1的高度,进而满足摄像模组1小型化的需求。Under normal circumstances, the increase of TTL will increase the size of the camera module 1, making it unsuitable for integration in small mobile devices. In one embodiment of the present application, the light deflection element 30 extends in the horizontal direction, that is, the length of the light deflection element 30 in the horizontal direction is greater than its height or thickness in the height direction. When the light is reflected multiple times in the light deflection element 30, the light deflection element 30 can maintain a lower height or thickness, thereby avoiding an increase in the height of the camera module 1. In other words, the length of the light deflection element 30 extending in the horizontal direction is greater than its height extending in the height direction, so as to reduce the height of the camera module 1 while maintaining its effectiveness, thereby meeting the demand for miniaturization of the camera module 1.
在本申请的一个实施例中,光线在光转折元件30发生反射的次数为奇数,感光组件40和光学镜头10被集中设置于该光转折元件30的同侧,经过光学镜头10的光线在光转折元件30内发生奇数次反射后射出到达感光组件40。在本申请的另一个实施例中,光线在光转折元件30发生反射的次数为偶数,感光组件40和光学镜头10分别被设置于该光转折元件30的异侧,经过光学镜头10的光线在光转折元件30内发生偶数次反射后射出到达感光组件40。In one embodiment of the present application, the number of times the light is reflected in the light deflection element 30 is an odd number, the photosensitive component 40 and the optical lens 10 are centrally arranged on the same side of the light deflection element 30, and the light passing through the optical lens 10 is reflected in the light deflection element 30 for an odd number of times before being emitted to reach the photosensitive component 40. In another embodiment of the present application, the number of times the light is reflected in the light deflection element 30 is an even number, the photosensitive component 40 and the optical lens 10 are respectively arranged on the opposite sides of the light deflection element 30, and the light passing through the optical lens 10 is reflected in the light deflection element 30 for an even number of times before being emitted to reach the photosensitive component 40.
具体地,在本申请的一个实施例中,该光转折元件30包括至少四个表面,该至少四个表面中的至少三个表面为反射面,光线在光转折元件30中的至少三个反射面上发生反射。例如,该光转折元件30包括梯形棱镜,光转折元件30的截面为梯形,当该光转折元件30包括三个反射面,光线在光转折元件30内发生三次反射;当该光转折元件30包括四个反射面,光线在光转折元件30内发生五次反射或发生四次反射,本申请在后面进行详细介绍。当然,在本申请的其他实施例中,该光转折元件30可以包括其他形状棱
镜,例如三角形棱镜、五边形棱镜、六边形棱镜等,并且仍然提供上述光转折功能和设计益处,本申请对此不做限制。Specifically, in one embodiment of the present application, the light deflecting element 30 includes at least four surfaces, at least three of the at least four surfaces are reflective surfaces, and the light is reflected on the at least three reflective surfaces in the light deflecting element 30. For example, the light deflecting element 30 includes a trapezoidal prism, and the cross-section of the light deflecting element 30 is a trapezoid. When the light deflecting element 30 includes three reflective surfaces, the light is reflected three times in the light deflecting element 30; when the light deflecting element 30 includes four reflective surfaces, the light is reflected five times or four times in the light deflecting element 30, which will be described in detail later in the present application. Of course, in other embodiments of the present application, the light deflecting element 30 may include prisms of other shapes. Mirrors, such as triangular prisms, pentagonal prisms, hexagonal prisms, etc., can still provide the above-mentioned light turning functions and design benefits, and the present application is not limited to this.
如图2A和图2B所示,在本申请的一个实施例中,该光转折元件30被实施为梯形棱镜,光转折元件30包括四个表面,例如:第一表面31、第二表面32、第三表面33和第四表面34。第一表面31所在平面与第三表面33所在平面互相平行,第三表面33的长度小于第一表面31的长度,第二表面32所在平面与第四表面34所在平面相交。其中,光转折元件30的四个表面中至少三个表面具有反射功能,例如:第一表面31、第二表面32和第四表面34为反射面,具有反射功能,可以对光线进行反射;或者,第一表面31、第二表面32、第三表面33和第四表面34为反射面,具有反射功能,可以对光线进行反射。As shown in FIG. 2A and FIG. 2B , in one embodiment of the present application, the light deflection element 30 is implemented as a trapezoidal prism, and the light deflection element 30 includes four surfaces, for example, a first surface 31, a second surface 32, a third surface 33, and a fourth surface 34. The plane where the first surface 31 is located is parallel to the plane where the third surface 33 is located, the length of the third surface 33 is less than the length of the first surface 31, and the plane where the second surface 32 is located intersects with the plane where the fourth surface 34 is located. Among them, at least three of the four surfaces of the light deflection element 30 have a reflective function, for example, the first surface 31, the second surface 32, and the fourth surface 34 are reflective surfaces, which have a reflective function and can reflect light; or, the first surface 31, the second surface 32, the third surface 33, and the fourth surface 34 are reflective surfaces, which have a reflective function and can reflect light.
在一个具体示例中,第二表面32与第一表面31相交的夹角为锐角,第四表面34与第一表面31相交的夹角为锐角,第二表面32与第三表面33相交的夹角为钝角,第四表面34与第三表面33相交的夹角为钝角。其中,第二表面32与第一表面31相交的夹角可在25°和35°的范围内,第四表面34与第一表面31相交的夹角可在25°和35°的范围内。应可以理解,光转折元件30的各个表面之间的角度可以控制光线在光转折元件30内发生反射时的反射角度,以实现光转折元件30对光线进行多次反射的功能。In a specific example, the angle at which the second surface 32 intersects with the first surface 31 is an acute angle, the angle at which the fourth surface 34 intersects with the first surface 31 is an acute angle, the angle at which the second surface 32 intersects with the third surface 33 is an obtuse angle, and the angle at which the fourth surface 34 intersects with the third surface 33 is an obtuse angle. Among them, the angle at which the second surface 32 intersects with the first surface 31 may be in the range of 25° and 35°, and the angle at which the fourth surface 34 intersects with the first surface 31 may be in the range of 25° and 35°. It should be understood that the angles between the various surfaces of the light deflection element 30 can control the reflection angle of light when it is reflected in the light deflection element 30, so as to realize the function of the light deflection element 30 to reflect the light multiple times.
进一步地,该光转折元件30为等腰梯形棱镜,即如梯形棱镜的截面图中所示,第二表面32与第四表面34的长度相等,且第二表面32与第四表面34呈轴对称结构。其中,第二表面32与第一表面31的夹角和第四表面34与第一表面31的夹角相等,第二表面32与第三表面33的夹角和第四表面34与第三表面33的夹角相等。应可以理解,由于光线在光转折元件30内会发生多次反射,因此第二表面32和第四表面34的角度变化一点点都会影响光线的反射情况。当第二表面32和第四表面34对称设置时,可以使得入射的光线经过多次反射后尽可能多的射出光转折元件30到达感光组件40,减少光线的损失。在一个具体示例中,入射光的光轴在光转折元件30中的光路呈轴对称。Furthermore, the light deflection element 30 is an isosceles trapezoidal prism, that is, as shown in the cross-sectional view of the trapezoidal prism, the lengths of the second surface 32 and the fourth surface 34 are equal, and the second surface 32 and the fourth surface 34 are axially symmetrical. Among them, the angle between the second surface 32 and the first surface 31 is equal to the angle between the fourth surface 34 and the first surface 31, and the angle between the second surface 32 and the third surface 33 is equal to the angle between the fourth surface 34 and the third surface 33. It should be understood that since the light will be reflected multiple times in the light deflection element 30, a slight change in the angle between the second surface 32 and the fourth surface 34 will affect the reflection of the light. When the second surface 32 and the fourth surface 34 are symmetrically arranged, the incident light can be emitted from the light deflection element 30 as much as possible after multiple reflections to reach the photosensitive component 40, thereby reducing the loss of light. In a specific example, the optical axis of the incident light is axially symmetrical in the optical path of the light deflection element 30.
在本申请的一个实施例中,该光转折元件30的第二表面32、第四表面34和/或第三表面33可以被设置反射涂层,或设置反射器,以使得光线可以在第二表面32、第四表面34和/或第三表面33上发生反射。例如,在本申请一具体示例中,反射涂层可包括基于薄金属层的镜面涂层、具有白色内表面的膜等。进一步的,该光转折元件30的第一表面31的至少一部分被设置该反射涂层,第一表面31的至少一部分不设置反射涂层,以使得第一表面31可透射光线或使得光线穿过第一表面31。进一步的,第一表面31也可以在全内反射的现象下反射光线。In one embodiment of the present application, the second surface 32, the fourth surface 34 and/or the third surface 33 of the light deflection element 30 may be provided with a reflective coating, or a reflector may be provided, so that light can be reflected on the second surface 32, the fourth surface 34 and/or the third surface 33. For example, in a specific example of the present application, the reflective coating may include a mirror coating based on a thin metal layer, a film with a white inner surface, etc. Further, at least a portion of the first surface 31 of the light deflection element 30 is provided with the reflective coating, and at least a portion of the first surface 31 is not provided with the reflective coating, so that the first surface 31 can transmit light or allow light to pass through the first surface 31. Further, the first surface 31 can also reflect light under the phenomenon of total internal reflection.
应可以理解,当光线的入射角接近或大于某一限制角(称为临界角)时,可发生全内反射。其中,入射角是指入射在表面上的光和在入射点处垂直于该表面的线(称为法线)之间的角度。因此,当光线的入射角小于临界角时,光转折元件30的第一表面31可使光穿过;当光线的入射角接近或大于临界角时,光转折元件30的第一表面31可在相应表面处反射光线。It should be understood that when the incident angle of the light is close to or greater than a certain limiting angle (called the critical angle), total internal reflection may occur. The incident angle refers to the angle between the light incident on the surface and the line perpendicular to the surface at the incident point (called the normal line). Therefore, when the incident angle of the light is less than the critical angle, the first surface 31 of the light deflection element 30 allows the light to pass through; when the incident angle of the light is close to or greater than the critical angle, the first surface 31 of the light deflection element 30 may reflect the light at the corresponding surface.
具体地,在本申请的一个实施例中,第一表面31包括入光区311、出光区312和被设置于入光区311和出光区312之间的反射区313,其中,入光区311和出光区312不设置反射涂层,以使得光线可以从入光区311进入光转折元件30,从出光区312射出光转折元件30。反射区313设置反射涂层,以使得光线经过反射区313时发生反射。Specifically, in one embodiment of the present application, the first surface 31 includes a light entrance area 311, a light exit area 312, and a reflection area 313 disposed between the light entrance area 311 and the light exit area 312, wherein the light entrance area 311 and the light exit area 312 are not provided with a reflection coating, so that light can enter the light turning element 30 from the light entrance area 311 and exit the light turning element 30 from the light exit area 312. The reflection area 313 is provided with a reflection coating, so that light is reflected when passing through the reflection area 313.
其中,在一个示例中,入光区311的尺寸等于出光区312的尺寸,反射区313的尺寸不小于入光区311或出光区312的尺寸,以使得由入光区311进入光转折元件30的光线都可以被反射后由出光区312射出到达感光组件40,避免了光量的损失,也可以减少杂散光的产生。在本申请一具体示例中,入光区311的尺寸等于反射区313的尺寸等于出光区312的尺寸,以使得光转折元件30的多次反射的效果更好,可以避免光量的损失,也可以减少杂散光的产生。In one example, the size of the light entrance area 311 is equal to the size of the light exit area 312, and the size of the reflection area 313 is not less than the size of the light entrance area 311 or the light exit area 312, so that the light entering the light deflection element 30 from the light entrance area 311 can be reflected and then emitted from the light exit area 312 to reach the photosensitive component 40, thereby avoiding the loss of light and reducing the generation of stray light. In a specific example of the present application, the size of the light entrance area 311 is equal to the size of the reflection area 313, which is equal to the size of the light exit area 312, so that the multiple reflections of the light deflection element 30 have a better effect, avoiding the loss of light and reducing the generation of stray light.
进一步的,入光区311和出光区312均被设置于第一表面31,也就是说,摄像模组1的光线入射和出射均位于光转折元件30的同一侧。这样,光学镜头10和感光组件40被集中于光转折元件30的同一
侧,这样摄像模组1的高度仅由光学镜头10或感光组件40的高度与光转折元件30的高度之和确定,有利于减小摄像模组1的高度。Furthermore, the light entry area 311 and the light exit area 312 are both arranged on the first surface 31, that is, the light entry and exit of the camera module 1 are both located on the same side of the light deflection element 30. In this way, the optical lens 10 and the photosensitive component 40 are concentrated on the same side of the light deflection element 30. In this way, the height of the camera module 1 is only determined by the sum of the height of the optical lens 10 or the photosensitive component 40 and the height of the light deflection element 30, which is beneficial to reducing the height of the camera module 1.
在本申请的一个实施例中,如图2A所示,光转折元件30可奇数次反射光转折元件30内的光线,以引导来自光学镜头10的光线穿过光转折元件30到达感光组件40。当光线在光转折元件30内发生三次反射时,光线穿过第一表面31的入光区311进入光转折元件30内;在第二表面32处反射穿过第一表面31的入光区311的光线中的至少一些光;在第一表面31的反射区313处反射从第二表面32反射的光线中的至少一些光;在第四表面34处反射第一表面31的反射区313反射的光线中的至少一些光;以使得光线穿过第一表面31的出光区312到达感光组件40。In one embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG2A , the light deflecting element 30 can reflect the light in the light deflecting element 30 an odd number of times to guide the light from the optical lens 10 to pass through the light deflecting element 30 to reach the photosensitive component 40. When the light is reflected three times in the light deflecting element 30, the light passes through the light entrance area 311 of the first surface 31 to enter the light deflecting element 30; at least some of the light passing through the light entrance area 311 of the first surface 31 is reflected at the second surface 32; at least some of the light reflected from the second surface 32 is reflected at the reflection area 313 of the first surface 31; at least some of the light reflected from the reflection area 313 of the first surface 31 is reflected at the fourth surface 34; so that the light passes through the light exit area 312 of the first surface 31 to reach the photosensitive component 40.
在本申请的另一个实施例中,如图2B所示,当光线在光转折元件30内发生五次反射时,光线穿过第一表面31的入光区311进入光转折元件30内;在第二表面32处反射穿过第一表面31的入光区311的光线中的至少一些光;在第一表面31的反射区313处反射从第二表面32反射的光线中的至少一些光;在第三表面33处反射第一表面31的反射区313反射的光线中的至少一些光;在第一表面31的出光区312反射第三表面33反射的光线中的至少一些光;以及,在第四表面34反射第一表面31的出光区312反射的光线中的至少一些光,以使得光线穿过第一表面31的出光区312到达感光组件40。In another embodiment of the present application, as shown in Figure 2B, when the light is reflected five times in the light deflection element 30, the light passes through the light entrance area 311 of the first surface 31 and enters the light deflection element 30; at least some of the light passing through the light entrance area 311 of the first surface 31 is reflected at the second surface 32; at least some of the light reflected from the second surface 32 is reflected at the reflection area 313 of the first surface 31; at least some of the light reflected from the reflection area 313 of the first surface 31 is reflected at the third surface 33; at least some of the light reflected from the third surface 33 is reflected at the light exit area 312 of the first surface 31; and, at least some of the light reflected from the light exit area 312 of the first surface 31 is reflected at the fourth surface 34, so that the light passes through the light exit area 312 of the first surface 31 and reaches the photosensitive component 40.
应可以理解,来自光学镜头10的光线可穿过第一表面31的入光区311进入光转折元件30内,并在光转折元件30内发生奇数次反射。光线中的至少一些光可到达第二表面32,然后在第二表面32处被反射,从第二表面32反射的光线中的至少一些光可到达第一表面31的反射区313或入光区311。当光线到达第一表面31的反射区313时,在第一表面31的反射区313被反射,从第一表面31的反射区313反射的光线中的至少一些光可到达第三表面33或第四表面34,并在第三表面33或第四表面34处被反射;当光线到达第一表面31的入光区311时,当光线的入射角接近或大于光转折元件30的临界角时,光可在全内反射下在第一表面31的入光区311处被反射,从第一表面31的入光区311反射的光线中的至少一些光可到达第三表面33或第四表面34,并在第三表面33或第四表面34处被反射。It should be understood that the light from the optical lens 10 can enter the light redirecting element 30 through the light incident area 311 of the first surface 31 and undergo an odd number of reflections in the light redirecting element 30. At least some of the light can reach the second surface 32 and then be reflected at the second surface 32, and at least some of the light reflected from the second surface 32 can reach the reflection area 313 or the light incident area 311 of the first surface 31. When light reaches the reflection area 313 of the first surface 31, it is reflected at the reflection area 313 of the first surface 31, and at least some of the light reflected from the reflection area 313 of the first surface 31 can reach the third surface 33 or the fourth surface 34, and be reflected at the third surface 33 or the fourth surface 34; when light reaches the light entrance area 311 of the first surface 31, when the incident angle of the light is close to or greater than the critical angle of the light turning element 30, the light can be reflected at the light entrance area 311 of the first surface 31 under total internal reflection, and at least some of the light reflected from the light entrance area 311 of the first surface 31 can reach the third surface 33 or the fourth surface 34, and be reflected at the third surface 33 or the fourth surface 34.
若从第一表面31反射的光线中的至少一些光到达第四表面34,并最后在第四表面34处被反射,离开光转折元件30以到达感光组件40。如图2A所示,在该实施例中,光线在光转折元件30中发生了三次反射,这样可以有效地增加光学镜头10和感光组件40之间的焦距,也就是,可有效地增加摄像模组1的光学TTL,使得摄像模组1适合用于捕获远距离处的对象并提供该远处对象的高质量图像。If at least some of the light reflected from the first surface 31 reaches the fourth surface 34, and is finally reflected at the fourth surface 34, it leaves the light deflection element 30 to reach the photosensitive component 40. As shown in FIG2A , in this embodiment, the light is reflected three times in the light deflection element 30, which can effectively increase the focal length between the optical lens 10 and the photosensitive component 40, that is, the optical TTL of the camera module 1 can be effectively increased, so that the camera module 1 is suitable for capturing objects at a long distance and providing high-quality images of the distant objects.
若从第一表面31反射的光线中的至少一些光到达第三表面33,接着,从第三表面33反射的光中的至少一些光可到达第一表面31的出光区312,当光线的入射角接近或大于光转折元件30的临界角时,光可在全内反射下在第一表面31的出光区312处被反射,从第一表面31的出光区312反射的光线中的至少一些光可到达第四表面34,并最后在第四表面34处被反射,离开光转折元件30以到达感光组件40。如图2B所示,在该实施例中,光线在光转折元件30中发生了五次反射,这样可以有效地增加光学镜头10和感光组件40之间的焦距,也就是,可有效地增加摄像模组1的光学TTL,使得摄像模组1适合用于捕获远距离处的对象并提供该远处对象的高质量图像。If at least some of the light reflected from the first surface 31 reaches the third surface 33, then at least some of the light reflected from the third surface 33 can reach the light exit area 312 of the first surface 31. When the incident angle of the light is close to or greater than the critical angle of the light deflection element 30, the light can be reflected at the light exit area 312 of the first surface 31 under total internal reflection. At least some of the light reflected from the light exit area 312 of the first surface 31 can reach the fourth surface 34, and finally be reflected at the fourth surface 34, leaving the light deflection element 30 to reach the photosensitive component 40. As shown in FIG2B , in this embodiment, the light is reflected five times in the light deflection element 30, which can effectively increase the focal length between the optical lens 10 and the photosensitive component 40, that is, the optical TTL of the camera module 1 can be effectively increased, so that the camera module 1 is suitable for capturing objects at a long distance and providing high-quality images of the distant objects.
如图2C所示,在本申请的另一个实施例中,该光转折元件30被实施为平行四边形棱镜,光转折元件30包括四个表面,例如:第一表面31、第二表面32、第三表面33和第四表面34。第一表面31所在平面与第三表面33所在平面互相平行,第二表面32所在平面与第四表面34所在平面互相平行。其中,光转折元件30的四个表面具有反射功能,例如:第一表面31、第二表面32、第三表面33和第四表面34为反射面,可以对光线进行反射。As shown in FIG. 2C , in another embodiment of the present application, the light deflection element 30 is implemented as a parallelogram prism, and the light deflection element 30 includes four surfaces, for example, a first surface 31, a second surface 32, a third surface 33, and a fourth surface 34. The plane where the first surface 31 is located is parallel to the plane where the third surface 33 is located, and the plane where the second surface 32 is located is parallel to the plane where the fourth surface 34 is located. The four surfaces of the light deflection element 30 have a reflective function, for example, the first surface 31, the second surface 32, the third surface 33, and the fourth surface 34 are reflective surfaces that can reflect light.
在该实施例中,光线在光转折元件30发生四次反射,感光组件40和光学镜头10分别被设置于该光转折元件30的异侧,经过光学镜头10的光线在光转折元件30内发生四次反射后射出到达感光组件40。例如,光学镜头10被设置于第一表面31的一侧,感光组件40被设置于第三表面33的一侧。
In this embodiment, the light is reflected four times in the light deflection element 30, and the photosensitive component 40 and the optical lens 10 are respectively arranged on the opposite sides of the light deflection element 30. The light passing through the optical lens 10 is reflected four times in the light deflection element 30 and then emitted to the photosensitive component 40. For example, the optical lens 10 is arranged on one side of the first surface 31, and the photosensitive component 40 is arranged on one side of the third surface 33.
继续参考图2C,光转折元件30可偶数次反射光转折元件30内的光线,以引导来自光学镜头10的光线穿过光转折元件30到达感光组件40。当光线在光转折元件30内发生四次反射时,光线穿过第一表面31的入光区311进入光转折元件30内;在第二表面32处反射穿过第一表面31的入光区311的光线中的至少一些光;在第一表面31的反射区313处反射从第二表面32反射的光线中的至少一些光;在第三表面33处反射第一表面31的反射区313反射的光线中的至少一些光;在第四表面34处反射第三表面33反射的光线中的至少一些光,以使得光线穿过第一表面31的出光区312到达感光组件40。Continuing to refer to FIG. 2C , the light deflecting element 30 can reflect the light in the light deflecting element 30 an even number of times to guide the light from the optical lens 10 to pass through the light deflecting element 30 to reach the photosensitive component 40. When the light is reflected four times in the light deflecting element 30, the light passes through the light entrance area 311 of the first surface 31 to enter the light deflecting element 30; at least some of the light passing through the light entrance area 311 of the first surface 31 is reflected at the second surface 32; at least some of the light reflected from the second surface 32 is reflected at the reflection area 313 of the first surface 31; at least some of the light reflected from the reflection area 313 of the first surface 31 is reflected at the third surface 33; at least some of the light reflected from the third surface 33 is reflected at the fourth surface 34, so that the light passes through the light exit area 312 of the first surface 31 to reach the photosensitive component 40.
在本申请的一个实施例中,光转折元件30可以被实施为一体式棱镜,如图2A、图2B和图2C所示,该一体式棱镜为梯形棱镜。在本申请的另一个实施例中,光转折元件30还可以被实施为分体式棱镜36,即该光转折元件30可以是由多个棱镜组合起来形成的。例如,该分体式棱镜36包括至少两个棱镜:第一棱镜361和第二棱镜362,其中,在本申请一具体示例中,如图3A所示,第一棱镜361为平行四边形棱镜,第二棱镜362为三角形棱镜,第一棱镜361和第二棱镜362通过光学透明粘合剂或卡扣等方式接合在一起形成光转折元件30,这样,在通过拼板方式制造光转折元件30时,可以简化制造流程,提升原料的利用率。当然,应可以理解,在本申请另一具体示例中,第一棱镜361可以为直角梯形棱镜,第二棱镜362可以为直角三角形棱镜或直角梯形棱镜,第一棱镜361和第二棱镜362通过光学透明粘合剂或卡扣等方式接合在一起形成光转折元件30。In one embodiment of the present application, the light deflection element 30 can be implemented as an integrated prism, as shown in FIG. 2A , FIG. 2B and FIG. 2C , and the integrated prism is a trapezoidal prism. In another embodiment of the present application, the light deflection element 30 can also be implemented as a split prism 36, that is, the light deflection element 30 can be formed by combining multiple prisms. For example, the split prism 36 includes at least two prisms: a first prism 361 and a second prism 362, wherein, in a specific example of the present application, as shown in FIG. 3A , the first prism 361 is a parallelogram prism, and the second prism 362 is a triangular prism, and the first prism 361 and the second prism 362 are joined together by an optically transparent adhesive or a snap-on method to form the light deflection element 30. In this way, when the light deflection element 30 is manufactured by a panelization method, the manufacturing process can be simplified and the utilization rate of raw materials can be improved. Of course, it should be understood that in another specific example of the present application, the first prism 361 can be a right-angled trapezoidal prism, and the second prism 362 can be a right-angled triangular prism or a right-angled trapezoidal prism. The first prism 361 and the second prism 362 are joined together by optically transparent adhesives or snaps to form a light turning element 30.
在本申请的再一具体示例中,如图3B所示,该分体式棱镜36还包括一第三棱镜363,其中,第一棱镜361为直角梯形棱镜、第二棱镜362为矩形棱镜、第三棱镜363为直角梯形棱镜,第一棱镜361、第二棱镜362和第三棱镜363通过光学透明粘合剂或卡扣等方式接合在一起形成光转折元件30,这样,在通过拼板方式制造光转折元件30时,可以简化制造流程,提升原料的利用率。或者,第一棱镜361和第三棱镜363为三棱镜,第二棱镜362为四边形棱镜,例如,第一棱镜361、第三棱镜363为直角三角形棱镜,第二棱镜362为矩形棱镜;或者,第一棱镜361、第三棱镜363为三角形棱镜,第二棱镜362为平行四边形棱镜,第一棱镜361、第二棱镜362和第三棱镜363通过光学透明粘合剂或卡扣等方式接合在一起形成光转折元件30。In another specific example of the present application, as shown in FIG3B , the split prism 36 also includes a third prism 363, wherein the first prism 361 is a right-angled trapezoidal prism, the second prism 362 is a rectangular prism, and the third prism 363 is a right-angled trapezoidal prism. The first prism 361, the second prism 362, and the third prism 363 are joined together by optically transparent adhesives or snaps to form a light deflection element 30. In this way, when the light deflection element 30 is manufactured by means of a panel assembly method, the manufacturing process can be simplified and the utilization rate of raw materials can be improved. Alternatively, the first prism 361 and the third prism 363 are triangular prisms, and the second prism 362 is a quadrilateral prism. For example, the first prism 361 and the third prism 363 are right-angled triangular prisms, and the second prism 362 is a rectangular prism. Alternatively, the first prism 361 and the third prism 363 are triangular prisms, and the second prism 362 is a parallelogram prism. The first prism 361, the second prism 362 and the third prism 363 are joined together by optically transparent adhesives or snaps to form a light turning element 30.
继续参照图3A,在分体式棱镜36中,当光线穿过第一棱镜361的入光区311进入第一棱镜361内,光线中的至少一些光在第一棱镜361内发生至少一次反射到达第二棱镜362,然后到达第二棱镜362的光线中的至少一些光在第二棱镜362内发生至少一次反射到达第二棱镜362的出光区312,并从第二棱镜362射出到达感光组件40。Continuing with reference to Figure 3A, in the split prism 36, when light passes through the light entrance area 311 of the first prism 361 and enters the first prism 361, at least some of the light is reflected at least once in the first prism 361 and reaches the second prism 362, and then at least some of the light reaching the second prism 362 is reflected at least once in the second prism 362 and reaches the light exit area 312 of the second prism 362, and is emitted from the second prism 362 to reach the photosensitive component 40.
继续参照图3B,在分体式棱镜36中,第二棱镜362被设置于第一棱镜361与第三棱镜363之间,当光线穿过第一棱镜361的入光区311进入第一棱镜361内,光线中的至少一些光在第一棱镜361内发生至少一次反射到达第二棱镜362,然后到达第二棱镜362的光线中的至少一些光在第二棱镜362内发生至少一次反射到达第三棱镜363,最后到达第三棱镜363的光线中的至少一些光在第三棱镜363内发生至少一次反射到达第三棱镜363的出光区312,并从第三棱镜363射出到达感光组件40。Continuing with reference to Figure 3B, in the split prism 36, the second prism 362 is disposed between the first prism 361 and the third prism 363. When light passes through the light entrance area 311 of the first prism 361 and enters the first prism 361, at least some of the light is reflected at least once in the first prism 361 and reaches the second prism 362. Then, at least some of the light reaching the second prism 362 is reflected at least once in the second prism 362 and reaches the third prism 363. Finally, at least some of the light reaching the third prism 363 is reflected at least once in the third prism 363 and reaches the light exit area 312 of the third prism 363, and is emitted from the third prism 363 to reach the photosensitive component 40.
应可以理解,在本申请中,第一棱镜361的入光区311和第三棱镜363的出光区312均被设置于光转折元件30(分体式棱镜36)的同一侧,以使得光线可以从光转折元件30的同一侧射入和射出,这样可以将光学镜头10和感光组件40被集中于光转折元件30的同一侧,以减小摄像模组1的高度。It should be understood that in the present application, the light entrance area 311 of the first prism 361 and the light exit area 312 of the third prism 363 are both arranged on the same side of the light deflection element 30 (split prism 36) so that light can enter and exit from the same side of the light deflection element 30. In this way, the optical lens 10 and the photosensitive component 40 can be concentrated on the same side of the light deflection element 30 to reduce the height of the camera module 1.
进一步的,光转折元件30还可以包括被设置于第一棱镜361和第二棱镜362之间和/或被设置于第二棱镜362和第三棱镜363之间的遮光膜。具体的,如图3A和图3B所示出的,第二棱镜362面向第一棱镜361的侧面设有一U型的遮光膜,第二棱镜362面向第三棱镜363的侧面上设有一U型的遮光膜。可以理解的,遮光膜也可以被设置于第一棱镜361或者第三棱镜363面向第二棱镜362的侧面上。通过遮光膜的设置,可以减小杂光对成像的影响,减少眩光的问题。Furthermore, the light deflection element 30 may also include a shading film disposed between the first prism 361 and the second prism 362 and/or disposed between the second prism 362 and the third prism 363. Specifically, as shown in FIG3A and FIG3B , a U-shaped shading film is disposed on the side of the second prism 362 facing the first prism 361, and a U-shaped shading film is disposed on the side of the second prism 362 facing the third prism 363. It is understandable that the shading film may also be disposed on the side of the first prism 361 or the third prism 363 facing the second prism 362. By providing the shading film, the influence of stray light on imaging can be reduced, and the problem of glare can be reduced.
应可以理解的,该分体式棱镜36还可以包括其他数量的棱镜,如四个棱镜、五个棱镜、六个棱镜,
本申请对此不做限制。当然,在本申请的其他实施例中,该光转折元件30也可以被实施为多个反射镜,多个反射镜被设置于光线需要进行反射的位置处,以形成该光转折元件30。It should be understood that the split prism 36 may also include other numbers of prisms, such as four prisms, five prisms, six prisms, Of course, in other embodiments of the present application, the light deflection element 30 can also be implemented as a plurality of reflectors, and the plurality of reflectors are arranged at positions where the light needs to be reflected to form the light deflection element 30 .
在本申请的一个实施例中,如图4至图9C所示,驱动装置60被实施为芯片驱动组件,驱动装置60被配置为驱动感光组件40相对于光转折元件30移动,以实现光学对焦和/或光学防抖功能。值得一提的是,在该实施例中,光学镜头10或者光转折元件30的位置不进行调整以保持光学镜头10和光转折元件30之间的相对位置不变,从而避免因入射光转折元件30的光线的路径发生变化而造成光线在光转折元件30内的反射路径和光线出射的路径与预定的路径存在较大差异,进而使得摄像模组1的成像品质降低。即,驱动装置60被配置为驱动感光组件40相对于光转折元件30和光学镜头10移动。In one embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIGS. 4 to 9C , the driving device 60 is implemented as a chip driving component, and the driving device 60 is configured to drive the photosensitive component 40 to move relative to the light deflection element 30 to achieve optical focus and/or optical image stabilization. It is worth mentioning that in this embodiment, the position of the optical lens 10 or the light deflection element 30 is not adjusted to keep the relative position between the optical lens 10 and the light deflection element 30 unchanged, thereby avoiding the reflection path of the light in the light deflection element 30 and the light emission path being significantly different from the predetermined path due to the change in the path of the light incident on the light deflection element 30, thereby reducing the imaging quality of the camera module 1. That is, the driving device 60 is configured to drive the photosensitive component 40 to move relative to the light deflection element 30 and the optical lens 10.
在本申请的一个实施例中,光转折元件30被设置于驱动装置60的固定部分,感光组件40被设置于驱动装置60的可动部分,进一步的,光学镜头10被直接或者间接地固定于光转折元件30,滤光组件50被直接或者间接地固定于感光组件40,驱动装置60可以驱动感光组件40相对光转折元件30移动,从而通过动芯片的方式改变摄像模组1的光学性能。也就是,感光组件40可以在驱动装置60的驱动下相对于光转折元件30移动,以实现光学对焦和/或光学防抖功能。In one embodiment of the present application, the light deflection element 30 is disposed on the fixed part of the driving device 60, and the photosensitive component 40 is disposed on the movable part of the driving device 60. Further, the optical lens 10 is directly or indirectly fixed to the light deflection element 30, and the filter component 50 is directly or indirectly fixed to the photosensitive component 40. The driving device 60 can drive the photosensitive component 40 to move relative to the light deflection element 30, thereby changing the optical performance of the camera module 1 by moving the chip. That is, the photosensitive component 40 can move relative to the light deflection element 30 under the drive of the driving device 60 to achieve optical focus and/or optical image stabilization functions.
如前述可知,当光转折元件30被实施为梯形棱镜,其包括设置有光学镜头10和感光组件40的顶侧,与顶侧相对的底侧,以及被设置于顶侧和底侧之间的周侧。其中,周侧包括沿顺时针方向依次设置的第一侧71、第二侧72、第三侧73和第四侧74,其中,第一侧71和第三侧73相对,第二侧72和第四侧74相对。光学镜头10靠近于第一侧71设置,感光组件40靠近于第三侧73设置。光转折元件30位于顶侧的横向尺寸大于其位于底侧的横向尺寸,即光转折元件30沿光轴方向自其顶侧至底侧的横向尺寸逐渐减小。这使得光转折元件30周侧与底侧之间具有更大的空间位置,以用于安置驱动装置60。应可以理解,顶侧、底侧、第一侧71、第二侧72、第三侧73和第四侧74也可以适用于摄像模组1中的其他部件。As mentioned above, when the light deflection element 30 is implemented as a trapezoidal prism, it includes a top side on which the optical lens 10 and the photosensitive component 40 are arranged, a bottom side opposite to the top side, and a peripheral side arranged between the top side and the bottom side. The peripheral side includes a first side 71, a second side 72, a third side 73 and a fourth side 74 arranged in sequence in a clockwise direction, wherein the first side 71 and the third side 73 are opposite, and the second side 72 and the fourth side 74 are opposite. The optical lens 10 is arranged close to the first side 71, and the photosensitive component 40 is arranged close to the third side 73. The lateral dimension of the light deflection element 30 at the top side is greater than the lateral dimension at the bottom side, that is, the lateral dimension of the light deflection element 30 gradually decreases from the top side to the bottom side along the optical axis direction. This allows a larger space between the peripheral side and the bottom side of the light deflection element 30 for arranging the driving device 60. It should be understood that the top side, the bottom side, the first side 71 , the second side 72 , the third side 73 and the fourth side 74 may also be applicable to other components in the camera module 1 .
在本申请一具体示例中,驱动装置60被设置于光转折元件30的周侧,驱动装置60的至少一部分低于光转折元件30的顶面。这种设置方式,一方面,使得驱动装置60有充足的安置空间,使得摄像模组1的结构更加紧凑;另一方面,可以降低驱动装置60的高度,进而降低摄像模组1的肩高,以为感光组件40和滤光组件50提供一定的空间位置,还可以实现降低摄像模组1高度的目的。应可以理解,摄像模组1的肩高为驱动装置60的高度。In a specific example of the present application, the driving device 60 is arranged on the peripheral side of the light deflection element 30, and at least a part of the driving device 60 is lower than the top surface of the light deflection element 30. This arrangement, on the one hand, allows sufficient placement space for the driving device 60, making the structure of the camera module 1 more compact; on the other hand, it can reduce the height of the driving device 60, thereby reducing the shoulder height of the camera module 1, so as to provide a certain space position for the photosensitive component 40 and the filter component 50, and also achieve the purpose of reducing the height of the camera module 1. It should be understood that the shoulder height of the camera module 1 is the height of the driving device 60.
如图4至图6所示,在本申请的一个实施例中,驱动装置60包括上盖610a、可动载体66a、框架63a、固定基座61a、对焦驱动部62a、防抖驱动部65a和连接线路板44,其中,上盖610a与固定基座61a形成一容纳腔,可动载体66a、框架63a、对焦驱动部62a、防抖驱动部65a和连接线路板44被容置于该容纳腔内。可动载体66a被可移动地设置于框架63a,框架63a被可移动地设置于固定基座61a,防抖驱动部65a被设置于可动载体66a和框架63a之间,以驱动可动载体66a相对于框架63a沿X轴和Y轴方向移动,即防抖驱动部65a被配置为驱动可动载体66a沿垂直于摄像模组1的光轴的方向相对于框架63a移动;对焦驱动部62a被设置于框架63a和固定基座61a之间,以驱动框架63a相对于固定基座61a沿Z轴方向移动,即对焦驱动部62a被配置为驱动框架63a沿平行于摄像模组1的光轴的方向相对于固定基座61a移动。连接线路板44电连接于对焦驱动部62a、防抖驱动部65a和芯片线路板42,以实现驱动装置60的电路导通。As shown in Figures 4 to 6, in one embodiment of the present application, the driving device 60 includes an upper cover 610a, a movable carrier 66a, a frame 63a, a fixed base 61a, a focus driving unit 62a, an anti-shake driving unit 65a and a connecting circuit board 44, wherein the upper cover 610a and the fixed base 61a form a accommodating cavity, and the movable carrier 66a, the frame 63a, the focus driving unit 62a, the anti-shake driving unit 65a and the connecting circuit board 44 are accommodated in the accommodating cavity. The movable carrier 66a is movably arranged on the frame 63a, and the frame 63a is movably arranged on the fixed base 61a. The anti-shake driving unit 65a is arranged between the movable carrier 66a and the frame 63a to drive the movable carrier 66a to move relative to the frame 63a along the X-axis and Y-axis directions, that is, the anti-shake driving unit 65a is configured to drive the movable carrier 66a to move relative to the frame 63a in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis of the camera module 1; the focus driving unit 62a is arranged between the frame 63a and the fixed base 61a to drive the frame 63a to move relative to the fixed base 61a along the Z-axis direction, that is, the focus driving unit 62a is configured to drive the frame 63a to move relative to the fixed base 61a in a direction parallel to the optical axis of the camera module 1. The connecting circuit board 44 is electrically connected to the focus driving unit 62a, the anti-shake driving unit 65a and the chip circuit board 42 to achieve circuit conduction of the driving device 60.
进一步地,光转折元件30和光学镜头10被设置于驱动装置60的固定基座61a,感光组件40被可传动地设置于驱动装置60的框架63a,以使得对焦驱动部62a驱动框架63a沿平行于光轴的方向相对于固定基座61a移动时,感光组件40随之沿平行于光轴的方向移动。Furthermore, the light deflection element 30 and the optical lens 10 are arranged on the fixed base 61a of the driving device 60, and the photosensitive component 40 is transmissively arranged on the frame 63a of the driving device 60, so that when the focus driving unit 62a drives the frame 63a to move relative to the fixed base 61a in a direction parallel to the optical axis, the photosensitive component 40 moves accordingly in a direction parallel to the optical axis.
换言之,驱动装置60包括:固定基座61a,光转折元件30被固定于固定基座61a;框架63a,框架63a被可活动地设置于固定基座61a;可动载体66a,可动载体66a被可活动地设置于框架63a,感光组件40被设置于可动载体66a;以及,防抖驱动部65a,防抖驱动部65a被设置于可动载体66a和框架63a之间,用于驱动可动载体66a相对于框架63a移动;其中,防抖驱动部65a被设置于光转折元件30的周侧,
防抖驱动部65a的至少一部分低于光转折元件30的顶面。这样,可以降低驱动装置60中部分元件的高度,进而降低驱动装置60的肩高,以实现降低摄像模组1高度的目的。In other words, the driving device 60 includes: a fixed base 61a, the light deflection element 30 is fixed to the fixed base 61a; a frame 63a, the frame 63a is movably arranged on the fixed base 61a; a movable carrier 66a, the movable carrier 66a is movably arranged on the frame 63a, and the photosensitive component 40 is arranged on the movable carrier 66a; and an anti-shake driving unit 65a, the anti-shake driving unit 65a is arranged between the movable carrier 66a and the frame 63a, and is used to drive the movable carrier 66a to move relative to the frame 63a; wherein the anti-shake driving unit 65a is arranged on the peripheral side of the light deflection element 30, At least a portion of the anti-shake driving unit 65a is lower than the top surface of the light deflection element 30. In this way, the height of some components in the driving device 60 can be reduced, thereby reducing the shoulder height of the driving device 60 to achieve the purpose of reducing the height of the camera module 1.
其中,上盖610a与固定基座61a相互扣合形成一容纳腔,以容纳可动载体66a、框架63a、对焦驱动部62a、防抖驱动部65a和连接线路板44等部件,一方面可以避免灰尘进入,另一方面可以避免受到撞击时各部件掉落。进一步的,上盖610a对应光学镜头10的位置处具有一镜头开口6101a,光学镜头10可以穿过该镜头开口6101a被固定于光转折元件30,避免影响光线的入射。The upper cover 610a and the fixed base 61a are interlocked to form a receiving chamber to accommodate the movable carrier 66a, the frame 63a, the focus drive unit 62a, the anti-shake drive unit 65a and the connecting circuit board 44, etc., which can prevent dust from entering on the one hand, and prevent the components from falling when hit on the other hand. Further, the upper cover 610a has a lens opening 6101a at the position corresponding to the optical lens 10, and the optical lens 10 can pass through the lens opening 6101a and be fixed to the light deflection element 30 to avoid affecting the incidence of light.
如图6、图7和图9A所示,在本申请的一个实施例中,该固定基座61a包括基座主体611a和被设置于基座主体611a的承载部613a,其中,承载部613a被设置于基座主体611a的中部,自基座主体611a沿高度方向延伸。承载部613a具有沿光轴方向自其顶部至底部尺寸逐渐减小的凹槽,光转折元件30被固定于承载部613a的凹槽内,承载部613a凹槽的形状与光转折元件30的形状相适配。进一步地,承载部613a的高度不小于光转折元件30的高度,以避免光转折元件30的顶面突出于承载部613a的顶面,而造成光转折元件30的表面划伤或损坏。例如,在本申请一具体示例中,光转折元件30的顶面与承载部613a的顶面齐平。As shown in FIG. 6 , FIG. 7 and FIG. 9A , in one embodiment of the present application, the fixed base 61a includes a base body 611a and a bearing portion 613a disposed on the base body 611a, wherein the bearing portion 613a is disposed in the middle of the base body 611a and extends from the base body 611a in the height direction. The bearing portion 613a has a groove whose size gradually decreases from the top to the bottom along the optical axis direction, and the light deflection element 30 is fixed in the groove of the bearing portion 613a, and the shape of the groove of the bearing portion 613a is adapted to the shape of the light deflection element 30. Further, the height of the bearing portion 613a is not less than the height of the light deflection element 30, so as to avoid the top surface of the light deflection element 30 protruding from the top surface of the bearing portion 613a, thereby preventing the surface of the light deflection element 30 from being scratched or damaged. For example, in a specific example of the present application, the top surface of the light deflection element 30 is flush with the top surface of the bearing portion 613a.
应可以理解,由于光转折元件30的尺寸较大,承载部613a在驱动装置60内占据了大部分空间。为了给驱动装置60的其他部件提供一定的空间位置,承载部613a的第一侧71、底侧和上盖610a形成一连接带容置腔614a,以将连接线路板44容置其中;承载部613a的第三侧73、底侧和上盖610a形成一驱动部容置腔616a,以将可动载体66a、框架63a、对焦驱动部62a、防抖驱动部65a容置其中。其中,连接带容置腔614a与驱动部容置腔616a被相对地设置于承载部613a的周侧,这样,避免了驱动装置60中连接线路板44与其他部件之间产生干涉,影响导电效果,还能够使得摄像模组1的结构更加紧凑。It should be understood that due to the large size of the light deflection element 30, the bearing part 613a occupies most of the space in the driving device 60. In order to provide a certain space for other components of the driving device 60, the first side 71, the bottom side and the upper cover 610a of the bearing part 613a form a connection belt accommodating cavity 614a to accommodate the connection circuit board 44 therein; the third side 73, the bottom side and the upper cover 610a of the bearing part 613a form a drive part accommodating cavity 616a to accommodate the movable carrier 66a, the frame 63a, the focus drive part 62a, and the anti-shake drive part 65a therein. Among them, the connection belt accommodating cavity 614a and the drive part accommodating cavity 616a are relatively arranged on the peripheral side of the bearing part 613a, so as to avoid interference between the connection circuit board 44 and other components in the driving device 60, which affects the conductive effect, and can also make the structure of the camera module 1 more compact.
进一步地,该固定基座61a还包括对焦固定部612a,该对焦固定部612a被设置于固定基座61a的侧部,即固定基座61a包括沿水平方向延伸的基座主体611a,以及自基座主体611a沿高度方向延伸的对焦固定部612a。在本申请一具体示例中,对焦固定部612a靠近于感光组件40所在的一侧设置,即对焦固定部612a被设置于靠近固定基座61a的第三侧73。为了使得驱动装置60内的空间利用率更高,该对焦固定部612a被设置于固定基座61a的第二侧72,或者,与第二侧72相对的第四侧74。Further, the fixed base 61a also includes a focus fixing portion 612a, which is arranged on the side of the fixed base 61a, that is, the fixed base 61a includes a base body 611a extending in the horizontal direction, and a focus fixing portion 612a extending from the base body 611a in the height direction. In a specific example of the present application, the focus fixing portion 612a is arranged close to the side where the photosensitive component 40 is located, that is, the focus fixing portion 612a is arranged close to the third side 73 of the fixed base 61a. In order to make the space utilization rate in the driving device 60 higher, the focus fixing portion 612a is arranged on the second side 72 of the fixed base 61a, or, the fourth side 74 opposite to the second side 72.
继续参考图6、图7和图9A,在本申请的一个实施例中,框架63a被可活动地设置于固定基座61a,可动载体66a被可活动地设置于框架63a,感光组件40被固定地设置于可动载体66a,从而框架63a被驱动相对于固定基座61a沿Z轴方向移动时,框架63a可以带动可动载体66a进而带动感光组件40沿Z轴方向移动,以实现光学对焦功能。Continuing to refer to Figures 6, 7 and 9A, in one embodiment of the present application, the frame 63a is movably disposed on the fixed base 61a, the movable carrier 66a is movably disposed on the frame 63a, and the photosensitive component 40 is fixedly disposed on the movable carrier 66a, so that when the frame 63a is driven to move along the Z-axis direction relative to the fixed base 61a, the frame 63a can drive the movable carrier 66a and then drive the photosensitive component 40 to move along the Z-axis direction to achieve the optical focusing function.
进一步地,框架63a包括防抖框架633a和对焦框架631a,其中,防抖框架633a沿水平方向延伸,对焦框架631a自防抖框架633a一体地沿高度方向延伸。即框架63a包括沿水平方向延伸的防抖框架633a,以及自防抖框架633a沿高度方向延伸的对焦框架631a。沿高度方向看其平面,防抖框架633a与对焦框架631a形成“П”型结构,其具有一朝向承载部613a的开口。可动载体66a与防抖框架633a沿高度方向相对设置,对焦框架631a与固定基座61a的对焦固定部612a沿水平方向相对设置,防抖驱动部65a被设置于可动载体66a与防抖框架633a之间,以驱动可动载体66a沿水平方向移动,实现光学防抖功能;对焦驱动部62a被设置于对焦框架631a与对焦固定部612a之间,以驱动框架63a进而带动可动载体66a沿高度方向移动,实现光学对焦功能。Further, the frame 63a includes an anti-shake frame 633a and a focus frame 631a, wherein the anti-shake frame 633a extends in the horizontal direction, and the focus frame 631a extends in the height direction integrally from the anti-shake frame 633a. That is, the frame 63a includes the anti-shake frame 633a extending in the horizontal direction, and the focus frame 631a extending in the height direction from the anti-shake frame 633a. When viewed from the plane in the height direction, the anti-shake frame 633a and the focus frame 631a form a "П"-shaped structure, which has an opening toward the bearing portion 613a. The movable carrier 66a and the anti-shake frame 633a are arranged opposite to each other in the height direction, the focus frame 631a and the focus fixing part 612a of the fixed base 61a are arranged opposite to each other in the horizontal direction, the anti-shake driving part 65a is arranged between the movable carrier 66a and the anti-shake frame 633a to drive the movable carrier 66a to move in the horizontal direction to realize the optical anti-shake function; the focus driving part 62a is arranged between the focus frame 631a and the focus fixing part 612a to drive the frame 63a and then drive the movable carrier 66a to move in the height direction to realize the optical focus function.
进一步地,防抖框架633a包括沿长度方向(或X轴方向)延伸的第一臂6331a和沿宽度方向(或Y轴方向)延伸的第二臂6332a,第一臂6331a和第二臂6332a之间相互连接。也可以说,防抖框架633a的第一臂6331a被设置于第二侧72或第四侧74,防抖框架633a的第二臂6332a被设置于第三侧73,对焦框架631a被设置于与防抖框架633a的第一臂6331a相对的一侧并沿高度方向延伸。应可以理解,在本申请中,框架63a仅被设置于靠近感光组件40的三侧,例如:第二侧72、第三侧73和第四侧74,朝向光学镜
头10的一侧不设置框架63a,例如:第一侧71。这种设置方式可以减小驱动装置60的单边尺寸,以减小摄像模组1的横向尺寸。Further, the anti-shake frame 633a includes a first arm 6331a extending along the length direction (or X-axis direction) and a second arm 6332a extending along the width direction (or Y-axis direction), and the first arm 6331a and the second arm 6332a are connected to each other. It can also be said that the first arm 6331a of the anti-shake frame 633a is set on the second side 72 or the fourth side 74, the second arm 6332a of the anti-shake frame 633a is set on the third side 73, and the focus frame 631a is set on the side opposite to the first arm 6331a of the anti-shake frame 633a and extends in the height direction. It should be understood that in the present application, the frame 63a is only set on three sides close to the photosensitive component 40, for example: the second side 72, the third side 73 and the fourth side 74, toward the optical lens. The frame 63a is not provided on one side of the head 10, for example, the first side 71. This arrangement can reduce the size of a single side of the driving device 60, so as to reduce the lateral size of the camera module 1.
如图6至图9A所示,在本申请的实施例中,对焦驱动部62a被设置于驱动装置60的侧部,对焦驱动部62a沿高度方向被设置于固定基座61a与框架63a之间,以驱动框架63a相对于固定基座61a沿Z轴方向移动,即对焦驱动部62a被配置为驱动框架63a沿平行于摄像模组1的光轴的方向相对于固定基座61a移动,实现光学对焦功能。例如,在本申请一具体示例中,对焦驱动部62a被设置于框架63a的对焦框架631a和固定基座61a的对焦固定部612a之间。其中,对焦驱动部62a包括对焦磁石621a和与其相对的对焦线圈622a,对焦磁石621a被设置于对焦框架631a和对焦固定部612a二者中的一个,对焦线圈622a被设置于对焦框架631a和对焦固定部612a二者中的另一个。在本申请一具体示例中,对焦磁石621a和对焦线圈622a沿水平方向相对地设置于光转折元件30的周侧;其中,对焦线圈622a的绕线轴与摄像模组1的光轴方向平行。应可以理解,在本申请中,对焦线圈622a沿高度方向环绕一轴线进行绕置,该轴线为对焦线圈622a的绕线轴,换言之,对焦线圈622a通过导线环绕绕线轴绕置而成。As shown in Figures 6 to 9A, in an embodiment of the present application, the focus drive unit 62a is arranged on the side of the drive device 60, and the focus drive unit 62a is arranged between the fixed base 61a and the frame 63a along the height direction to drive the frame 63a to move relative to the fixed base 61a along the Z-axis direction, that is, the focus drive unit 62a is configured to drive the frame 63a to move relative to the fixed base 61a along a direction parallel to the optical axis of the camera module 1 to achieve an optical focus function. For example, in a specific example of the present application, the focus drive unit 62a is arranged between the focus frame 631a of the frame 63a and the focus fixing portion 612a of the fixed base 61a. The focus driving part 62a includes a focus magnet 621a and a focus coil 622a opposite thereto, the focus magnet 621a is arranged at one of the focus frame 631a and the focus fixing part 612a, and the focus coil 622a is arranged at the other of the focus frame 631a and the focus fixing part 612a. In a specific example of the present application, the focus magnet 621a and the focus coil 622a are arranged relatively on the circumference of the light turning element 30 in the horizontal direction; wherein the winding axis of the focus coil 622a is parallel to the optical axis direction of the camera module 1. It should be understood that in the present application, the focus coil 622a is wound around an axis in the height direction, and the axis is the winding axis of the focus coil 622a. In other words, the focus coil 622a is formed by winding a wire around the winding axis.
在本申请的一个实施例中,对焦磁石621a被设置于对焦框架631a,对焦线圈622a被设置于对焦固定部612a,对焦磁石621a与对焦线圈631a相互作用驱动对焦框架631a沿平行于摄像模组1的光轴的方向相对于对焦固定部612a移动。例如,在本申请一具体示例中,对焦框架631a的外侧壁具有一磁石安置槽,对焦磁石621a被设置于磁石安置位内,以被固定于对焦框架631a。对焦固定部612a包括间隔设置的第一支撑臂6121a和第二支撑臂6122a,第一支撑臂6121a和第二支撑臂6122a自基座主体611a一体地沿高度方向延伸,第一支撑臂6121a与第二支撑臂6122a之间具有一定空间,对焦线圈622a被设置于第一支撑臂6121a与第二支撑臂6122a之间的空间内。进一步地,第一支撑臂6121a和第二支撑臂6122a上分别设置有线圈安置槽,线圈安置槽的开口朝向第一支撑臂6121a与第二支撑臂6122a之间的空间,对焦线圈622a被设置于线圈安置槽内,以被稳定地夹持于第一支撑臂6121a和第二支撑臂6122a之间。In one embodiment of the present application, the focus magnet 621a is disposed on the focus frame 631a, and the focus coil 622a is disposed on the focus fixing portion 612a. The focus magnet 621a and the focus coil 631a interact to drive the focus frame 631a to move relative to the focus fixing portion 612a in a direction parallel to the optical axis of the camera module 1. For example, in a specific example of the present application, the outer wall of the focus frame 631a has a magnet placement groove, and the focus magnet 621a is disposed in the magnet placement position to be fixed to the focus frame 631a. The focus fixing portion 612a includes a first support arm 6121a and a second support arm 6122a which are spaced apart from each other. The first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a extend integrally from the base body 611a in the height direction. There is a certain space between the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a. The focus coil 622a is disposed in the space between the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a. Further, the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a are respectively provided with coil placement grooves, the opening of the coil placement grooves faces the space between the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a, and the focus coil 622a is disposed in the coil placement grooves to be stably clamped between the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a.
如图7至图9B所示,应可以理解,对焦磁石621a与对焦线圈622a沿水平方向相对设置,从而通过对焦线圈622a与对焦磁石621a之间的磁场力驱动框架63a相对于固定基座61a运动。当对焦线圈622a与对焦磁石621a之间的磁场力越大,能够驱动框架63a沿光轴方向移动的行程越大。在本申请中,对焦驱动部62a还包括一导磁件624a,导磁件624a被设置于第一支撑臂6121a和第二支撑臂6122a之间,导磁件624a沿高度方向延伸,其顶面不高于第一支撑臂6121a和第二支撑臂6122a的顶面。对焦线圈622a沿高度方向绕置于导磁件624a的周侧,对焦线圈622a的绕线高度不超过导磁件624a的高度,以避免对焦线圈622a脱落于导磁件624a。这种设置方式,一方面,在对焦线圈622a的内部设置导磁件624a,当对焦线圈622a通电时,导磁件624a的磁场磁化产生磁场,导磁件624a产生的磁场与对焦线圈622a产生的磁场相互叠加,使得整体磁场强度增大,对焦线圈622a与对焦磁石621a之间的磁场力增大,驱动框架63a产生更大的移动行程。另一方面,由于导磁件624a沿高度方向延伸,其具有一定的高度,对焦线圈622a在导磁件624a上绕线的匝数增多,对焦线圈622a与对焦磁石621a之间的磁场力增大,驱动框架63a产生更大的移动行程。As shown in FIGS. 7 to 9B , it should be understood that the focusing magnet 621a and the focusing coil 622a are arranged relative to each other in the horizontal direction, so that the frame 63a is driven to move relative to the fixed base 61a through the magnetic field force between the focusing coil 622a and the focusing magnet 621a. The greater the magnetic field force between the focusing coil 622a and the focusing magnet 621a, the greater the stroke that can drive the frame 63a to move along the optical axis. In the present application, the focus drive unit 62a also includes a magnetic conductive member 624a, which is arranged between the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a, and the magnetic conductive member 624a extends in the height direction, and its top surface is not higher than the top surfaces of the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a. The focus coil 622a is wound around the magnetic conductive part 624a along the height direction, and the winding height of the focus coil 622a does not exceed the height of the magnetic conductive part 624a to prevent the focus coil 622a from falling off the magnetic conductive part 624a. In this arrangement, on the one hand, the magnetic conductive part 624a is arranged inside the focus coil 622a. When the focus coil 622a is energized, the magnetic field of the magnetic conductive part 624a is magnetized to generate a magnetic field. The magnetic field generated by the magnetic conductive part 624a and the magnetic field generated by the focus coil 622a are superimposed on each other, so that the overall magnetic field strength is increased, the magnetic field force between the focus coil 622a and the focus magnet 621a is increased, and the driving frame 63a has a larger moving stroke. On the other hand, since the magnetic conductive part 624a extends in the height direction and has a certain height, the number of turns of the focusing coil 622a wound on the magnetic conductive part 624a increases, the magnetic field force between the focusing coil 622a and the focusing magnet 621a increases, and the driving frame 63a produces a larger moving stroke.
在本申请的一个实施例中,对焦线圈622a和对焦磁石621a沿高度方向延伸,对焦线圈622a的高度大于对焦磁石621a的高度。即所述对焦线圈622a被设置于所述对焦固定部612a的侧壁,对焦磁石621a被设置于所述对焦框架631a的侧壁,对焦线圈622a的高度大于对焦磁石621a的高度,以使得对焦框架631a移动的过程中,对焦磁石621a始终能够与对焦磁石622a相互作用。In one embodiment of the present application, the focus coil 622a and the focus magnet 621a extend in the height direction, and the height of the focus coil 622a is greater than the height of the focus magnet 621a. That is, the focus coil 622a is arranged on the side wall of the focus fixing portion 612a, and the focus magnet 621a is arranged on the side wall of the focus frame 631a, and the height of the focus coil 622a is greater than the height of the focus magnet 621a, so that the focus magnet 621a can always interact with the focus magnet 622a during the movement of the focus frame 631a.
进一步地,在本申请的一个实施例中,对焦驱动部62a的高度大于感光组件40的高度,对焦驱动部62a的导磁件624a沿高度方向延伸至靠近上盖610a的位置处,导磁件624a的顶面高于感光组件40的顶面。应可以理解,感光组件40在对焦驱动部62a的驱动下沿Z轴方向移动,感光组件40需要在高度方向上有足够的空间以满足其移动行程。在光学对焦过程中,导磁件624a和对焦线圈622a为定子,其具有较高的高度以提供较大的驱动力,感光组件40的顶面低于导磁件624a的顶面,还以满足感光组件40的较大的
移动行程需求。Further, in one embodiment of the present application, the height of the focus drive unit 62a is greater than the height of the photosensitive component 40, and the magnetic conductive member 624a of the focus drive unit 62a extends in the height direction to a position close to the upper cover 610a, and the top surface of the magnetic conductive member 624a is higher than the top surface of the photosensitive component 40. It should be understood that the photosensitive component 40 moves in the Z-axis direction under the drive of the focus drive unit 62a, and the photosensitive component 40 needs to have enough space in the height direction to satisfy its moving stroke. During the optical focusing process, the magnetic conductive member 624a and the focus coil 622a are stators, which have a higher height to provide a greater driving force. The top surface of the photosensitive component 40 is lower than the top surface of the magnetic conductive member 624a, and also satisfies the larger height of the photosensitive component 40. Mobile travel needs.
应可以理解,在本申请中,对焦线圈622a被设置于导磁件624a的周侧,导磁件624a具有一定的厚度以使其具有足够的强度支撑对焦线圈622a。但是,由于导磁件624a与对焦磁石621a沿水平方向相对设置,导磁件624a与对焦磁石621a相互作用产生沿水平方向的磁吸力,以将框架63a可移动地保持于固定基座61a内。当导磁件624a与对焦磁石621a之间的磁吸力过大时,即导磁件624a与对焦磁石621a之间的磁吸力大于对焦磁石621a与对焦线圈622a之间相互作用产生的磁推力,这使得框架63a无法在磁推力的作用下移动。为了避免上述情况发生,在本申请中,导磁件624a为空心结构,在导磁件624a的中部具有一通孔,以减小导磁件624a与对焦磁石621a之间产生的磁吸力。当导磁件624a与对焦磁石621a之间的磁吸力小于对焦磁石621a与对焦线圈622a之间相互作用产生的磁推力,框架63a能够在磁推力的作用下移动。当然,导磁件624a的通孔的大小根据实际需求而定。It should be understood that in the present application, the focus coil 622a is arranged on the peripheral side of the magnetic conductive member 624a, and the magnetic conductive member 624a has a certain thickness so that it has sufficient strength to support the focus coil 622a. However, since the magnetic conductive member 624a and the focus magnet 621a are arranged relative to each other in the horizontal direction, the magnetic conductive member 624a and the focus magnet 621a interact with each other to generate a magnetic attraction force in the horizontal direction to movably hold the frame 63a in the fixed base 61a. When the magnetic attraction force between the magnetic conductive member 624a and the focus magnet 621a is too large, that is, the magnetic attraction force between the magnetic conductive member 624a and the focus magnet 621a is greater than the magnetic thrust generated by the interaction between the focus magnet 621a and the focus coil 622a, the frame 63a cannot move under the action of the magnetic thrust. In order to avoid the above situation, in the present application, the magnetic conductive member 624a is a hollow structure, and there is a through hole in the middle of the magnetic conductive member 624a to reduce the magnetic attraction between the magnetic conductive member 624a and the focusing magnet 621a. When the magnetic attraction between the magnetic conductive member 624a and the focusing magnet 621a is less than the magnetic thrust generated by the interaction between the focusing magnet 621a and the focusing coil 622a, the frame 63a can move under the action of the magnetic thrust. Of course, the size of the through hole of the magnetic conductive member 624a is determined according to actual needs.
其中,对焦线圈622a可以被实施为直接绕制于导磁件624a的周侧,也可以被实施为预制成型后安置于导磁件624a的周侧;该导磁件624a可以被实施为铁芯,也可以被实施为其他金属材质,本申请对此不做限制。Among them, the focusing coil 622a can be implemented as being directly wound around the circumference of the magnetic conductive component 624a, or it can be implemented as being prefabricated and then placed on the circumference of the magnetic conductive component 624a; the magnetic conductive component 624a can be implemented as an iron core, or it can be implemented as other metal materials, and the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
在本申请一具体示例中,导磁件624a被设置于线圈安置槽内,以使得对焦线圈622a被稳定地设置于第一支撑臂6121a和第二支撑臂6122a之间。进一步地,该导磁件624a的底部具有较大的尺寸,其大于导磁件624a其他部分的尺寸,例如,该导磁件624a具有“⊥”形结构,这样,一方面可以避免对焦线圈622a脱落;另一方面可以使其更稳固地设置于第一支撑臂6121a和第二支撑臂6122a。In a specific example of the present application, the magnetic conductive member 624a is disposed in the coil placement groove so that the focus coil 622a is stably disposed between the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a. Further, the bottom of the magnetic conductive member 624a has a larger size, which is larger than the size of other parts of the magnetic conductive member 624a. For example, the magnetic conductive member 624a has a "⊥"-shaped structure, so that, on the one hand, the focus coil 622a can be prevented from falling off; on the other hand, it can be more stably disposed on the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a.
如图8B所示,在本申请的另一个实施例中,导磁件624a被设置于对焦线圈622a远离对焦磁石621a的一侧,导磁件624a与对焦磁石621a沿水平方向相对设置。进一步地,导磁件624a沿高度方向延伸被设置于定位片615a和基座主体611a之间,即导磁件624a的两端分别被定位片615a和基座主体611a固定。当导磁件624a与对焦磁石621a相互作用产生沿水平方向的磁吸力,在磁吸力的作用下,框架63a被可移动地保持于固定基座61a内。在该实施例中,导磁件624a可以被实施为金属片,例如铁片等。As shown in FIG8B , in another embodiment of the present application, the magnetic conductive member 624a is disposed on a side of the focusing coil 622a away from the focusing magnet 621a, and the magnetic conductive member 624a and the focusing magnet 621a are disposed opposite to each other in the horizontal direction. Furthermore, the magnetic conductive member 624a extends in the height direction and is disposed between the positioning piece 615a and the base body 611a, that is, the two ends of the magnetic conductive member 624a are respectively fixed by the positioning piece 615a and the base body 611a. When the magnetic conductive member 624a interacts with the focusing magnet 621a to generate a magnetic attraction force in the horizontal direction, under the action of the magnetic attraction force, the frame 63a is movably retained in the fixed base 61a. In this embodiment, the magnetic conductive member 624a can be implemented as a metal sheet, such as an iron sheet.
应可以理解,对焦线圈622a也可以被实施为平面跑道型线圈,对焦线圈622a所在的平面与导磁件624a所在的平面互相平行,以便于设置导磁件624a时不会与对焦线圈622a之间产生干涉。It should be understood that the focusing coil 622a can also be implemented as a planar racetrack coil, and the plane where the focusing coil 622a is located is parallel to the plane where the magnetic conductive member 624a is located, so that when the magnetic conductive member 624a is set, there will be no interference between the focusing coil 622a.
继续参考图6和图9A,在本申请的实施例中,驱动装置60还包括对焦导向部64a,该对焦导向部64a被夹持于框架63a和固定基座61a之间,对焦导向部64a的延伸方向与摄像模组1的光轴平行。在对焦驱动部62a驱动框架63a沿Z轴方向移动时,对焦导向部64a始终对框架63a进行支撑,使得框架63a能够相对于固定基座61a平稳的移动,提高了驱动装置60在光学对焦过程中运动的稳定性,进而提高成像质量。在本申请一具体示例中,对焦导向部64a与对焦驱动部62a同侧设置,对焦导向部64a被设置于框架63a的对焦框架631a和固定基座61a的对焦固定部612a之间。进一步地,对焦导向部64a包括顶面、与顶面相对的底面、以及连接于顶面和底面之间的外周壁,对焦导向部64a的外周壁分别抵接对焦固定部612a和对焦框架631a。Continuing to refer to Figures 6 and 9A, in an embodiment of the present application, the drive device 60 also includes a focus guide portion 64a, which is clamped between the frame 63a and the fixed base 61a, and the extension direction of the focus guide portion 64a is parallel to the optical axis of the camera module 1. When the focus drive portion 62a drives the frame 63a to move along the Z-axis direction, the focus guide portion 64a always supports the frame 63a, so that the frame 63a can move smoothly relative to the fixed base 61a, thereby improving the stability of the movement of the drive device 60 during the optical focusing process, thereby improving the imaging quality. In a specific example of the present application, the focus guide portion 64a is arranged on the same side as the focus drive portion 62a, and the focus guide portion 64a is arranged between the focus frame 631a of the frame 63a and the focus fixing portion 612a of the fixed base 61a. Furthermore, the focus guide portion 64a includes a top surface, a bottom surface opposite to the top surface, and an outer peripheral wall connected between the top surface and the bottom surface, and the outer peripheral wall of the focus guide portion 64a abuts against the focus fixing portion 612a and the focus frame 631a respectively.
在本申请的一个实施例中,对焦固定部612a朝向对焦框架631a的一侧设置有第一导轨6123a,对焦框架631a朝向对焦固定部612a的一侧设置有第二导轨632a,第一导轨6123a和第二导轨632a相对设置以将对焦导向部64a夹持其中。其中,第一导轨6123a沿高度方向的长度大于第二导轨632a沿高度方向的长度,对焦导向部64a沿高度方向的长度大于第二导轨632a沿高度方向的长度,以避免框架63a在移动过程中脱离对焦导向部64a。In one embodiment of the present application, a first guide rail 6123a is provided on one side of the focus fixing portion 612a facing the focus frame 631a, and a second guide rail 632a is provided on one side of the focus frame 631a facing the focus fixing portion 612a. The first guide rail 6123a and the second guide rail 632a are arranged opposite to each other to clamp the focus guide portion 64a therebetween. The length of the first guide rail 6123a along the height direction is greater than the length of the second guide rail 632a along the height direction, and the length of the focus guide portion 64a along the height direction is greater than the length of the second guide rail 632a along the height direction, so as to prevent the frame 63a from being separated from the focus guide portion 64a during movement.
在本申请的一个实施例中,该对焦导向部64a可以被实施为导杆641a,或者,该对焦导向部64a也可以被实施为滚珠。In an embodiment of the present application, the focus guide portion 64a may be implemented as a guide rod 641a, or the focus guide portion 64a may also be implemented as a ball.
进一步地,在本申请的一个实施例中,第一支撑臂6121a和第二支撑臂6122a具有两个第一导轨6123a,对焦框架631a具有两个第二导轨632a,两个第一导轨6123a和第二导轨相对设置632a。换言之,
第一导轨6123a的数量为2个,两个第一导轨6123a相对平行设置,其分别被设置于第一支撑臂6121a和第二支撑臂6122a。与之对应的,第二导轨632a的数量为2个,两个第二导轨632a相对平行设置,其分别被设置于磁石安置位的两侧,两个第二导轨632a和两个第一导轨6123a相对设置。对焦导向部64a包括两个导杆641a,两个导杆641a被夹持于两个第一导轨6123a和两个第二导轨632a之间。Further, in one embodiment of the present application, the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a have two first guide rails 6123a, the focus frame 631a has two second guide rails 632a, and the two first guide rails 6123a and the second guide rail 632a are arranged opposite to each other. In other words, There are two first guide rails 6123a, which are arranged in parallel with each other and are respectively arranged on the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a. Correspondingly, there are two second guide rails 632a, which are arranged in parallel with each other and are respectively arranged on both sides of the magnet placement position. The two second guide rails 632a and the two first guide rails 6123a are arranged in parallel with each other. The focus guide part 64a includes two guide rods 641a, which are clamped between the two first guide rails 6123a and the two second guide rails 632a.
在本申请中,第一导轨6123a和第二导轨632a的形状可以为平面结构、“∟”状结构、“[”状结构或者“〈”状结构,即对焦导向部64a与第一导轨6123a或第二导杆641a的接触点为一个、两个或三个,以使得对焦导向部64a可以被稳固地夹持于第一导轨6123a和第二导轨632a之间。在本申请一具体示例中,两个第一导轨6123a呈“∟”状结构,以方便其成型于第一支撑臂6121a和第二支撑臂6122a上;两个第二导轨632a呈“[”状结构或呈“〈”状结构,当然,两个第二导轨632a也可以分别呈“[”状和“〈”状结构。In the present application, the shapes of the first guide rail 6123a and the second guide rail 632a can be a planar structure, a "∟"-shaped structure, a "["-shaped structure or a "〈"-shaped structure, that is, the contact points between the focus guide portion 64a and the first guide rail 6123a or the second guide rod 641a are one, two or three, so that the focus guide portion 64a can be firmly clamped between the first guide rail 6123a and the second guide rail 632a. In a specific example of the present application, the two first guide rails 6123a are in a "∟"-shaped structure to facilitate their molding on the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a; the two second guide rails 632a are in a "["-shaped structure or a "〈"-shaped structure. Of course, the two second guide rails 632a can also be in a "["-shaped and "〈"-shaped structures, respectively.
如图6至图9A所示,应可以理解,虽然对焦导向部64a的延伸方向与光轴方向平行,但是在框架63a移动的过程中仍有可能会造成对焦导向部64a倾斜,进而影响驱动效果。在本申请中,固定基座61a进一步包括定位片615a,定位片615a被固定于固定基座61a,定位片65a的底面抵接于对焦导向部64a的顶面。即对焦导向部64a的一端被固定于基座主体611a,对焦导向部64a的另一端被固定于定位片615a。As shown in FIGS. 6 to 9A , it should be understood that although the extension direction of the focus guide 64a is parallel to the optical axis direction, the focus guide 64a may still be tilted during the movement of the frame 63a, thereby affecting the driving effect. In the present application, the fixed base 61a further includes a positioning piece 615a, the positioning piece 615a is fixed to the fixed base 61a, and the bottom surface of the positioning piece 65a abuts against the top surface of the focus guide 64a. That is, one end of the focus guide 64a is fixed to the base body 611a, and the other end of the focus guide 64a is fixed to the positioning piece 615a.
定位片615a所在的平面平行于基座主体611a所在的平面,对焦导向部64a的底面固定于基座主体611a,对焦导向部64a的顶面抵接于定位片615a,以保持对焦导向部64a与摄像模组1的光轴平行。The plane where the positioning piece 615a is located is parallel to the plane where the base body 611a is located, the bottom surface of the focus guide part 64a is fixed to the base body 611a, and the top surface of the focus guide part 64a abuts against the positioning piece 615a to keep the focus guide part 64a parallel to the optical axis of the camera module 1.
进一步地,虽然两个导杆641a被相对平行地设置,但是在框架63a移动的过程中仍有可能会造成两个导杆641a倾斜而产生干涉。当两个导杆641a被夹持于定位片615a和基座主体611a之间时,在框架63a移动进行光学对焦的过程中,两个导杆641a在定位片615a的作用下始终保持平行,这使得两个导杆641a之间的平行度得以保障。Furthermore, although the two guide rods 641a are arranged relatively parallel, the two guide rods 641a may still be tilted and interfere with each other during the movement of the frame 63a. When the two guide rods 641a are clamped between the positioning piece 615a and the base body 611a, the two guide rods 641a always remain parallel under the action of the positioning piece 615a during the movement of the frame 63a for optical focusing, so that the parallelism between the two guide rods 641a is guaranteed.
进一步地,对焦固定部612a的第一支撑臂6121a和第二支撑臂6122a的顶端设置有定位凸柱6124a,定位片615a具有与之对应的定位孔6151a,定位凸柱6124a被设置于定位孔6151a内,以使得定位片615a被安置于第一支撑臂6121a和第二支撑臂6122a的顶端。对焦导向部64a与定位片615a之间不存在间隙,以使得对焦导向部64a可以被稳定地设置于定位片615a和固定基座61a的基座主体611a之间。例如,在本申请一具体示例中,对焦导向部64a沿高度方向的长度等于第一支撑臂6121a和第二支撑臂6122a的高度,以使得对焦导向部64a的顶面与定位片615a的底面相互接触。Further, the top ends of the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a of the focus fixing portion 612a are provided with positioning bosses 6124a, and the positioning piece 615a has a corresponding positioning hole 6151a, and the positioning bosses 6124a are arranged in the positioning hole 6151a, so that the positioning piece 615a is placed at the top ends of the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a. There is no gap between the focus guide portion 64a and the positioning piece 615a, so that the focus guide portion 64a can be stably arranged between the positioning piece 615a and the base body 611a of the fixed base 61a. For example, in a specific example of the present application, the length of the focus guide portion 64a along the height direction is equal to the height of the first support arm 6121a and the second support arm 6122a, so that the top surface of the focus guide portion 64a and the bottom surface of the positioning piece 615a are in contact with each other.
应可以理解,定位片615a沿水平方向覆盖对焦导向部64a顶面的至少一部分,以通过定位片615a对对焦导向部64a进行支撑和固定。当然,定位片615a可以沿水平方向覆盖对焦导向部64a顶面的全部,本申请对此不做限制。换言之,定位片615a沿水平方向覆盖两个导杆641a的顶面的至少一部分,以保持两个导杆641a相互平行设置。It should be understood that the positioning piece 615a covers at least a portion of the top surface of the focus guide portion 64a in the horizontal direction, so as to support and fix the focus guide portion 64a through the positioning piece 615a. Of course, the positioning piece 615a can cover the entire top surface of the focus guide portion 64a in the horizontal direction, and the present application does not limit this. In other words, the positioning piece 615a covers at least a portion of the top surface of the two guide rods 641a in the horizontal direction to keep the two guide rods 641a arranged parallel to each other.
如前述可知,导磁件624a与对焦磁石621a沿水平方向相对设置,导磁件624a与对焦磁石621a之间相互作用产生沿水平方向的磁吸力,磁吸力的作用使得对焦导向部64a被夹持于对焦框架631a和对焦固定部612a之间,在实现光学对焦功能的过程中,对焦导向部64a始终对对焦框架631a提供支撑。进一步地,导磁件624a与对焦磁石621a沿水平方向相对设置,使得导磁件624a与对焦磁石621a之间产生沿水平方向的磁吸力,在磁吸力的作用下,对焦框架631a与对焦导向部64a之间和对焦导向部64a与对焦固定部612a之间始终保持摩擦接触,以保持框架63a的稳定性,有效防止框架63a随着摄像模组1的晃动或倒置而产生脱落。As mentioned above, the magnetic conductive member 624a and the focusing magnet 621a are arranged opposite to each other in the horizontal direction. The interaction between the magnetic conductive member 624a and the focusing magnet 621a generates a magnetic attraction force in the horizontal direction. The magnetic attraction force causes the focusing guide portion 64a to be clamped between the focusing frame 631a and the focusing fixing portion 612a. In the process of realizing the optical focusing function, the focusing guide portion 64a always provides support for the focusing frame 631a. Furthermore, the magnetic conductive member 624a and the focusing magnet 621a are arranged relative to each other in the horizontal direction, so that a magnetic attraction force is generated in the horizontal direction between the magnetic conductive member 624a and the focusing magnet 621a. Under the action of the magnetic attraction force, frictional contact is always maintained between the focusing frame 631a and the focusing guide portion 64a, and between the focusing guide portion 64a and the focusing fixing portion 612a, so as to maintain the stability of the frame 63a and effectively prevent the frame 63a from falling off due to the shaking or inversion of the camera module 1.
如图6、图7、图9A和图9B所示,在本申请的一个实施例中,可动载体66a被可移动地设置于框架63a,感光组件40被固定地设置于可动载体66a,防抖驱动部65a被设置于可动载体66a和框架63a之间,以驱动可动载体66a进而带动感光组件40相对于框架63a沿X轴和Y轴方向移动,以实现光学防抖功能。在本申请一具体示例中,可动载体66a被设置于框架63a的防抖框架633a上,即沿高度方向,可动载体66a、防抖框架633a和固定基座61a被依次设置。
As shown in Fig. 6, Fig. 7, Fig. 9A and Fig. 9B, in one embodiment of the present application, the movable carrier 66a is movably disposed on the frame 63a, the photosensitive component 40 is fixedly disposed on the movable carrier 66a, and the anti-shake driving unit 65a is disposed between the movable carrier 66a and the frame 63a to drive the movable carrier 66a and then drive the photosensitive component 40 to move relative to the frame 63a along the X-axis and Y-axis directions to achieve the optical anti-shake function. In a specific example of the present application, the movable carrier 66a is disposed on the anti-shake frame 633a of the frame 63a, that is, along the height direction, the movable carrier 66a, the anti-shake frame 633a and the fixed base 61a are disposed in sequence.
应可以理解,可动载体66a被设置于防抖框架633a的上部,防抖框架633a被设置于基座主体611a的上部,可动载体66a的至少一部分低于光转折元件30的顶面,即可动载体66a所处的位置为三者最高。在本申请中,可动载体66a的至少一部分低于光转折元件30的顶面,由于防抖框架633a和固定基座61a均位于可动载体66a的下部,防抖框架633a和固定基座61a也都低于光转折元件30的顶面。这样,可以降低驱动装置60中部分元件的高度,进而降低驱动装置60的肩高,以实现降低摄像模组1高度的目的。It should be understood that the movable carrier 66a is arranged on the upper part of the anti-shake frame 633a, and the anti-shake frame 633a is arranged on the upper part of the base body 611a. At least a part of the movable carrier 66a is lower than the top surface of the light deflection element 30, that is, the position of the movable carrier 66a is the highest among the three. In the present application, at least a part of the movable carrier 66a is lower than the top surface of the light deflection element 30. Since the anti-shake frame 633a and the fixed base 61a are both located at the lower part of the movable carrier 66a, the anti-shake frame 633a and the fixed base 61a are also lower than the top surface of the light deflection element 30. In this way, the height of some components in the driving device 60 can be reduced, and then the shoulder height of the driving device 60 can be reduced, so as to achieve the purpose of reducing the height of the camera module 1.
在本申请中,可动载体66a被设置于框架63a与感光组件40之间,感光组件40被固定地设置于可动载体66a,可动载体66a被可活动地连接于框架63a,从而可动载体66a被防抖驱动部65a驱动时,感光组件40随可动载体66a移动。在本申请一具体示例中,感光组件40通过滤光组件50的滤光元件支架52被支撑于可动载体66a,即滤光元件支架52被设置于芯片线路板42与可动载体66a之间,滤光元件支架52的一端固定于芯片线路板42,另一端固定于可动载体66a。In the present application, the movable carrier 66a is disposed between the frame 63a and the photosensitive component 40, the photosensitive component 40 is fixedly disposed on the movable carrier 66a, and the movable carrier 66a is movably connected to the frame 63a, so that when the movable carrier 66a is driven by the anti-shake driving unit 65a, the photosensitive component 40 moves with the movable carrier 66a. In a specific example of the present application, the photosensitive component 40 is supported on the movable carrier 66a by the filter element holder 52 of the filter component 50, that is, the filter element holder 52 is disposed between the chip circuit board 42 and the movable carrier 66a, and one end of the filter element holder 52 is fixed to the chip circuit board 42, and the other end is fixed to the movable carrier 66a.
在本申请的一个实施例中,可动载体66a呈“L”状,即可动载体66a包括沿长度方向(或X轴方向)延伸的第三臂662a和沿宽度方向(或Y轴方向)延伸的第四臂663a,第三臂662a和第四臂663a之间相互连接。进一步地,可动载体66a的第三臂662a与防抖框架633a的第一臂6331a沿高度方向相对设置,可动载体66a的第四臂663a与防抖框架633a的第二臂6332a沿高度方向相对设置,以将防抖驱动部65a设置于可动载体66a与防抖框架633a之间。也就是说,可动载体66a仅被设置于靠近感光组件40的两侧,例如:第二侧72和第三侧73,或者第四侧74和第三侧73。In one embodiment of the present application, the movable carrier 66a is in an "L" shape, that is, the movable carrier 66a includes a third arm 662a extending along the length direction (or the X-axis direction) and a fourth arm 663a extending along the width direction (or the Y-axis direction), and the third arm 662a and the fourth arm 663a are connected to each other. Further, the third arm 662a of the movable carrier 66a and the first arm 6331a of the anti-shake frame 633a are arranged opposite to each other in the height direction, and the fourth arm 663a of the movable carrier 66a and the second arm 6332a of the anti-shake frame 633a are arranged opposite to each other in the height direction, so that the anti-shake driving unit 65a is arranged between the movable carrier 66a and the anti-shake frame 633a. In other words, the movable carrier 66a is only arranged on two sides close to the photosensitive component 40, for example: the second side 72 and the third side 73, or the fourth side 74 and the third side 73.
可动载体66a包括两个开口,其中一个开口朝向对焦驱动部62a所在的一侧,另一个开口朝向光学镜头10所在一侧。例如,当对焦驱动部62a被设置于驱动装置60的第二侧72,可动载体66a的一个开口朝向第二侧72,另一个开口朝向第一侧71,可动载体66a的第三臂662a被设置于第四侧74,可动载体66a的第四臂663a被设置于第三侧73。这种设置方式可以充分利用摄像模组1内部的空间,在朝向对焦驱动部62a的一侧和朝向光转折元件30的一侧不设置可动载体66a,避免增加摄像模组1在水平方向的尺寸。The movable carrier 66a includes two openings, one of which faces the side where the focus driving unit 62a is located, and the other faces the side where the optical lens 10 is located. For example, when the focus driving unit 62a is disposed on the second side 72 of the driving device 60, one opening of the movable carrier 66a faces the second side 72, and the other faces the first side 71, the third arm 662a of the movable carrier 66a is disposed on the fourth side 74, and the fourth arm 663a of the movable carrier 66a is disposed on the third side 73. This arrangement can make full use of the space inside the camera module 1, and the movable carrier 66a is not disposed on the side facing the focus driving unit 62a and the side facing the light deflection element 30, thereby avoiding increasing the size of the camera module 1 in the horizontal direction.
在本申请的一个实施例中,防抖驱动部65a沿水平方向被设置于可动载体66a与框架63a之间,以驱动可动载体66a进而带动感光组件40相对于框架63a沿X轴和Y轴方向移动。应可以理解,防抖驱动部65a自可动载体66a向下延伸至光转折元件30的周侧,防抖驱动部65a的至少一部分低于光转折元件30的顶面,这种设置方式可以降低防抖驱动部65a所在位置的高度,进而降低驱动装置60的肩高,以实现降低摄像模组1高度的目的。防抖驱动部65a包括至少一防抖磁石651a和至少一防抖线圈652a,至少一防抖磁石651a被设置于可动载体66a和框架63a二者中的一个,至少一防抖线圈652a被设置于可动载体66a和框架63a二者中的另一个,至少一防抖磁石651a和至少一防抖线圈652a沿高度方向相对设置。在本申请一具体示例中,至少一防抖线圈652a被设置于可动载体66a,至少一防抖磁石651a被设置于防抖框架633a。In one embodiment of the present application, the anti-shake driving unit 65a is arranged between the movable carrier 66a and the frame 63a in the horizontal direction to drive the movable carrier 66a and then drive the photosensitive component 40 to move relative to the frame 63a along the X-axis and Y-axis directions. It should be understood that the anti-shake driving unit 65a extends downward from the movable carrier 66a to the peripheral side of the light turning element 30, and at least a part of the anti-shake driving unit 65a is lower than the top surface of the light turning element 30. This arrangement can reduce the height of the position where the anti-shake driving unit 65a is located, thereby reducing the shoulder height of the driving device 60, so as to achieve the purpose of reducing the height of the camera module 1. The anti-shake driving unit 65a includes at least one anti-shake magnet 651a and at least one anti-shake coil 652a, at least one anti-shake magnet 651a is arranged on one of the movable carrier 66a and the frame 63a, at least one anti-shake coil 652a is arranged on the other of the movable carrier 66a and the frame 63a, and at least one anti-shake magnet 651a and at least one anti-shake coil 652a are arranged opposite to each other in the height direction. In a specific example of the present application, at least one anti-shake coil 652a is arranged on the movable carrier 66a, and at least one anti-shake magnet 651a is arranged on the anti-shake frame 633a.
进一步地,至少一防抖磁石651a的顶面所在的平面低于光转折元件30的顶面所在的平面,至少一防抖线圈652a的底面所在的平面低于光转折元件30的顶面所在的平面。也就是,在本申请中,至少一防抖磁石651a和至少一防抖线圈652a被设置于光转折元件30的周侧,至少一防抖磁石651a和至少一防抖线圈652a的安置位置可以进一步降低,进而降低驱动装置60的肩高,以实现降低摄像模组1高度的目的。Furthermore, the plane where the top surface of at least one anti-shake magnet 651a is located is lower than the plane where the top surface of the light deflection element 30 is located, and the plane where the bottom surface of at least one anti-shake coil 652a is located is lower than the plane where the top surface of the light deflection element 30 is located. That is, in the present application, at least one anti-shake magnet 651a and at least one anti-shake coil 652a are arranged on the peripheral side of the light deflection element 30, and the placement positions of at least one anti-shake magnet 651a and at least one anti-shake coil 652a can be further lowered, thereby reducing the shoulder height of the driving device 60, so as to achieve the purpose of reducing the height of the camera module 1.
在本申请中,防抖驱动部65a沿水平方向设置,对焦驱动部62a沿高度方向设置,防抖驱动部65a所在的平面与对焦驱动部62a所在的平面垂直或近似垂直。对焦驱动部62a驱动框架63a、防抖驱动部65a和可动载体66a沿高度方向移动,以实现光学对焦;防抖驱动部65a驱动可动载体66a沿水平方向移动,以实现光学防抖。In the present application, the anti-shake drive unit 65a is arranged in the horizontal direction, and the focus drive unit 62a is arranged in the height direction. The plane where the anti-shake drive unit 65a is located is perpendicular or approximately perpendicular to the plane where the focus drive unit 62a is located. The focus drive unit 62a drives the frame 63a, the anti-shake drive unit 65a and the movable carrier 66a to move in the height direction to achieve optical focus; the anti-shake drive unit 65a drives the movable carrier 66a to move in the horizontal direction to achieve optical image stabilization.
如图6、图7和图9A所示,至少一防抖磁石651a包括第一防抖磁石6511a和第二防抖磁石6512a,至少一防抖线圈652a包括第一防抖线圈6521a和第二防抖线圈6522a,第一防抖磁石6511a的长度方向为X轴方向,第二防抖磁石6512a的长度方向为Y轴方向,即第一防抖磁石6511a和第二防抖磁石6512a被以垂直或近似垂直的方式设置。第一防抖线圈6521a的长度方向与摄像模组1的长度方向相同,例如为X轴
方向,第二防抖线圈6522a的长度方向与摄像模组1的宽度方向相同,例如为Y轴方向,即第一防抖线圈6521a和第二防抖线圈6522a被以垂直或近似垂直的方式设置。As shown in Figures 6, 7 and 9A, at least one anti-shake magnet 651a includes a first anti-shake magnet 6511a and a second anti-shake magnet 6512a, and at least one anti-shake coil 652a includes a first anti-shake coil 6521a and a second anti-shake coil 6522a. The length direction of the first anti-shake magnet 6511a is the X-axis direction, and the length direction of the second anti-shake magnet 6512a is the Y-axis direction, that is, the first anti-shake magnet 6511a and the second anti-shake magnet 6512a are arranged in a vertical or approximately vertical manner. The length direction of the first anti-shake coil 6521a is the same as the length direction of the camera module 1, for example, the X-axis direction. Direction, the length direction of the second anti-shake coil 6522a is the same as the width direction of the camera module 1, for example, the Y-axis direction, that is, the first anti-shake coil 6521a and the second anti-shake coil 6522a are arranged in a vertical or approximately vertical manner.
具体地,在本申请的一个实施例中,第一防抖磁石6511a被设置于防抖框架633a的第一臂6331a,第二防抖磁石6512a被设置于防抖框架633a的第二臂6332a,第一防抖线圈6521a被设置于可动载体66a的第三臂662a,第二防抖线圈6522a被设置于可动载体66a的第四臂663a,第一防抖磁石6511a与第一防抖线圈6521a沿高度方向相对设置,第二防抖磁石6512a和第二防抖线圈6522a沿高度方向相对设置,以使得第一防抖磁石6511a和第一防抖线圈6521a之间相互作用,第二防抖磁石6512a和第二防抖线圈6522a之间相互作用,产生磁场力驱动可动载体66a沿X轴方向和Y轴方向移动。Specifically, in one embodiment of the present application, the first anti-shake magnet 6511a is arranged on the first arm 6331a of the anti-shake frame 633a, the second anti-shake magnet 6512a is arranged on the second arm 6332a of the anti-shake frame 633a, the first anti-shake coil 6521a is arranged on the third arm 662a of the movable carrier 66a, and the second anti-shake coil 6522a is arranged on the fourth arm 663a of the movable carrier 66a. The first anti-shake magnet 6511a and the first anti-shake coil 6521a are arranged opposite to each other in the height direction, and the second anti-shake magnet 6512a and the second anti-shake coil 6522a are arranged opposite to each other in the height direction, so that the first anti-shake magnet 6511a and the first anti-shake coil 6521a interact with each other, and the second anti-shake magnet 6512a and the second anti-shake coil 6522a interact with each other, thereby generating a magnetic field force to drive the movable carrier 66a to move along the X-axis and Y-axis directions.
应可以理解,在本申请中,第一防抖线圈6521a的数量可以为两个,两个第一防抖线圈6521a的长度方向与摄像模组1的长度方向相同,两个第一防抖线圈6521a并排地沿摄像模组1的长度方向设置。两个第一防抖线圈6521a与第一防抖磁石6511a沿高度方向相对设置,以增大两者之间的磁场力。当然,第二防抖线圈6522a的数量也可以为两个,两个第二防抖线圈6522a的长度方向与摄像模组1的宽度方向相同,两个第二防抖线圈6522a并排地沿摄像模组1的宽度方向设置。第一防抖线圈6521a和第二防抖线圈6522a的数量也可以为三个、四个等,本申请对此不做限制。It should be understood that in the present application, the number of the first anti-shake coils 6521a can be two, the length direction of the two first anti-shake coils 6521a is the same as the length direction of the camera module 1, and the two first anti-shake coils 6521a are arranged side by side along the length direction of the camera module 1. The two first anti-shake coils 6521a and the first anti-shake magnet 6511a are arranged opposite to each other in the height direction to increase the magnetic field force between the two. Of course, the number of the second anti-shake coils 6522a can also be two, the length direction of the two second anti-shake coils 6522a is the same as the width direction of the camera module 1, and the two second anti-shake coils 6522a are arranged side by side along the width direction of the camera module 1. The number of the first anti-shake coils 6521a and the second anti-shake coils 6522a can also be three, four, etc., and the present application does not limit this.
该驱动装置60进一步还包括防抖支撑部67a,该防抖支撑部67a被设置于可动载体66a和框架63a之间,在防抖驱动部65a驱动可动载体66a沿X轴方向和Y轴方向移动时,防抖支撑部67a始终对可动载体66a进行支撑,使得可动载体66a能够相对于框架63a平稳地移动。提高了驱动装置60在光学防抖过程中运动的稳定性,进而提高成像质量。The driving device 60 further includes an anti-shake support part 67a, which is arranged between the movable carrier 66a and the frame 63a. When the anti-shake driving part 65a drives the movable carrier 66a to move along the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction, the anti-shake support part 67a always supports the movable carrier 66a, so that the movable carrier 66a can move smoothly relative to the frame 63a. The stability of the movement of the driving device 60 during the optical anti-shake process is improved, thereby improving the imaging quality.
该框架63a的防抖框架633a的顶面设置有第一滚珠槽634a,该可动载体66a的底面设置有第二滚珠槽661a,第一滚珠槽634a和第二滚珠槽661a沿高度方向相对设置,防抖支撑部67a被夹持于第一滚珠槽634a和第二滚珠槽661a内。其中,第一滚珠槽634a的直径和第二滚珠槽661a的直径均大于防抖支撑部67a的直径,以使得防抖支撑部67a可以在第一滚珠槽634a和第二滚珠槽661a形成的空间内沿水平方向滚动。The top surface of the anti-shake frame 633a of the frame 63a is provided with a first ball groove 634a, and the bottom surface of the movable carrier 66a is provided with a second ball groove 661a. The first ball groove 634a and the second ball groove 661a are arranged opposite to each other in the height direction, and the anti-shake support part 67a is clamped in the first ball groove 634a and the second ball groove 661a. The diameter of the first ball groove 634a and the diameter of the second ball groove 661a are both larger than the diameter of the anti-shake support part 67a, so that the anti-shake support part 67a can roll in the horizontal direction in the space formed by the first ball groove 634a and the second ball groove 661a.
进一步地,第一滚珠槽634a是数量为三个,分别被设置于防抖框架633a的第一臂6331a的端部、第二臂6332a的端部以及第一臂6331a和第二臂6332a连接处;第二滚珠槽661a的数量为三个,分别被设置于可动载体66a的第三臂662a的端部、第四臂663a的端部以及第三臂662a和第四臂663a连接处。与之对应的,防抖支撑部67a的数量为三个,分别被设置于三个第一滚珠槽634a和三个第二滚珠槽661a内,以为可动载体66a提供更加稳定的支持。在本申请的一个实施例中,防抖支撑部67a可以被实施为滚珠671a或者滑块。应可以理解,该防抖支撑部67a的数量为至少三个,即其可以为四个、五个等其他数量。Further, the number of the first ball grooves 634a is three, which are respectively arranged at the end of the first arm 6331a of the anti-shake frame 633a, the end of the second arm 6332a, and the connection between the first arm 6331a and the second arm 6332a; the number of the second ball grooves 661a is three, which are respectively arranged at the end of the third arm 662a of the movable carrier 66a, the end of the fourth arm 663a, and the connection between the third arm 662a and the fourth arm 663a. Correspondingly, the number of the anti-shake support parts 67a is three, which are respectively arranged in the three first ball grooves 634a and the three second ball grooves 661a to provide more stable support for the movable carrier 66a. In one embodiment of the present application, the anti-shake support part 67a can be implemented as a ball 671a or a slider. It should be understood that the number of the anti-shake support parts 67a is at least three, that is, it can be four, five or other numbers.
进一步地,在本申请的一个实施例中,该驱动装置60还包括防抖磁吸片(附图未示出),防抖磁吸片被设置于可动载体66a,与防抖磁石651a沿高度方向相对设置。防抖磁吸片与防抖磁石651a之间相互作用产生磁吸力,磁吸力的作用使得防抖支撑部67a被夹持于可动载体66a和框架63a之间,在实现光学防抖的过程中,防抖支撑部67a始终对可动载体66a提供支撑。防抖磁吸片与至少一防抖磁石651a沿高度方向相对设置,使得防抖磁吸片与防抖磁石651a之间产生沿高度方向的磁吸力,在磁吸力的作用下,可动载体66a与防抖支撑部67a之间,以及框架63a与防抖支撑部67a之间始终保持摩擦接触,即防抖支撑部67a在磁吸力的作用下被夹持于可动载体66a和防抖框架633a之间,以保持可动载体66a的稳定性。其中,防抖磁吸件为能够与磁石相互吸引的材质,如铁片等。Furthermore, in one embodiment of the present application, the driving device 60 further includes an anti-shake magnetic sheet (not shown in the drawings), which is disposed on the movable carrier 66a and is disposed opposite to the anti-shake magnet 651a in the height direction. The interaction between the anti-shake magnetic sheet and the anti-shake magnet 651a generates a magnetic attraction, and the magnetic attraction causes the anti-shake support portion 67a to be clamped between the movable carrier 66a and the frame 63a. In the process of realizing optical image stabilization, the anti-shake support portion 67a always provides support for the movable carrier 66a. The anti-shake magnetic sheet and at least one anti-shake magnet 651a are arranged opposite to each other in the height direction, so that a magnetic attraction force is generated between the anti-shake magnetic sheet and the anti-shake magnet 651a in the height direction. Under the action of the magnetic attraction force, the movable carrier 66a and the anti-shake support part 67a, as well as the frame 63a and the anti-shake support part 67a always maintain friction contact, that is, the anti-shake support part 67a is clamped between the movable carrier 66a and the anti-shake frame 633a under the action of the magnetic attraction force to maintain the stability of the movable carrier 66a. The anti-shake magnetic member is made of a material that can attract magnets, such as an iron sheet.
应可以理解,防抖磁吸片被设置于防抖线圈652a远离防抖磁石651a的一侧,例如,防抖磁吸片采用粘胶或焊接等方式被固定于防抖线圈652a与可动载体66a之间,或者,防抖磁吸片采用嵌件注塑的方式设置于可动载体66a的内部,本申请对此不做限制。It should be understood that the anti-shake magnetic sheet is arranged on the side of the anti-shake coil 652a away from the anti-shake magnet 651a. For example, the anti-shake magnetic sheet is fixed between the anti-shake coil 652a and the movable carrier 66a by gluing or welding, or the anti-shake magnetic sheet is arranged inside the movable carrier 66a by insert injection molding. The present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
在本申请的一个实施例中,驱动装置60还包括框架盖体630a,框架盖体630a与框架63a的防抖
框架633a扣合,以将防抖驱动部65a、可动载体66a、防抖支撑部67a、防抖磁吸片等部件容纳于框架盖体630a和框架63a的防抖框架633a之间,以防止在进行光学防抖的过程中部件发生脱落,影响防抖效果。进一步地,框架盖体630a与防抖框架633a的结构相对应,其呈“L”型结构,以与防抖框架633a的第一臂6331a和第二臂6332a进行扣合。In one embodiment of the present application, the driving device 60 further includes a frame cover 630a, and the frame cover 630a and the frame 63a are anti-shake The frame 633a is buckled to accommodate the anti-shake driving unit 65a, the movable carrier 66a, the anti-shake support unit 67a, the anti-shake magnetic sheet and other components between the frame cover 630a and the anti-shake frame 633a of the frame 63a, so as to prevent the components from falling off during the optical anti-shake process and affecting the anti-shake effect. Further, the frame cover 630a corresponds to the structure of the anti-shake frame 633a, and is in an "L"-shaped structure to buckle with the first arm 6331a and the second arm 6332a of the anti-shake frame 633a.
在本申请的一个实施例中,驱动装置60还包括防抖位置感测组件68a和对焦位置感测组件69a,防抖位置感测组件68a包括防抖位置感测元件681a。其中,防抖位置感测元件681a被设置可动载体66a,与防抖磁石651a相对设置,当可动载体66a移动时,防抖位置感测元件681a与防抖磁石651a的相对位置发生变化,根据防抖位置感测元件681a感测到的防抖磁石651a的磁场强弱,可以确定可动载体66a的位置,进而调整防抖线圈652a的电流以使得可动载体66a移动到需要的位置。在本申请一具体示例中,防抖位置感测元件681a被设置于防抖线圈652a内,以避免增加可动载体66a的尺寸。防抖位置感测元件681a可以被实施为TMR、霍尔元件或驱动IC等。In one embodiment of the present application, the driving device 60 further includes an anti-shake position sensing component 68a and a focus position sensing component 69a, and the anti-shake position sensing component 68a includes an anti-shake position sensing element 681a. The anti-shake position sensing element 681a is provided on a movable carrier 66a, and is arranged opposite to the anti-shake magnet 651a. When the movable carrier 66a moves, the relative position of the anti-shake position sensing element 681a and the anti-shake magnet 651a changes. According to the strength of the magnetic field of the anti-shake magnet 651a sensed by the anti-shake position sensing element 681a, the position of the movable carrier 66a can be determined, and then the current of the anti-shake coil 652a is adjusted to move the movable carrier 66a to the required position. In a specific example of the present application, the anti-shake position sensing element 681a is provided in the anti-shake coil 652a to avoid increasing the size of the movable carrier 66a. The anti-shake position sensing element 681a can be implemented as a TMR, a Hall element or a driver IC, etc.
对焦位置感测组件69a包括对焦位置感测元件692a和对焦位置感测磁石691a,其中,对焦位置感测元件692a被设置于固定基座61a的对焦固定部612a,对焦位置感测磁石691a被设置于框架63a的对焦框架631a,对焦位置感测元件692a和对焦位置感测磁石691a沿水平方向相对设置。当框架63a移动时,对焦位置感测元件692a与对焦位置感测磁石691a的相对位置发生变化,根据对焦位置感测元件692a感测到的对焦位置感测磁石691a的磁场强弱,可以确定框架63a的位置,进而调整对焦线圈622a的电流以使得框架63a移动到需要的位置。在本申请一具体示例中,对焦位置感测磁石691a为磁栅结构,以满足框架63a较大的移动行程需求。对焦位置感测元件692a可以被实施为TMR、霍尔元件或驱动IC等。The focus position sensing component 69a includes a focus position sensing element 692a and a focus position sensing magnet 691a, wherein the focus position sensing element 692a is arranged on the focus fixing portion 612a of the fixed base 61a, and the focus position sensing magnet 691a is arranged on the focus frame 631a of the frame 63a, and the focus position sensing element 692a and the focus position sensing magnet 691a are arranged relatively in the horizontal direction. When the frame 63a moves, the relative position of the focus position sensing element 692a and the focus position sensing magnet 691a changes. According to the strength of the magnetic field of the focus position sensing magnet 691a sensed by the focus position sensing element 692a, the position of the frame 63a can be determined, and then the current of the focus coil 622a is adjusted to move the frame 63a to the required position. In a specific example of the present application, the focus position sensing magnet 691a is a magnetic grating structure to meet the larger movement travel requirements of the frame 63a. The focus position sensing element 692a may be implemented as a TMR, a Hall element, a driving IC, or the like.
由上述实施例可知,驱动装置60的对焦驱动部62a、防抖驱动部65a、可动载体66a、框架63a等部件被集中设置于驱动部容置腔616a内。也就是说,驱动装置60的对焦驱动部62a、防抖驱动部65a、可动载体66a、框架63a等部件被集中于光转折元件30沿长度方向的一侧,以充分利用摄像模组1的内部空间。As can be seen from the above embodiment, the focus driving unit 62a, the anti-shake driving unit 65a, the movable carrier 66a, the frame 63a and other components of the driving device 60 are centrally arranged in the driving unit accommodating cavity 616a. In other words, the focus driving unit 62a, the anti-shake driving unit 65a, the movable carrier 66a, the frame 63a and other components of the driving device 60 are centrally arranged on one side of the light deflection element 30 along the length direction, so as to fully utilize the internal space of the camera module 1.
在本申请的一个实施例中,摄像模组1还包括对焦电连接部(未示出)和防抖电连接部(未示出),其中,对焦电连接部和防抖电连接部分别电连接于连接线路板44。在本申请一具体示例中,对焦电连接部可以采用嵌件注塑的工艺一体成型于固定基座61a,以电连接于对焦线圈622a和连接线路板44,实现对焦驱动部62a的电路导通。在本申请另一具体示例中,对焦电连接部可以被实施为PIN脚,以电连接于对焦线圈622a和连接线路板44。In one embodiment of the present application, the camera module 1 further includes a focus electrical connection portion (not shown) and an anti-shake electrical connection portion (not shown), wherein the focus electrical connection portion and the anti-shake electrical connection portion are electrically connected to the connection circuit board 44, respectively. In a specific example of the present application, the focus electrical connection portion can be integrally formed on the fixed base 61a using an insert injection molding process to electrically connect the focus coil 622a and the connection circuit board 44 to achieve circuit conduction of the focus drive portion 62a. In another specific example of the present application, the focus electrical connection portion can be implemented as a PIN pin to electrically connect the focus coil 622a and the connection circuit board 44.
在本申请一具体示例中,防抖电连接部可以采用嵌件注塑的工艺一体成型于可动载体66a,以电连接于防抖线圈652a和连接线路板44,实现防抖驱动部65a的电路导通。在本申请的另一具体示例中,防抖电连接部可以被实施为PIN脚,以电连接于防抖线圈652a和连接线路板44。In a specific example of the present application, the anti-shake electrical connection portion can be integrally formed on the movable carrier 66a by insert injection molding to be electrically connected to the anti-shake coil 652a and the connection circuit board 44 to achieve circuit conduction of the anti-shake driving portion 65a. In another specific example of the present application, the anti-shake electrical connection portion can be implemented as a PIN pin to be electrically connected to the anti-shake coil 652a and the connection circuit board 44.
进一步的,感光组件40还包括一连接线路板44,该连接线路板44固定并电连接于芯片线路板42,以提供芯片线路板42与外部电子设备电导通。申请人发现,在感光组件40被驱动装置60驱动以实现移动时,连接线路板44会成为感光组件40移动的阻力来源之一,因此,在本申请中,申请人进一步对感光组件40的连接线路板44进行改进,以减小感光组件40在被驱动以实现芯片防抖或者芯片对焦的时候所受到的阻力。Furthermore, the photosensitive component 40 also includes a connecting circuit board 44, which is fixed and electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42 to provide electrical conduction between the chip circuit board 42 and the external electronic device. The applicant found that when the photosensitive component 40 is driven by the driving device 60 to move, the connecting circuit board 44 will become one of the sources of resistance to the movement of the photosensitive component 40. Therefore, in this application, the applicant further improves the connecting circuit board 44 of the photosensitive component 40 to reduce the resistance encountered by the photosensitive component 40 when it is driven to achieve chip anti-shake or chip focus.
进一步参照图6和图9C所示,连接线路板44包括一第一连接带45a,该第一连接带45a包括依次相连的一第一连接部451a、一第一侧连部452a、一第一弯折部453a以及一第一导出部454a,其中,第一连接部451a连接芯片线路板42和第一侧连部452a,第一弯折部453a连接第一侧连部452a和第一导出部454a。应可以理解,第一连接部451a、第一侧连部452a、第一弯折部453a以及第一导出部454a之间电导通,第一连接带45a通过第一连接部451a与芯片线路板42连接并电导通,从而芯片线路板42可以通过第一连接带45a的第一导出部454a与外部器件或者设备电连接。值得一提的是,在本申请中,该第一连接带
45a可以为柔性线路板或者软硬结合板,这样,第一连接带45a可以进行弯折以适应摄像模组1内部的空间。As further shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 9C , the connection circuit board 44 includes a first connection belt 45a, and the first connection belt 45a includes a first connection portion 451a, a first side connection portion 452a, a first bending portion 453a and a first lead-out portion 454a connected in sequence, wherein the first connection portion 451a connects the chip circuit board 42 and the first side connection portion 452a, and the first bending portion 453a connects the first side connection portion 452a and the first lead-out portion 454a. It should be understood that the first connection portion 451a, the first side connection portion 452a, the first bending portion 453a and the first lead-out portion 454a are electrically connected, and the first connection belt 45a is connected and electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42 through the first connection portion 451a, so that the chip circuit board 42 can be electrically connected to an external device or equipment through the first lead-out portion 454a of the first connection belt 45a. It is worth mentioning that in the present application, the first connection belt 45a can be a flexible circuit board or a hard-soft board, so that the first connecting strip 45a can be bent to adapt to the space inside the camera module 1.
具体的,第一连接部451a从芯片线路板42向远离芯片线路板42的方向横向延伸,第一连接部451a的一端与芯片线路板42相连,第一连接部451a的另一端向下弯折并与第一侧连部452a的一端连接。第一侧连部452a围绕光转折元件30和光学镜头10的周侧延伸并弯折,从而第一侧连部452a从摄像模组1的长边侧弯折至摄像模组1的短边侧,第一侧连部452a的另一端与第一弯折部453a的一端连接。第一弯折部453a的一端连接于第一侧连部452a的另一端的底部,第一弯折部453a的另一端与第一导出部454a相连,第一弯折部453a弯折的设置于第一侧连部452a的下方。在一个具体示例中,第一弯折部453a采取水平方向的弯折,第一弯折部453a以水平方向弯折的形式设置于第一侧连部452a的下方。应可以理解,如本申请中附图所示意的方位,在本申请中,以光学镜头10相对光转折元件30的方向为上方,相反方向则为下方,换言之,光转折元件30在光学镜头10的下方。Specifically, the first connection portion 451a extends laterally from the chip circuit board 42 in a direction away from the chip circuit board 42, one end of the first connection portion 451a is connected to the chip circuit board 42, and the other end of the first connection portion 451a is bent downward and connected to one end of the first side connection portion 452a. The first side connection portion 452a extends and bends around the periphery of the light turning element 30 and the optical lens 10, so that the first side connection portion 452a is bent from the long side of the camera module 1 to the short side of the camera module 1, and the other end of the first side connection portion 452a is connected to one end of the first bending portion 453a. One end of the first bending portion 453a is connected to the bottom of the other end of the first side connection portion 452a, and the other end of the first bending portion 453a is connected to the first lead-out portion 454a, and the first bending portion 453a is bent and arranged below the first side connection portion 452a. In a specific example, the first bending portion 453a is bent in the horizontal direction, and the first bending portion 453a is disposed below the first side connecting portion 452a in the form of a horizontal bend. It should be understood that, as shown in the drawings in the present application, in the present application, the direction of the optical lens 10 relative to the light deflection element 30 is considered as the upper direction, and the opposite direction is considered as the lower direction. In other words, the light deflection element 30 is below the optical lens 10.
应可以理解,通过第一侧连部452a的设置,使感光组件40在水平方向移动时受到的来自于连接线路板44的阻力被减小,通过第一弯折部453a的设置,则可以使感光组件40在高度方向移动时受到的来自于连接线路板44的阻力被减小。特别的,在本申请中,驱动装置60驱动感光组件40在高度方向移动的行程可以达到至少2mm,第一弯折部453a可以在高度方向上进行伸缩,以满足感光组件40在高度方向移动的需求。进一步地,第一弯折部453a还可以被多次弯折,以使第一弯折部453a在高度方向上可以有更长的伸缩行程。It should be understood that, by setting the first side connection portion 452a, the resistance of the photosensitive component 40 from the connection circuit board 44 when it moves in the horizontal direction is reduced, and by setting the first bending portion 453a, the resistance of the photosensitive component 40 from the connection circuit board 44 when it moves in the height direction can be reduced. In particular, in the present application, the driving device 60 drives the photosensitive component 40 to move in the height direction to a stroke of at least 2 mm, and the first bending portion 453a can be extended and retracted in the height direction to meet the requirements of the photosensitive component 40 moving in the height direction. Furthermore, the first bending portion 453a can be bent multiple times so that the first bending portion 453a can have a longer extension stroke in the height direction.
值得一提的是,为使摄像模组1的尺寸可以被设计的较小,在本申请中,固定基座61a还包括一形成于基座主体611a和承载部613a之间的连接带容置腔614a,该连接带容置腔614a被设置于固定基座61a靠近光学镜头10的一侧,连接带容置腔614a位于光学镜头10和光转折元件30的下方,第一弯折部453a被容置于该连接带容置腔614a中,从而避免了摄像模组1长度的增加。第一连接带45a从芯片线路板42向靠近光学镜头10的一侧延伸(即,向远离对焦驱动部62a和防抖驱动部65a的一侧延伸),使得第一连接带45a的部分被弯折于光学镜头10和光转折元件30的下方,使得第一连接带45a的部分被设置于固定基座61a的连接带容置腔614a中,优化了摄像模组1中的空间配置,从而减小了摄像模组1的尺寸。值得一提的是,光转折元件30的下方是指光转折元件30的顶面的下方,也即,光转折元件30的第一表面31的下方。进一步地,光转折元件30的下方进一步指的是光转折元件30的第二表面32的下方,第一连接带45a的部分被弯折于光转折元件30的一个倾斜表面(第二表面32)的下方,连接带容置腔614a位于光转折元件30的一个倾斜表面(第二表面32)的下方。It is worth mentioning that in order to design the size of the camera module 1 to be smaller, in the present application, the fixed base 61a also includes a connecting belt accommodating cavity 614a formed between the base body 611a and the supporting portion 613a, and the connecting belt accommodating cavity 614a is arranged on the side of the fixed base 61a close to the optical lens 10, and the connecting belt accommodating cavity 614a is located below the optical lens 10 and the light turning element 30, and the first bending portion 453a is accommodated in the connecting belt accommodating cavity 614a, thereby avoiding an increase in the length of the camera module 1. The first connecting strip 45a extends from the chip circuit board 42 to the side close to the optical lens 10 (i.e., to the side away from the focus driving unit 62a and the anti-shake driving unit 65a), so that part of the first connecting strip 45a is bent below the optical lens 10 and the light deflection element 30, so that part of the first connecting strip 45a is arranged in the connecting strip accommodating cavity 614a of the fixed base 61a, optimizing the spatial configuration in the camera module 1, thereby reducing the size of the camera module 1. It is worth mentioning that the bottom of the light deflection element 30 refers to the bottom of the top surface of the light deflection element 30, that is, the bottom of the first surface 31 of the light deflection element 30. Further, the bottom of the light deflection element 30 further refers to the bottom of the second surface 32 of the light deflection element 30, part of the first connecting strip 45a is bent below an inclined surface (second surface 32) of the light deflection element 30, and the connecting strip accommodating cavity 614a is located below an inclined surface (second surface 32) of the light deflection element 30.
值得一提的是,第一连接带45a的第一导出部454a可以被固定于固定基座61a或者上盖610a,从而使位于摄像模组1内部的第一弯折部453a、第一侧连部452a和第一连接部451a不受外部因素的影响而使驱动装置60所受到的来自于感光组件40的阻力进一步增加。比如,当第一导出部454a不被固定时,由于摄像模组1连接的其他器件或者设备的移动会导致第一导出部454a产生运动,与第一导出部454a相连的第一弯折部453a也因此会产生运动,最终,感光组件40产生的阻力变大。It is worth mentioning that the first lead-out portion 454a of the first connecting belt 45a can be fixed to the fixed base 61a or the upper cover 610a, so that the first bent portion 453a, the first side connecting portion 452a and the first connecting portion 451a located inside the camera module 1 are not affected by external factors, which further increases the resistance of the driving device 60 from the photosensitive component 40. For example, when the first lead-out portion 454a is not fixed, the movement of other devices or equipment connected to the camera module 1 will cause the first lead-out portion 454a to move, and the first bent portion 453a connected to the first lead-out portion 454a will also move, and finally, the resistance generated by the photosensitive component 40 becomes larger.
进一步地,在一些实施例中,由于感光组件40的规格提升和功能增加,仅在一侧设置第一连接带45a会使第一连接带45a的宽度过大,因此,连接线路板44还包括一第二连接带46a,第二连接带46a与第一连接带45a相对的设置于芯片线路板42两侧。Furthermore, in some embodiments, due to the improvement in specifications and the increase in functions of the photosensitive component 40, providing the first connecting band 45a only on one side will make the width of the first connecting band 45a too large. Therefore, the connecting circuit board 44 also includes a second connecting band 46a, and the second connecting band 46a is provided on both sides of the chip circuit board 42 opposite to the first connecting band 45a.
在一个具体示例中,第二连接带46a包括依次相连的一第二连接部461a、一第二侧连部462a、一第二弯折部463a以及一第二导出部464a,其中,第二连接部461a连接芯片线路板42和第二侧连部462a,第二弯折部463a连接第二侧连部462a和第二导出部464a。应可以理解,第二连接部461a、第二侧连部462a、第二弯折部463a以及第二导出部464a之间电导通,第二连接带46a通过第二连接部461a与芯片线路板42连接并电导通,从而芯片线路板42还可以在设置第一连接带45a的相对侧通过第二连接带46a的第二导出部464a与外部器件或者设备电连接。值得一提的是,在本申请中,该第二连接带46a也可以为柔性线路板
或者软硬结合板,这样,第二连接带46a可以进行弯折以适应摄像模组1内部的空间。In a specific example, the second connecting strip 46a includes a second connecting portion 461a, a second side connecting portion 462a, a second bending portion 463a and a second leading portion 464a connected in sequence, wherein the second connecting portion 461a connects the chip circuit board 42 and the second side connecting portion 462a, and the second bending portion 463a connects the second side connecting portion 462a and the second leading portion 464a. It should be understood that the second connecting portion 461a, the second side connecting portion 462a, the second bending portion 463a and the second leading portion 464a are electrically connected, and the second connecting strip 46a is connected and electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42 through the second connecting portion 461a, so that the chip circuit board 42 can also be electrically connected to an external device or equipment through the second leading portion 464a of the second connecting strip 46a on the opposite side where the first connecting strip 45a is set. It is worth mentioning that in the present application, the second connecting strip 46a can also be a flexible circuit board. Or a hard-soft board, so that the second connecting belt 46 a can be bent to adapt to the space inside the camera module 1 .
在该示例中,第一连接带45a和第二连接带46a环绕光学镜头10和光转折元件30的周侧设置,充分的利用了驱动装置60的大部分器件被设置于远离光学镜头10的另一侧,摄像模组1在设置光学镜头10的一侧具有较多的空间可以被利用的特点,优化了空间配置。In this example, the first connecting band 45a and the second connecting band 46a are arranged around the circumference of the optical lens 10 and the light deflection element 30, making full use of the fact that most of the components of the driving device 60 are arranged on the other side away from the optical lens 10. The camera module 1 has a feature that more space can be utilized on the side where the optical lens 10 is arranged, thereby optimizing the space configuration.
具体的,第二连接部461a从芯片线路板42向远离芯片线路板42的方向横向延伸,第二连接部461a的一端与芯片线路板42相连,第二连接部461a的另一端向下弯折并与第二侧连部462a的一端连接。第二侧连部462a围绕光转折元件30和光学镜头10的周侧延伸并弯折,从而第二侧连部462a从摄像模组1的长边侧弯折至摄像模组1的短边侧,第二侧连部462a的另一端与第二弯折部463a的一端连接。第二弯折部463a的一端连接于第二侧连部462a的另一端的底部,第二弯折部463a的另一端与第二导出部464a相连,第二弯折部463a弯折的设置于第二侧连部462a的下方。在一个具体示例中,第二弯折部463a采取水平方向的弯折,第二弯折部463a以水平方向弯折的形式设置于第二侧连部462a的下方。Specifically, the second connection portion 461a extends laterally from the chip circuit board 42 in a direction away from the chip circuit board 42, one end of the second connection portion 461a is connected to the chip circuit board 42, and the other end of the second connection portion 461a is bent downward and connected to one end of the second side connection portion 462a. The second side connection portion 462a extends and bends around the circumference of the light turning element 30 and the optical lens 10, so that the second side connection portion 462a is bent from the long side of the camera module 1 to the short side of the camera module 1, and the other end of the second side connection portion 462a is connected to one end of the second bending portion 463a. One end of the second bending portion 463a is connected to the bottom of the other end of the second side connection portion 462a, and the other end of the second bending portion 463a is connected to the second lead-out portion 464a, and the second bending portion 463a is bent and arranged below the second side connection portion 462a. In a specific example, the second bending portion 463a is bent in a horizontal direction, and the second bending portion 463a is disposed below the second side connecting portion 462a in a horizontally bent form.
应可以理解,通过第二连接带46a的设置,减小了第一连接带45a的第一连接部451a的宽度,使得感光组件40在移动时受到的阻力被减小。同时,在芯片线路板42的两侧同时设置第一连接带45a和第二连接带46a还可以分散阻力的分布。在一个具体示例中,第二连接带46a与第一连接带45a对称设置,进一步平衡了连接线路板44带给驱动装置60的阻力。It should be understood that by setting the second connection belt 46a, the width of the first connection portion 451a of the first connection belt 45a is reduced, so that the resistance of the photosensitive component 40 when moving is reduced. At the same time, the first connection belt 45a and the second connection belt 46a are set on both sides of the chip circuit board 42 to disperse the distribution of resistance. In a specific example, the second connection belt 46a is symmetrically arranged with the first connection belt 45a, which further balances the resistance of the connection circuit board 44 to the drive device 60.
相应的,在本申请中,第二弯折部463a也可以在高度方向上进行伸缩,以满足感光组件40在高度方向移动的需求,第二弯折部463a也可以被多次弯折,以使第二弯折部463a在高度方向上可以有更长的伸缩行程。Correspondingly, in the present application, the second bending portion 463a can also be extended and retracted in the height direction to meet the requirement of moving the photosensitive component 40 in the height direction. The second bending portion 463a can also be bent multiple times so that the second bending portion 463a can have a longer extension stroke in the height direction.
值得一提的是,在一个示例中,第二弯折部463a也被容置于固定基座61a的连接带容置腔614a中,以减小摄像模组1长度的增加,第二连接带46a从芯片线路板42向靠近光学镜头10的一侧延伸(即,向远离对焦驱动部62a和防抖驱动部65a的一侧延伸),使得第二连接带46a的部分被弯折于光学镜头10和光转折元件30的下方,使得第二连接带46a的部分被设置于固定基座61a的连接带容置腔614a中,优化了摄像模组1中的空间配置,从而减小了摄像模组1的尺寸。换言之,在该示例中,第一连接带45a的部分(即第一弯折部453a)和第二连接带46a的部分(即第二弯折部463a)被弯折的设置于光学镜头10和光转折元件30的下方的连接带容置腔614a中,以使摄像模组1中的空间配置被优化,避免摄像模组1的长度增加。It is worth mentioning that, in one example, the second bending portion 463a is also accommodated in the connecting band accommodating cavity 614a of the fixed base 61a to reduce the increase in the length of the camera module 1, and the second connecting band 46a extends from the chip circuit board 42 to the side close to the optical lens 10 (that is, to the side away from the focus driving unit 62a and the anti-shake driving unit 65a), so that part of the second connecting band 46a is bent under the optical lens 10 and the light turning element 30, so that part of the second connecting band 46a is arranged in the connecting band accommodating cavity 614a of the fixed base 61a, thereby optimizing the spatial configuration in the camera module 1 and reducing the size of the camera module 1. In other words, in this example, a portion of the first connecting band 45a (i.e., the first bending portion 453a) and a portion of the second connecting band 46a (i.e., the second bending portion 463a) are bent and arranged in the connecting band accommodating cavity 614a below the optical lens 10 and the light turning element 30, so that the spatial configuration in the camera module 1 is optimized and the length of the camera module 1 is avoided from increasing.
值得一提的是,第二连接带46a的第二导出部464a也可以被固定于固定基座61a或者上盖610a,从而使位于摄像模组1内部的第二弯折部463a、第二侧连部462a和第二连接部461a不受外部因素的影响而使驱动装置60所受到的来自于感光组件40的阻力进一步增加。It is worth mentioning that the second lead-out portion 464a of the second connecting belt 46a can also be fixed to the fixed base 61a or the upper cover 610a, so that the second bending portion 463a, the second side connecting portion 462a and the second connecting portion 461a located inside the camera module 1 are not affected by external factors, thereby further increasing the resistance exerted on the driving device 60 by the photosensitive component 40.
进一步参照图10所示,在本申请的另一个实施例中,当光转折元件30被实施为平行四边形棱镜时,光学镜头10和感光组件40相对于光转折元件30异侧设置,例如,在本申请一具体示例中,光学镜头10被设置于光转折元件30的第一表面31,感光组件40被设置于与第一表面31相对的第三表面33。Further referring to Figure 10, in another embodiment of the present application, when the light deflecting element 30 is implemented as a parallelogram prism, the optical lens 10 and the photosensitive component 40 are arranged on different sides relative to the light deflecting element 30. For example, in a specific example of the present application, the optical lens 10 is arranged on the first surface 31 of the light deflecting element 30, and the photosensitive component 40 is arranged on the third surface 33 opposite to the first surface 31.
当驱动装置60被实施为芯片驱动组件,以驱动感光组件40相对光学镜头10和光转折元件30移动,实现光学对焦和/或光学防抖功能。驱动装置60中各个部件的位置随感光组件40的位置变动而发生变动,即该驱动装置60的内部结构需要随之进行调整,器件的位置需要进行调整。但应可以理解,大部分器件的原理是接近的,因此,接下来仅对该调整和改进进行简单的陈述。When the driving device 60 is implemented as a chip driving component, it drives the photosensitive component 40 to move relative to the optical lens 10 and the light deflection element 30 to achieve optical focus and/or optical image stabilization. The positions of various components in the driving device 60 change with the position of the photosensitive component 40, that is, the internal structure of the driving device 60 needs to be adjusted accordingly, and the position of the device needs to be adjusted. However, it should be understood that the principles of most devices are similar, so the following only briefly describes the adjustment and improvement.
光学镜头10被设置于光转折元件30的上方并与光转折元件30的入光区311对应,感光组件40被设置于光转折元件30的下方并与光转折元件30的出光区312对应。在该实施例中,沿高度方向,固定基座61a、框架63a和可动载体66a被依次设置,即框架63a被设置于固定基座61a和可动载体66a之间,可动载体66a所处的位置为三者中最低。The optical lens 10 is disposed above the light deflection element 30 and corresponds to the light entrance area 311 of the light deflection element 30, and the photosensitive component 40 is disposed below the light deflection element 30 and corresponds to the light exit area 312 of the light deflection element 30. In this embodiment, along the height direction, the fixed base 61a, the frame 63a and the movable carrier 66a are disposed in sequence, that is, the frame 63a is disposed between the fixed base 61a and the movable carrier 66a, and the movable carrier 66a is located at the lowest position among the three.
在该实施例中,防抖磁吸件通过嵌件成型的方式设置于可动载体66a中,防抖磁吸件被设置于至
少一防抖磁石651a的下方以和至少一防抖磁石651a进行磁吸,进而夹持设置于框架63a和可动载体66a之间的至少三滚珠671a。进一步的,框架盖体630a被沿高度方向固定于框架63a的底面以使可动载体66a被限制在框架盖体630a和框架63a形成的容纳腔中。In this embodiment, the anti-shake magnetic attraction component is arranged in the movable carrier 66a by insert molding. At least one anti-shake magnet 651a is positioned below the frame 63a to be magnetically attracted to at least one anti-shake magnet 651a, thereby clamping at least three balls 671a disposed between the frame 63a and the movable carrier 66a. Further, the frame cover 630a is fixed to the bottom surface of the frame 63a in the height direction so that the movable carrier 66a is confined in the accommodation cavity formed by the frame cover 630a and the frame 63a.
进一步地,可动载体66a和框架63a从驱动装置60的底部向上延伸,可动载体66a和框架63a的顶面可以高于或者低于光转折元件30的顶面,当可动载体66a和框架63a的顶面低于光转折元件30的顶面时,驱动装置60的高度可以被降低。Furthermore, the movable carrier 66a and the frame 63a extend upward from the bottom of the driving device 60, and the top surfaces of the movable carrier 66a and the frame 63a can be higher or lower than the top surface of the light deflection element 30. When the top surfaces of the movable carrier 66a and the frame 63a are lower than the top surface of the light deflection element 30, the height of the driving device 60 can be lowered.
图11至图14示出了本申请驱动装置60的另一个实施例。具体的,图11示出了摄像模组1沿长度方向(即前面定义的X轴方向)的截面图,该摄像模组1包括本申请另一个实施例的驱动装置60以及被设置于该驱动装置60中的光学镜头10、光转折元件30、滤光组件50和感光组件40,其中,感光组件40被设置于光转折元件30的出光侧,光学镜头10被设置于光转折元件30的入光侧,由光学镜头10出射的光线在光转折元件30的多个反射面上发生多次反射后由光转折元件30出射并到达感光组件40,光转折元件30被固定于驱动装置60的固定部分,感光组件40被固定于驱动装置60的可动部分,光学镜头10被直接或者间接地固定于光转折元件30,滤光组件50被直接或者间接地固定于感光组件40,驱动装置60可以驱动感光组件40相对光转折元件30移动,从而通过动芯片的方式改变摄像模组1的光学性能。进一步地,图12示出了摄像模组1沿宽度方向(即前面定义的Y轴方向)的截面图;图13示出了摄像模组1的爆炸图,从该爆炸图中可以获知摄像模组1的对焦功能的实现方式;图14示出了驱动装置60的部分结构的爆炸图,从该爆炸图中可以获知防抖功能的实现方式。Figures 11 to 14 show another embodiment of the driving device 60 of the present application. Specifically, Figure 11 shows a cross-sectional view of the camera module 1 along the length direction (i.e., the X-axis direction defined above), the camera module 1 includes the driving device 60 of another embodiment of the present application and the optical lens 10, the light deflection element 30, the filter assembly 50 and the photosensitive assembly 40 disposed in the driving device 60, wherein the photosensitive assembly 40 is disposed on the light-emitting side of the light deflection element 30, the optical lens 10 is disposed on the light-incoming side of the light deflection element 30, and the light emitted by the optical lens 10 is transmitted to the light deflection element 30 at multiple locations. After multiple reflections on the reflective surface, the light is emitted from the light deflection element 30 and reaches the photosensitive component 40. The light deflection element 30 is fixed to the fixed part of the driving device 60, and the photosensitive component 40 is fixed to the movable part of the driving device 60. The optical lens 10 is directly or indirectly fixed to the light deflection element 30, and the filter component 50 is directly or indirectly fixed to the photosensitive component 40. The driving device 60 can drive the photosensitive component 40 to move relative to the light deflection element 30, thereby changing the optical performance of the camera module 1 by moving the chip. Further, Figure 12 shows a cross-sectional view of the camera module 1 along the width direction (i.e., the Y-axis direction defined above); Figure 13 shows an exploded view of the camera module 1, from which the implementation method of the focus function of the camera module 1 can be known; Figure 14 shows an exploded view of a part of the structure of the driving device 60, from which the implementation method of the anti-shake function can be known.
如图11至图14所示,该驱动装置60包括一框架63b、一可动载体66b以及一防抖驱动部65b。该可动载体66b被可活动地设置于该框架63b中,该防抖驱动部65b被设置于该框架63b和该可动载体66b之间,从而该可动载体66b被该防抖驱动部65b驱动以相对该框架63b沿水平方向移动。换言之,该驱动装置60被配置为驱动感光组件40移动,感光组件40被可活动地设置于驱动装置40远离光学镜头10的一端。As shown in FIGS. 11 to 14 , the driving device 60 includes a frame 63b, a movable carrier 66b, and an anti-shake driving unit 65b. The movable carrier 66b is movably disposed in the frame 63b, and the anti-shake driving unit 65b is disposed between the frame 63b and the movable carrier 66b, so that the movable carrier 66b is driven by the anti-shake driving unit 65b to move in the horizontal direction relative to the frame 63b. In other words, the driving device 60 is configured to drive the photosensitive component 40 to move, and the photosensitive component 40 is movably disposed at an end of the driving device 40 away from the optical lens 10.
具体的,如图11、图12和图14所示,感光组件40以面向光转折元件30的方向被固定于可动载体66b,从而感光组件40跟随可动载体66b移动,实现芯片防抖功能。换言之,在一个具体示例中,感光组件40被固定于可动载体66b的上方。应可以理解,在本申请中,感光组件40面向光转折元件30的方向是指感光组件40的感光芯片41面向光转折元件30,感光组件40的感光芯片41面向光转折元件30以接收光转折元件30出射的光线,换言之,相较于常规的直立式模组,感光组件40以倒置的状态被固定于可动载体66b。其中,以感光组件40的芯片线路板42面向光转折元件30一侧为芯片线路板42的正面,在一个具体示例中,可动载体66b被固定于芯片线路板42的正面。值得一提的是,可动载体66b可以是通过胶水粘接的方式直接固定于芯片线路板42;可动载体66b也可以是通过固定于滤光组件50的滤光元件支架52的方式间接固定于芯片线路板42。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11 , FIG. 12 and FIG. 14 , the photosensitive component 40 is fixed to the movable carrier 66 b in a direction facing the light turning element 30 , so that the photosensitive component 40 moves with the movable carrier 66 b to realize the chip anti-shake function. In other words, in a specific example, the photosensitive component 40 is fixed above the movable carrier 66 b. It should be understood that in the present application, the direction of the photosensitive component 40 facing the light turning element 30 means that the photosensitive chip 41 of the photosensitive component 40 faces the light turning element 30, and the photosensitive chip 41 of the photosensitive component 40 faces the light turning element 30 to receive the light emitted by the light turning element 30. In other words, compared with the conventional upright module, the photosensitive component 40 is fixed to the movable carrier 66 b in an inverted state. Among them, the side of the chip circuit board 42 of the photosensitive component 40 facing the light turning element 30 is the front side of the chip circuit board 42 . In a specific example, the movable carrier 66 b is fixed to the front side of the chip circuit board 42 . It is worth mentioning that the movable carrier 66 b can be directly fixed to the chip circuit board 42 by gluing; the movable carrier 66 b can also be indirectly fixed to the chip circuit board 42 by being fixed to the filter element bracket 52 of the filter assembly 50 .
可动载体66b与光转折元件30之间、可动载体66b与框架63b之间分别具有一空气间隙,以供防抖驱动部65b能够驱动可动载体66b相对框架63b和光转折元件30在水平方向(也即垂直于光学镜头10的光轴的方向)上移动,进而实现芯片防抖功能。应可以理解,在本申请中,形成于可动载体66b与光转折元件30之间、可动载体66b与框架63b之间的空气间隙在水平方向的部分适于在芯片防抖功能的实现中被调整。在一个具体示例中,可动载体66b呈框型并环绕光转折元件30设置。There is an air gap between the movable carrier 66b and the light deflection element 30, and between the movable carrier 66b and the frame 63b, respectively, so that the anti-shake driving unit 65b can drive the movable carrier 66b to move in the horizontal direction (i.e., the direction perpendicular to the optical axis of the optical lens 10) relative to the frame 63b and the light deflection element 30, thereby realizing the chip anti-shake function. It should be understood that in the present application, the horizontal part of the air gap formed between the movable carrier 66b and the light deflection element 30, and between the movable carrier 66b and the frame 63b is suitable for being adjusted in the realization of the chip anti-shake function. In a specific example, the movable carrier 66b is frame-shaped and is arranged around the light deflection element 30.
框架63b被设置于可动载体66b的外侧,防抖驱动部65b被设置于可动载体66b与框架63b之间,防抖驱动部65b包括至少一防抖磁石651b和至少一防抖线圈652b,该至少一防抖磁石651b被固定于可动载体66b和框架63b两者中的一个,该至少一防抖线圈652b被固定于可动载体66b和框架63b两者中的另一个,至少一防抖磁石651b和至少一防抖线圈652b相对设置,从而可以通过至少一防抖磁石651b和至少一防抖线圈652b之间的磁作用力驱动可动载体66b相对框架63b移动,以实现芯片防抖功能。
The frame 63b is arranged on the outside of the movable carrier 66b, and the anti-shake drive unit 65b is arranged between the movable carrier 66b and the frame 63b. The anti-shake drive unit 65b includes at least one anti-shake magnet 651b and at least one anti-shake coil 652b. The at least one anti-shake magnet 651b is fixed to one of the movable carrier 66b and the frame 63b, and the at least one anti-shake coil 652b is fixed to the other of the movable carrier 66b and the frame 63b. The at least one anti-shake magnet 651b and the at least one anti-shake coil 652b are arranged opposite to each other, so that the movable carrier 66b can be driven to move relative to the frame 63b by the magnetic force between the at least one anti-shake magnet 651b and the at least one anti-shake coil 652b to realize the chip anti-shake function.
在一个具体示例中,至少一防抖磁石651b被设置于框架63b上,至少一防抖线圈652b被设置于可动载体66b上,至少一防抖磁石651b包括第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b,至少一防抖线圈652b包括第一防抖线圈6521b和第二防抖线圈6522b,第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b被设置于框架63b的两个相邻的侧面上,第一防抖线圈6521b和第二防抖线圈6522b被设置于可动载体66b的两个相邻的侧面上,且第一防抖线圈6521b与第一防抖磁石6511b相对设置,第二防抖线圈6522b与第二防抖磁石6512b相对设置。换言之,第一防抖磁石6511b和第一防抖线圈6521b被沿水平方向设置于框架63b和可动载体66b之间,第二防抖磁石6512b和第二防抖线圈6522b被沿水平方向设置于框架63b和可动载体66b之间,防抖驱动部65b包括水平方向相对设置的至少一防抖磁石651b和至少一防抖线圈652b,该水平方向是指垂直于光学镜头10的方向。这样,可以在较小的横向尺寸(长度方向和宽度方向的尺寸)下,使第一防抖磁石6511b和第一防抖线圈6521b之间相对的面积较大,使第二防抖磁石6512b和第二防抖线圈6522b之间相对的面积较大,进而提供较大的水平方向的驱动力。特别的,至少一防抖线圈652b被设置于至少一防抖磁石651b的内侧,使至少一防抖线圈652b被设置于可动载体66b上,感光组件40也被固定于可动载体66b,便于至少一防抖线圈652b与感光组件40电连接,使得用于电导通至少一防抖线圈652b和感光组件40的防抖线路板653b可以随可动载体66b移动,防抖线路板653b可以相对至少一防抖线圈652b与感光组件40静止,使得防抖线路板653b不会对感光组件40的运动产生阻力。In a specific example, at least one anti-shake magnet 651b is arranged on the frame 63b, at least one anti-shake coil 652b is arranged on the movable carrier 66b, at least one anti-shake magnet 651b includes a first anti-shake magnet 6511b and a second anti-shake magnet 6512b, at least one anti-shake coil 652b includes a first anti-shake coil 6521b and a second anti-shake coil 6522b, the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b are arranged on two adjacent sides of the frame 63b, the first anti-shake coil 6521b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b are arranged on two adjacent sides of the movable carrier 66b, and the first anti-shake coil 6521b is arranged opposite to the first anti-shake magnet 6511b, and the second anti-shake coil 6522b is arranged opposite to the second anti-shake magnet 6512b. In other words, the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the first anti-shake coil 6521b are arranged between the frame 63b and the movable carrier 66b in the horizontal direction, the second anti-shake magnet 6512b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b are arranged between the frame 63b and the movable carrier 66b in the horizontal direction, and the anti-shake driving unit 65b includes at least one anti-shake magnet 651b and at least one anti-shake coil 652b arranged relatively to each other in the horizontal direction, and the horizontal direction refers to the direction perpendicular to the optical lens 10. In this way, the relative area between the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the first anti-shake coil 6521b can be made larger, and the relative area between the second anti-shake magnet 6512b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b can be made larger under a smaller lateral dimension (dimension in the length direction and the width direction), thereby providing a larger driving force in the horizontal direction. In particular, at least one anti-shake coil 652b is arranged on the inner side of at least one anti-shake magnet 651b, so that at least one anti-shake coil 652b is arranged on the movable carrier 66b, and the photosensitive component 40 is also fixed to the movable carrier 66b, so that at least one anti-shake coil 652b is electrically connected to the photosensitive component 40, so that the anti-shake circuit board 653b used for electrically conducting at least one anti-shake coil 652b and the photosensitive component 40 can move with the movable carrier 66b, and the anti-shake circuit board 653b can be stationary relative to at least one anti-shake coil 652b and the photosensitive component 40, so that the anti-shake circuit board 653b will not generate resistance to the movement of the photosensitive component 40.
值得一提的是,框架63b中第一防抖磁石6511b与第二防抖磁石6512b所在的两个的相邻的侧面相互垂直,可动载体66b中第一防抖线圈6521b和第二防抖线圈6522b所在的两个相邻的侧面相互垂直,这样,通过第一防抖磁石6511b和第一防抖线圈6521b之间的磁作用力可以驱动可动载体66b相对框架63b沿第一水平方向移动,通过第二防抖磁石6512b和第二防抖线圈6522b之间的磁作用力可以驱动可动载体66b相对框架63b沿第二水平方向移动,第二水平方向和第一水平方向相互垂直。也就是,在该示例中,在实现芯片防抖的过程中,至少一防抖线圈652b(第一防抖线圈6521b和第二防抖线圈6522b)作为动子,至少一防抖磁石651b(第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b)作为定子。It is worth mentioning that the two adjacent side surfaces where the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b are located in the frame 63b are perpendicular to each other, and the two adjacent side surfaces where the first anti-shake coil 6521b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b are located in the movable carrier 66b are perpendicular to each other. In this way, the movable carrier 66b can be driven to move along the first horizontal direction relative to the frame 63b through the magnetic force between the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the first anti-shake coil 6521b, and the movable carrier 66b can be driven to move along the second horizontal direction relative to the frame 63b through the magnetic force between the second anti-shake magnet 6512b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b. The second horizontal direction and the first horizontal direction are perpendicular to each other. That is, in this example, in the process of realizing chip anti-shake, at least one anti-shake coil 652b (the first anti-shake coil 6521b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b) serves as a mover, and at least one anti-shake magnet 651b (the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b) serves as a stator.
具体的,框架63b具有朝向光转折元件30侧的开口,框架63b包括一体成型的第一框架部635b、第二框架部637b和框架连接部636b,其中,第一框架部635b和第二框架部637b分别连接于框架连接部636b的两端并分别垂直于框架连接部636b,从而使框架63b呈“Π”状,以避让光转折元件30的位置,减小驱动装置60的尺寸。第一防抖磁石6511b被安装于第一框架部635b的内侧面,第一框架部635b的内侧面具有一凹槽以容置第一防抖磁石6511b,第二防抖磁石6512b被安装于框架连接部636b的内侧面,框架连接部636b的内侧面也具有一凹槽以容置第二防抖磁石6512b,这样,可以缩小驱动装置60和摄像模组1的尺寸。换言之,第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b被安装于框架63b的两个相邻的内侧面。应可以理解,框架63b呈“Π”状的形状可以从高度方向俯视框架63b时得到。Specifically, the frame 63b has an opening toward the light deflection element 30, and the frame 63b includes an integrally formed first frame portion 635b, a second frame portion 637b, and a frame connection portion 636b, wherein the first frame portion 635b and the second frame portion 637b are respectively connected to the two ends of the frame connection portion 636b and are respectively perpendicular to the frame connection portion 636b, so that the frame 63b is in a "Π" shape to avoid the position of the light deflection element 30 and reduce the size of the driving device 60. The first anti-shake magnet 6511b is installed on the inner side surface of the first frame portion 635b, and the inner side surface of the first frame portion 635b has a groove to accommodate the first anti-shake magnet 6511b. The second anti-shake magnet 6512b is installed on the inner side surface of the frame connection portion 636b, and the inner side surface of the frame connection portion 636b also has a groove to accommodate the second anti-shake magnet 6512b. In this way, the size of the driving device 60 and the camera module 1 can be reduced. In other words, the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b are installed on two adjacent inner side surfaces of the frame 63b. It should be understood that the "Π" shape of the frame 63b can be obtained when looking down at the frame 63b from the height direction.
相应的,可动载体66b上也设有两个通孔以分别容纳第一防抖线圈6521b和第二防抖线圈6522b,以减小驱动装置60的尺寸。具体的,防抖驱动部65b还包括一防抖线路板653b,第一防抖线圈6521b和第二防抖线圈6522b被分别固定并电连接于防抖线路板653b,防抖线路板653b围绕并贴附于可动载体66b的外侧面,从而使第一防抖线圈6521b和第二防抖线圈6522b从可动载体66b的两个通孔中露出并分别与第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b相对。其中,防抖线路板653b进一步与芯片线路板42电连接,从而通过感光组件40的芯片线路板42给防抖驱动部65b提供驱动电源。防抖线路板653b可以为柔性线路板或者软硬结合板,这样,防抖线路板653b可以绕可动载体66b的外侧弯折。应可以理解,在上述示例中,防抖线路板653b被设置于第一防抖线圈6521b和第一防抖磁石6511b之间以及第二防抖线圈6522b和第二防抖磁石6512b之间。Correspondingly, two through holes are also provided on the movable carrier 66b to respectively accommodate the first anti-shake coil 6521b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b, so as to reduce the size of the driving device 60. Specifically, the anti-shake driving unit 65b also includes an anti-shake circuit board 653b, the first anti-shake coil 6521b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b are respectively fixed and electrically connected to the anti-shake circuit board 653b, and the anti-shake circuit board 653b surrounds and is attached to the outer side of the movable carrier 66b, so that the first anti-shake coil 6521b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b are exposed from the two through holes of the movable carrier 66b and are respectively opposite to the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b. Among them, the anti-shake circuit board 653b is further electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42, so that the anti-shake driving unit 65b is provided with driving power through the chip circuit board 42 of the photosensitive component 40. The anti-shake circuit board 653b may be a flexible circuit board or a hard-soft board, so that the anti-shake circuit board 653b may be bent around the outer side of the movable carrier 66b. It should be understood that in the above example, the anti-shake circuit board 653b is disposed between the first anti-shake coil 6521b and the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and between the second anti-shake coil 6522b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b.
值得一提的是,在该实施例中,如图11和图12所示,由于第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b被设置于框架63b的侧面,第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b的底面可以低于光转折元件
30的顶面。第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b向下延伸,使得第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b与第一防抖线圈6521b和第二防抖线圈6522b之间相对的面积可以增大,提升防抖驱动部65b的驱动力。It is worth mentioning that in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12, since the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b are arranged on the side of the frame 63b, the bottom surface of the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b can be lower than the light turning element. The first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b extend downward, so that the relative area between the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b and the first anti-shake coil 6521b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b can be increased, thereby improving the driving force of the anti-shake driving unit 65b.
在该实施例中,驱动装置60还包括一防抖支撑部67b和一防抖磁吸件650b。该防抖支撑部67b被设置于框架63b和可动载体66b之间,以使框架63b和可动载体66b之间保持一空气间隙,从而使得可动载体66b相对框架63b移动时的受到的阻力减小。在一个具体示例中,防抖支撑部67b可以被实施为滚珠671b,防抖支撑部67b包括至少三滚珠671b。具体的,可动载体66b包括载体主体662b和从该载体主体662b的顶部向外一体延伸的载体延伸部663b,载体延伸部663b被延伸至框架63b的上方,至少三滚珠671b被沿高度方向设置于框架63b和可动载体66b的载体延伸部663b之间,以使框架63b和可动载体66b之间在高度方向上保持固定的间隙。具体的,该至少三滚珠671b被设置于框架63b的上方和载体延伸部663b的下方。应可以理解,防抖支撑部67b还可以被实施为弹簧或者滑块等其他元件。In this embodiment, the driving device 60 further includes an anti-shake support portion 67b and an anti-shake magnetic attraction member 650b. The anti-shake support portion 67b is disposed between the frame 63b and the movable carrier 66b so as to maintain an air gap between the frame 63b and the movable carrier 66b, thereby reducing the resistance encountered by the movable carrier 66b when moving relative to the frame 63b. In a specific example, the anti-shake support portion 67b can be implemented as a ball 671b, and the anti-shake support portion 67b includes at least three balls 671b. Specifically, the movable carrier 66b includes a carrier body 662b and a carrier extension portion 663b extending outward from the top of the carrier body 662b, the carrier extension portion 663b is extended to the top of the frame 63b, and at least three balls 671b are disposed between the frame 63b and the carrier extension portion 663b of the movable carrier 66b along the height direction, so as to maintain a fixed gap between the frame 63b and the movable carrier 66b in the height direction. Specifically, the at least three balls 671b are disposed above the frame 63b and below the carrier extension portion 663b. It should be understood that the anti-shake support portion 67b can also be implemented as other elements such as a spring or a slider.
防抖磁吸件650b被固定于可动载体66b且其被设置于至少一防抖磁石651b(第一防抖磁石6511b和/或第二防抖磁石6512b)的上方。防抖磁吸件650b由适于被磁石吸引的材料制成,其与至少一防抖磁石651b磁吸,以使可动载体66b在高度方向上被吸附向框架63b,可动载体66b与框架63b在高度方向上夹持至少三滚珠671b。应可以理解,防抖磁吸件650b可以通过嵌件成型或者粘接的方式被固定于可动载体66b。例如,防抖磁吸件650b通过嵌件成型的方式被固定于可动载体66b的载体延伸部663b中。The anti-shake magnetic component 650b is fixed to the movable carrier 66b and is arranged above at least one anti-shake magnet 651b (the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and/or the second anti-shake magnet 6512b). The anti-shake magnetic component 650b is made of a material suitable for being attracted by a magnet, and is magnetically attracted to at least one anti-shake magnet 651b so that the movable carrier 66b is adsorbed toward the frame 63b in the height direction, and the movable carrier 66b and the frame 63b clamp at least three balls 671b in the height direction. It should be understood that the anti-shake magnetic component 650b can be fixed to the movable carrier 66b by insert molding or bonding. For example, the anti-shake magnetic component 650b is fixed in the carrier extension portion 663b of the movable carrier 66b by insert molding.
进一步的,为限制滚珠671b的活动方向,框架63b还包括形成于框架63b的顶面的至少三第一滚珠槽634b,可动载体66b还包括形成于载体延伸部663b的底面的至少三第二滚珠槽661b。其中,第一滚珠槽634b的位置和第二滚珠槽661b的位置相对应,并且第一滚珠槽634b的延伸方向和第二滚珠槽661b的延伸方向相互垂直,呈“十”字形。滚珠671b的底部和顶部被分别容纳于第一滚珠槽634b和第二滚珠槽661b,并分别被允许沿着第一滚珠槽634b和第二滚珠槽661b滚动。Furthermore, in order to limit the moving direction of the ball 671b, the frame 63b further includes at least three first ball grooves 634b formed on the top surface of the frame 63b, and the movable carrier 66b further includes at least three second ball grooves 661b formed on the bottom surface of the carrier extension 663b. The position of the first ball groove 634b corresponds to the position of the second ball groove 661b, and the extension direction of the first ball groove 634b and the extension direction of the second ball groove 661b are perpendicular to each other, forming a "cross" shape. The bottom and top of the ball 671b are respectively accommodated in the first ball groove 634b and the second ball groove 661b, and are respectively allowed to roll along the first ball groove 634b and the second ball groove 661b.
在一个具体示例中,如图14所示,防抖支撑部67b包括四个滚珠671b,框架63b的顶面的四个角落形成有四个第一滚珠槽634b,载体延伸部663b的底面的四个角落形成有与四个第一滚珠槽634b分别相对应的四个第二滚珠槽661b,被固定于可动载体66b的延伸部中的防抖磁吸件650b与第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b磁吸,以使四个滚珠671b被分别夹持于框架63b的四个角落和可动载体66b的四个角落之间。In a specific example, as shown in Figure 14, the anti-shake support portion 67b includes four ball bearings 671b, four first ball bearing grooves 634b are formed at the four corners of the top surface of the frame 63b, four second ball bearing grooves 661b corresponding to the four first ball bearing grooves 634b are formed at the four corners of the bottom surface of the carrier extension portion 663b, and the anti-shake magnetic suction component 650b fixed in the extension portion of the movable carrier 66b is magnetically attracted to the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b, so that the four ball bearings 671b are respectively clamped between the four corners of the frame 63b and the four corners of the movable carrier 66b.
值得一提的是,驱动装置60还包括一框架盖体630b,该框架盖体630b被沿高度方向固定于框架63b的顶面,以使可动载体66b被限制在框架盖体630b和框架63b形成的容纳腔中。应可以理解,在跌落过程中,防抖磁吸件650b和防抖磁石651b之间的磁吸作用力难以保持可动载体66b和框架63b之间的位置关系,可动载体66b相对框架63b产生较大的位移后会使得滚珠671b从第一滚珠槽634b和第二滚珠槽661b之间脱离,因此,在本申请中,进一步设置一框架盖体630b,通过框架盖体630b限制可动载体66b在高度方向上的移动行程,从而避免滚珠671b脱落的情形发生。具体的,该可动载体66b的载体延伸部663b在高度方向上与框架盖体630b重叠,当可动载体66b沿高度方向向远离光转折元件30的方向移动时,可动载体66b的载体延伸部663b与框架盖体630b相抵接,从而使可动载体66b被限制在框架盖体630b和框架63b形成的容纳腔中。It is worth mentioning that the driving device 60 also includes a frame cover 630b, which is fixed to the top surface of the frame 63b in the height direction so that the movable carrier 66b is confined in the accommodating cavity formed by the frame cover 630b and the frame 63b. It should be understood that during the falling process, the magnetic attraction force between the anti-shake magnetic suction member 650b and the anti-shake magnet 651b is difficult to maintain the positional relationship between the movable carrier 66b and the frame 63b. After the movable carrier 66b has a large displacement relative to the frame 63b, the ball 671b will be separated from the first ball groove 634b and the second ball groove 661b. Therefore, in the present application, a frame cover 630b is further provided to limit the moving stroke of the movable carrier 66b in the height direction through the frame cover 630b, thereby preventing the ball 671b from falling off. Specifically, the carrier extension portion 663b of the movable carrier 66b overlaps with the frame cover 630b in the height direction. When the movable carrier 66b moves along the height direction toward a direction away from the light deflection element 30, the carrier extension portion 663b of the movable carrier 66b abuts against the frame cover 630b, thereby confining the movable carrier 66b in the accommodating cavity formed by the frame cover 630b and the frame 63b.
进一步的,驱动装置60还可以实现芯片对焦功能,具体的,如图12和图13所示,驱动装置60还包括一固定基座61b以及被设置于固定基座61b和框架63b之间的对焦驱动部62b。该框架63b被可活动地设置于该固定基座61b中,该对焦驱动部62b被设置于该固定基座61b和该框架63b之间,从而该框架63b被该对焦驱动部62b驱动以相对该固定基座61b沿高度方向移动。而由于框架63b被移动,被设置于该框架63b中的可动载体66b、防抖驱动部65b、防抖支撑部67b以及防抖磁吸件650b也随着框架63b的移动而动,进而被固定于可动载体66b的感光组件40也随着框架63b的移动而移动,进而实现芯片对焦功能。
Furthermore, the driving device 60 can also realize the chip focusing function. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 12 and FIG. 13, the driving device 60 also includes a fixed base 61b and a focus driving unit 62b disposed between the fixed base 61b and the frame 63b. The frame 63b is movably disposed in the fixed base 61b, and the focus driving unit 62b is disposed between the fixed base 61b and the frame 63b, so that the frame 63b is driven by the focus driving unit 62b to move relative to the fixed base 61b in the height direction. Since the frame 63b is moved, the movable carrier 66b, the anti-shake driving unit 65b, the anti-shake support unit 67b and the anti-shake magnetic suction member 650b disposed in the frame 63b also move with the movement of the frame 63b, and then the photosensitive component 40 fixed to the movable carrier 66b also moves with the movement of the frame 63b, thereby realizing the chip focusing function.
驱动装置60还包括一被固定于固定基座61b的上盖610b,该上盖610b与该固定基座61b形成一容纳腔以容纳对焦驱动部62b、框架63b、框架盖体630b、防抖驱动部65b以及可动载体66b,该上盖610b具有一镜头开口611b,从而光学镜头10可以通过该镜头开口611b从驱动装置60中伸出。其中,框架63b和固定基座61b之间具有一空气间隙,以供对焦驱动部62b能够驱动框架63b相对固定基座61b在高度方向上移动,进而实现芯片对焦功能。应可以理解,在本申请中,形成于框架63b和固定基座61b之间的空气间隙在高度方向的部分适于在芯片对焦功能的实现中被调整。The driving device 60 also includes an upper cover 610b fixed to the fixed base 61b, and the upper cover 610b and the fixed base 61b form a receiving chamber to accommodate the focus driving unit 62b, the frame 63b, the frame cover 630b, the anti-shake driving unit 65b and the movable carrier 66b. The upper cover 610b has a lens opening 611b, so that the optical lens 10 can extend from the driving device 60 through the lens opening 611b. There is an air gap between the frame 63b and the fixed base 61b, so that the focus driving unit 62b can drive the frame 63b to move relative to the fixed base 61b in the height direction, thereby realizing the chip focusing function. It should be understood that in the present application, the part of the air gap formed between the frame 63b and the fixed base 61b in the height direction is suitable for being adjusted in the realization of the chip focusing function.
参照图14,固定基座61b包括一基座主体611b、一承载部613b以及一对焦固定部612b,其中,承载部613b被固定于基座主体611b的中部,对焦固定部612b被固定于基座主体611b的一侧,具体的,对焦固定部612b被固定于基座主体611b的长边侧。应可以理解,承载部613b和对焦固定部612b可以分别以粘接或者一体成型的方式固定于基座主体611b。14, the fixed base 61b includes a base body 611b, a bearing portion 613b and a focus fixing portion 612b, wherein the bearing portion 613b is fixed to the middle of the base body 611b, and the focus fixing portion 612b is fixed to one side of the base body 611b, specifically, the focus fixing portion 612b is fixed to the long side of the base body 611b. It should be understood that the bearing portion 613b and the focus fixing portion 612b can be fixed to the base body 611b by bonding or integral molding.
该承载部613b具有一承载腔以用于安装光转折元件30,换言之,光转折元件30被安装于该承载部613b,承载部613b的承载腔的形状与光转折元件30的形状相适配。例如,当光转折元件30被实施为梯形棱镜时,承载部613b的承载腔具有自顶部向底部逐渐缩小的尺寸。The carrying portion 613b has a carrying cavity for mounting the light deflection element 30. In other words, the light deflection element 30 is mounted on the carrying portion 613b, and the shape of the carrying cavity of the carrying portion 613b is adapted to the shape of the light deflection element 30. For example, when the light deflection element 30 is implemented as a trapezoidal prism, the carrying cavity of the carrying portion 613b has a size that gradually decreases from the top to the bottom.
对焦驱动部62b被设置于框架63b和固定基座61b的对焦固定部612b之间,对焦驱动部62b包括一对焦磁石621b和一对焦线圈622b,该对焦磁石621b被固定于框架63b和对焦固定部612b两者中的一个,该对焦线圈622b被固定于框架63b和对焦固定部612b两者中的另一个,对焦磁石621b和对焦线圈622b相对设置,从而可以通过对焦磁石621b和对焦线圈622b之间的磁作用力驱动框架63b相对固定基座61b沿高度方向移动,以实现芯片对焦功能。The focus driving unit 62b is arranged between the frame 63b and the focus fixing unit 612b of the fixed base 61b. The focus driving unit 62b includes a pair of focus magnets 621b and a pair of focus coils 622b. The focus magnet 621b is fixed to one of the frame 63b and the focus fixing unit 612b, and the focus coil 622b is fixed to the other of the frame 63b and the focus fixing unit 612b. The focus magnet 621b and the focus coil 622b are arranged relatively to each other, so that the magnetic force between the focus magnet 621b and the focus coil 622b can drive the frame 63b to move in the height direction relative to the fixed base 61b to realize the chip focusing function.
在一个具体示例中,对焦磁石621b被设置于框架63b的侧面上,对焦线圈622b被设置于固定基座61b的对焦固定部612b上,且对焦线圈622b与对焦磁石621b相对设置。换言之,对焦线圈622b与对焦磁石621b被沿水平方向设置于框架63b和固定基座61b的对焦固定部612b之间,对焦驱动部62b包括沿水平方向相对设置的对焦线圈622b和对焦磁石621b,该水平方向是指垂直于光学镜头10的方向。这样,可以在较小的横向尺寸(长度方向和宽度方向的尺寸)下,提供较大的高度方向的驱动力。In a specific example, the focus magnet 621b is disposed on the side of the frame 63b, the focus coil 622b is disposed on the focus fixing portion 612b of the fixed base 61b, and the focus coil 622b is disposed opposite to the focus magnet 621b. In other words, the focus coil 622b and the focus magnet 621b are disposed between the frame 63b and the focus fixing portion 612b of the fixed base 61b in the horizontal direction, and the focus drive unit 62b includes the focus coil 622b and the focus magnet 621b disposed opposite to each other in the horizontal direction, and the horizontal direction refers to the direction perpendicular to the optical lens 10. In this way, a larger driving force in the height direction can be provided with a smaller lateral dimension (dimensions in the length direction and the width direction).
应可以理解,在实现芯片对焦的过程中,被固定于对焦固定部612b的对焦线圈622b驱动对焦磁石621b相对对焦线圈622b沿高度方向移动,从而与对焦磁石621b相固定的框架63b随着对焦磁石621b的移动而在高度方向移动。也就是,在该示例中,在实现芯片对焦的过程中,对焦磁石621b作为动子,对焦线圈622b作为定子。It should be understood that, in the process of implementing chip focusing, the focusing coil 622b fixed to the focusing fixing part 612b drives the focusing magnet 621b to move in the height direction relative to the focusing coil 622b, so that the frame 63b fixed to the focusing magnet 621b moves in the height direction along with the movement of the focusing magnet 621b. That is, in this example, in the process of implementing chip focusing, the focusing magnet 621b acts as a mover and the focusing coil 622b acts as a stator.
进一步地,对焦驱动部62b还包括一对焦线路板623b,对焦线圈622b被固定并电连接于对焦线路板623b。对焦线路板623b被固定于对焦固定部612b,从而对焦线圈622b通过对焦线路板623b被间接的固定于对焦固定部612b上。在一个具体示例中,对焦线路板623b被贴附于对焦固定部612b的外侧面,对焦固定部612b上设有一通孔以使对焦线圈622b露出并与对焦磁石621b相对。对焦固定部612b上的通孔容纳对焦线圈622b,可以使驱动装置60的横向尺寸被减小。应可以理解,对焦固定部612b的外侧面是指对焦固定部612b远离框架63b的一侧。值得一提的是,对焦线路板623b进一步与芯片线路板42电连接,对焦线路板623b可以为柔性线路板或者软硬结合板,这样,对焦线路板623b可以以弯折的状态被设置在驱动装置60中,以使对焦线路板623b可以延伸至便于与芯片线路板42电连接的位置。Furthermore, the focus driving part 62b also includes a focus circuit board 623b, and the focus coil 622b is fixed and electrically connected to the focus circuit board 623b. The focus circuit board 623b is fixed to the focus fixing part 612b, so that the focus coil 622b is indirectly fixed to the focus fixing part 612b through the focus circuit board 623b. In a specific example, the focus circuit board 623b is attached to the outer side surface of the focus fixing part 612b, and a through hole is provided on the focus fixing part 612b to expose the focus coil 622b and face the focus magnet 621b. The through hole on the focus fixing part 612b accommodates the focus coil 622b, so that the lateral size of the driving device 60 can be reduced. It should be understood that the outer side surface of the focus fixing part 612b refers to the side of the focus fixing part 612b away from the frame 63b. It is worth mentioning that the focusing circuit board 623b is further electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42. The focusing circuit board 623b can be a flexible circuit board or a soft-hard combination board. In this way, the focusing circuit board 623b can be arranged in the driving device 60 in a bent state so that the focusing circuit board 623b can be extended to a position that is convenient for electrical connection with the chip circuit board 42.
相应的,对焦磁石621b被安装于框架63b的外侧面,以使对焦磁石621b和对焦线圈622b之间可以保持较小的间距,增强对焦磁石621b和对焦线圈622b之间的磁作用力。具体的,对焦磁石621b被安装于第二框架部637b的外侧面,第二框架部637b的外侧面具有一凹槽以容置对焦磁石621b,这样,可以缩小驱动装置60和摄像模组1的尺寸。应可以理解,框架63b的外侧面是指框架63b面向固定基座61b或者上盖610b的侧面,第二框架部637b的外侧面是指第二框架部637b面向对焦固定部612b的一侧。Accordingly, the focus magnet 621b is installed on the outer side surface of the frame 63b so that a small distance can be maintained between the focus magnet 621b and the focus coil 622b, thereby enhancing the magnetic force between the focus magnet 621b and the focus coil 622b. Specifically, the focus magnet 621b is installed on the outer side surface of the second frame portion 637b, and the outer side surface of the second frame portion 637b has a groove to accommodate the focus magnet 621b, so that the size of the drive device 60 and the camera module 1 can be reduced. It should be understood that the outer side surface of the frame 63b refers to the side of the frame 63b facing the fixed base 61b or the upper cover 610b, and the outer side surface of the second frame portion 637b refers to the side of the second frame portion 637b facing the focus fixing portion 612b.
在图11至图14所示出的驱动装置60中,第一框架部635b和框架连接部636b分别用于安装第一
防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b,第二框架部637b用于安装对焦磁石621b,框架63b包括防抖框架633b和对焦框架631b,第一框架部635b和框架连接部636b形成“L”型的防抖框架633b,第二框架部637b形成对焦框架631b,防抖框架633b和对焦框架631b通过一体成型的方式相连。值得一提的是,对焦磁石621b和至少一防抖磁石651b(第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b)均被固定于框架63b的侧面,其中,对焦磁石621b被固定于框架63b的外侧面,至少一防抖磁石651b被固定于框架63b的内侧面,特别是至少一防抖磁石651b没有被设置于框架63b的顶面,使得驱动装置60的横向尺寸相对较小。应可以理解,在该实施方式中,第一防抖线圈6521b和第二防抖线圈6522b位于第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b的内侧,对焦线圈622b位于对焦磁石621b的外侧,这样,第一防抖线圈6521b和第二防抖线圈6522b可以直接从内部与感光组件40的芯片线路板42电连接,而对焦线圈622b则从外侧与感光组件40电连接,优化摄像模组1的电连接设置方式。In the driving device 60 shown in FIGS. 11 to 14 , the first frame portion 635b and the frame connecting portion 636b are respectively used to install the first The anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b, the second frame portion 637b is used to install the focus magnet 621b, the frame 63b includes an anti-shake frame 633b and a focus frame 631b, the first frame portion 635b and the frame connecting portion 636b form an "L"-shaped anti-shake frame 633b, the second frame portion 637b forms a focus frame 631b, and the anti-shake frame 633b and the focus frame 631b are connected by integral molding. It is worth mentioning that the focusing magnet 621b and at least one anti-shake magnet 651b (the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b) are both fixed on the side of the frame 63b, wherein the focusing magnet 621b is fixed on the outer side of the frame 63b, and at least one anti-shake magnet 651b is fixed on the inner side of the frame 63b. In particular, at least one anti-shake magnet 651b is not arranged on the top surface of the frame 63b, so that the lateral size of the driving device 60 is relatively small. It should be understood that in this embodiment, the first anti-shake coil 6521b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b are located on the inner side of the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b, and the focus coil 622b is located on the outer side of the focus magnet 621b. In this way, the first anti-shake coil 6521b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b can be directly electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42 of the photosensitive component 40 from the inside, while the focus coil 622b is electrically connected to the photosensitive component 40 from the outside, thereby optimizing the electrical connection setting method of the camera module 1.
值得一提的是,在该实施例中,如图12所示,由于对焦磁石621b被设置于固定基座61b的对焦固定部612b的侧面,对焦磁石621b的底面可以低于光转折元件30的顶面。对焦磁石621b向下延伸,使得对焦磁石621b与对焦线圈622b之间相对的面积可以增大,提升对焦驱动部62b的驱动力。It is worth mentioning that in this embodiment, as shown in Fig. 12, since the focus magnet 621b is disposed on the side of the focus fixing portion 612b of the fixing base 61b, the bottom surface of the focus magnet 621b can be lower than the top surface of the light turning element 30. The focus magnet 621b extends downward, so that the relative area between the focus magnet 621b and the focus coil 622b can be increased, thereby improving the driving force of the focus driving portion 62b.
值得一提的是,在该实施例中,对焦磁石621b、第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b被设置于光转折元件30的周侧。It is worth mentioning that, in this embodiment, the focus magnet 621 b , the first anti-shake magnet 6511 b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512 b are arranged on the peripheral side of the light turning element 30 .
在该实施例中,驱动装置60还包括一对焦导向部64b和一对焦磁吸件620b。该对焦导向部64b被设置于框架63b和固定基座61b之间,以使框架63b和固定基座61b之间保持一空气间隙,从而使得框架63b相对固定基座61b移动时的受到的阻力减小。在一个具体示例中,对焦导向部64b可以被实施为导杆641b,对焦导向部64b包括两个导杆641b。具体的,两个导杆641b被竖直的设置于框架63b的第二框架部637b和固定基座61b的对焦固定部612b之间,以使框架63b和固定基座61b在水平方向上保持固定的间隙。进一步的,在该实施例中,两个导杆641b被分别设置于对焦驱动部62b的两侧,且两个导杆641b的尺寸一致,以避免框架63b和对焦固定部612b之间发生倾斜。In this embodiment, the driving device 60 also includes a focusing guide portion 64b and a focusing magnetic suction member 620b. The focusing guide portion 64b is arranged between the frame 63b and the fixed base 61b so as to maintain an air gap between the frame 63b and the fixed base 61b, thereby reducing the resistance encountered by the frame 63b when it moves relative to the fixed base 61b. In a specific example, the focusing guide portion 64b can be implemented as a guide rod 641b, and the focusing guide portion 64b includes two guide rods 641b. Specifically, the two guide rods 641b are vertically arranged between the second frame portion 637b of the frame 63b and the focusing fixing portion 612b of the fixed base 61b, so as to maintain a fixed gap between the frame 63b and the fixed base 61b in the horizontal direction. Furthermore, in this embodiment, two guide rods 641b are respectively disposed on both sides of the focus driving portion 62b, and the two guide rods 641b have the same size to prevent the frame 63b and the focus fixing portion 612b from tilting.
对焦磁吸件620b通过被贴附于对焦线路板623b的背面的方式被固定于固定基座61b的对焦固定部612b,这样,在宽度方向上,对焦磁石621b、对焦线圈622b、对焦线路板623b和对焦磁吸件620b依次设置。其中,以对焦线路板623b设置对焦线圈622b的一面为对焦线路板623b的正面,相对的另一面为对焦线路板623b的背面。对焦磁吸件620b由适于被磁石吸引的材料制成,其与对焦磁石621b磁吸,以使框架63b在宽度方向上被吸附向固定基座61b的对焦固定部612b,框架63b和固定基座61b的对焦固定部612b在宽度方向上夹持两个导杆641b,对焦磁吸件620b可以为含铁的材料。The focusing magnetic suction piece 620b is fixed to the focusing fixing part 612b of the fixed base 61b by being attached to the back of the focusing circuit board 623b, so that in the width direction, the focusing magnet 621b, the focusing coil 622b, the focusing circuit board 623b and the focusing magnetic suction piece 620b are arranged in sequence. Among them, the side of the focusing circuit board 623b on which the focusing coil 622b is arranged is the front side of the focusing circuit board 623b, and the other opposite side is the back side of the focusing circuit board 623b. The focusing magnetic suction piece 620b is made of a material suitable for being attracted by a magnet, and it is magnetically attracted to the focusing magnet 621b so that the frame 63b is adsorbed to the focusing fixing part 612b of the fixed base 61b in the width direction. The frame 63b and the focusing fixing part 612b of the fixed base 61b clamp two guide rods 641b in the width direction. The focusing magnetic suction piece 620b can be a material containing iron.
换言之,对焦导向部64b被设置于框架63b的第二框架部637b和固定基座61b的对焦固定部612b之间,对焦磁吸件620b被固定于对焦固定部612b,对焦磁吸件620b和对焦磁石621b之间相互磁吸以使对焦导向部64b被夹持于框架63b的第二框架部637b和固定基座61b的对焦固定部612b之间。In other words, the focus guide portion 64b is arranged between the second frame portion 637b of the frame 63b and the focus fixing portion 612b of the fixed base 61b, the focus magnetic suction component 620b is fixed to the focus fixing portion 612b, and the focus magnetic suction component 620b and the focus magnet 621b are magnetically attracted to each other so that the focus guide portion 64b is clamped between the second frame portion 637b of the frame 63b and the focus fixing portion 612b of the fixed base 61b.
在一个具体示例中,对焦固定部612b与框架63b相对的内侧面上形成有两个沿高度方向延伸的第一导轨6123b,框架63b与对焦固定部612b相对的外侧面(也即第二框架部637b的外侧面)上形成有两个沿高度方向延伸的第二导轨632b,两个第一导轨6123b与两个第二导轨632b分别对应设置。两个导杆641b被分别设置于两个第一导轨6123b与两个第二导轨632b之间,并在对焦磁吸件620b和对焦磁石621b之间的磁吸作用下被夹持于框架63b和对焦固定部612b之间。In a specific example, two first guide rails 6123b extending in the height direction are formed on the inner side surface of the focus fixing part 612b opposite to the frame 63b, and two second guide rails 632b extending in the height direction are formed on the outer side surface of the frame 63b opposite to the focus fixing part 612b (that is, the outer side surface of the second frame part 637b), and the two first guide rails 6123b and the two second guide rails 632b are respectively arranged. The two guide rods 641b are respectively arranged between the two first guide rails 6123b and the two second guide rails 632b, and are clamped between the frame 63b and the focus fixing part 612b under the magnetic attraction between the focus magnetic attraction member 620b and the focus magnet 621b.
值得一提的是,在本申请的一个示例中,两个导杆641b可以是不被固定的,其仅被框架63b和对焦固定部612b夹持;在本申请的另一个示例中,两个导杆641b的位置也可以是被固定的,例如,其可以通过使导杆641b的底端被固定于固定基座61b和/或使导杆641b的顶端被固定于上盖610b的方式被固定于固定基座61b,或者,两个导杆641b仅通过上盖610b与固定基座61b之间的扣合被限制在上盖610b和固定基座61b之间。
It is worth mentioning that in one example of the present application, the two guide rods 641b may not be fixed, and they are only clamped by the frame 63b and the focus fixing part 612b; in another example of the present application, the positions of the two guide rods 641b may also be fixed, for example, they may be fixed to the fixed base 61b by fixing the bottom end of the guide rod 641b to the fixed base 61b and/or fixing the top end of the guide rod 641b to the upper cover 610b, or, the two guide rods 641b are restricted between the upper cover 610b and the fixed base 61b only by the snap fit between the upper cover 610b and the fixed base 61b.
值得一提的是,在上述实施例中,由于被设置于光学镜头10和感光组件40之间的光转折元件30的长度较长,为使摄像模组1的整体尺寸减小,框架63b在朝向光转折元件30的方向具有一开口,从而框架63b呈“Π”状围绕光转折元件30设置,因此,框架63b仅有三个侧边能够设置第一防抖磁石6511b、第二防抖磁石6512b和对焦磁石621b。而第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b需要相互垂直的设置以实现两个垂直方向上的平移,因此,第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b中的一个需要被设置在驱动装置60的短边侧,第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b中的另一个和对焦磁石621b则被分别设置在驱动装置60相对的两个长边侧。It is worth mentioning that in the above embodiment, since the light deflection element 30 disposed between the optical lens 10 and the photosensitive component 40 is relatively long, in order to reduce the overall size of the camera module 1, the frame 63b has an opening in the direction toward the light deflection element 30, so that the frame 63b is disposed around the light deflection element 30 in a "Π" shape, and therefore, only three sides of the frame 63b can be provided with the first anti-shake magnet 6511b, the second anti-shake magnet 6512b and the focus magnet 621b. The first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b need to be disposed perpendicularly to each other to achieve translation in two perpendicular directions, and therefore, one of the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b needs to be disposed on the short side of the driving device 60, and the other of the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b and the focus magnet 621b are disposed on the two opposite long sides of the driving device 60, respectively.
具体的,第一防抖磁石6511b被安装在位于驱动装置60的长边侧的第一框架部635b的内侧面,第二防抖磁石6512b被安装在位于驱动装置60的短边侧的框架连接部636b的内侧面,对焦磁石621b被安装在位于驱动装置60的长边侧的第二框架部637b的外侧面。对焦磁石621b、第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b呈扁平状长方体,对焦磁石621b的面积最大侧与第一防抖磁石6511b的面积最大侧相互平行,对焦磁石621b的面积最大侧与第二防抖磁石6512b的面积最大侧相互垂直。相应的,对焦线圈622b与第一防抖线圈6521b相互平行,对焦线圈622b与第二防抖线圈6522b相互垂直。Specifically, the first anti-shake magnet 6511b is installed on the inner side of the first frame portion 635b located on the long side of the driving device 60, the second anti-shake magnet 6512b is installed on the inner side of the frame connection portion 636b located on the short side of the driving device 60, and the focus magnet 621b is installed on the outer side of the second frame portion 637b located on the long side of the driving device 60. The focus magnet 621b, the first anti-shake magnet 6511b, and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b are flat rectangular parallelepipeds, and the largest side of the focus magnet 621b is parallel to the largest side of the first anti-shake magnet 6511b, and the largest side of the focus magnet 621b is perpendicular to the largest side of the second anti-shake magnet 6512b. Correspondingly, the focus coil 622b is parallel to the first anti-shake coil 6521b, and the focus coil 622b is perpendicular to the second anti-shake coil 6522b.
进一步的,在一个示例中,对焦磁石621b的磁极方向垂直于第一防抖磁石6511b和第二防抖磁石6512b的磁极方向,这样,对焦驱动部62b的驱动方向与防抖驱动部65b的驱动方向垂直。其中,在本申请中,磁石的磁极方向是指磁石的S极指向N极的方向。相应的,对焦线圈622b、第一防抖线圈6521b和第二防抖线圈6522b均为跑道型线圈,其中,对焦线圈622b的绕线平面和第一防抖线圈6521b的绕线平面相互平行,对焦线圈622b的绕线平面和第二防抖线圈6522b的绕线平面相互垂直。Further, in one example, the magnetic pole direction of the focus magnet 621b is perpendicular to the magnetic pole direction of the first anti-shake magnet 6511b and the second anti-shake magnet 6512b, so that the driving direction of the focus drive unit 62b is perpendicular to the driving direction of the anti-shake drive unit 65b. Wherein, in the present application, the magnetic pole direction of the magnet refers to the direction in which the S pole of the magnet points to the N pole. Correspondingly, the focus coil 622b, the first anti-shake coil 6521b and the second anti-shake coil 6522b are all runway-type coils, wherein the winding plane of the focus coil 622b and the winding plane of the first anti-shake coil 6521b are parallel to each other, and the winding plane of the focus coil 622b and the winding plane of the second anti-shake coil 6522b are perpendicular to each other.
应可以理解,在该实施例中,由于对焦磁石621b和第一防抖磁石6511b的尺寸规格不同,因此,对焦磁石621b和第一防抖磁石6511b没有对称设置。相应的,在一个示例中,在宽度方向上,光学镜头10、光转折元件30和感光组件40被偏心的设置在驱动装置60中。It should be understood that in this embodiment, since the focusing magnet 621b and the first anti-shake magnet 6511b have different size specifications, the focusing magnet 621b and the first anti-shake magnet 6511b are not symmetrically arranged. Accordingly, in one example, in the width direction, the optical lens 10, the light turning element 30 and the photosensitive component 40 are eccentrically arranged in the driving device 60.
进一步地,感光组件40还包括一连接线路板44,该连接线路板44固定并电连接于芯片线路板42,以提供芯片线路板42与外部电子设备电导通。申请人发现,在感光组件40被驱动装置60驱动以实现移动时,连接线路板44会成为感光组件40移动的阻力来源之一,因此,在本申请中,申请人进一步对感光组件40的连接线路板44进行改进,以减小感光组件40在被驱动以实现芯片防抖或者芯片对焦的时候所受到的阻力。Furthermore, the photosensitive component 40 also includes a connecting circuit board 44, which is fixed and electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42 to provide electrical conduction between the chip circuit board 42 and the external electronic device. The applicant found that when the photosensitive component 40 is driven by the driving device 60 to move, the connecting circuit board 44 will become one of the sources of resistance to the movement of the photosensitive component 40. Therefore, in this application, the applicant further improves the connecting circuit board 44 of the photosensitive component 40 to reduce the resistance encountered by the photosensitive component 40 when it is driven to achieve chip anti-shake or chip focus.
参照图11、图13和图14所示,连接线路板44包括一第一连接带45b,该第一连接带45b包括依次相连的一第一连接部451b、一第一侧连部452b、一第一弯折部453b以及一第一导出部454b,其中,第一连接部451b连接芯片线路板42和第一侧连部452b,第一弯折部453b连接第一侧连部452b和第一导出部454b。应可以理解,第一连接部451b、第一侧连部452b、第一弯折部453b以及第一导出部454b之间电导通,第一连接带45b通过第一连接部451b与芯片线路板42连接并电导通,从而芯片线路板42可以通过第一连接带45b的第一导出部454b与外部器件或者设备电连接。值得一提的是,在本申请中,该第一连接带45b可以为柔性线路板或者软硬结合板,这样,第一连接带45b可以进行弯折以适应摄像模组1内部的空间。11, 13 and 14, the connection circuit board 44 includes a first connection belt 45b, which includes a first connection portion 451b, a first side connection portion 452b, a first bending portion 453b and a first lead-out portion 454b connected in sequence, wherein the first connection portion 451b connects the chip circuit board 42 and the first side connection portion 452b, and the first bending portion 453b connects the first side connection portion 452b and the first lead-out portion 454b. It should be understood that the first connection portion 451b, the first side connection portion 452b, the first bending portion 453b and the first lead-out portion 454b are electrically connected, and the first connection belt 45b is connected and electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42 through the first connection portion 451b, so that the chip circuit board 42 can be electrically connected to an external device or equipment through the first lead-out portion 454b of the first connection belt 45b. It is worth mentioning that in the present application, the first connecting belt 45 b can be a flexible circuit board or a soft-hard combination board, so that the first connecting belt 45 b can be bent to adapt to the space inside the camera module 1.
具体的,第一连接部451b从芯片线路板42向远离芯片线路板42的方向横向延伸,第一连接部451b的一端与芯片线路板42相连,第一连接部451b的另一端向下弯折并与第一侧连部452b的一端连接。第一侧连部452b围绕光转折元件30和光学镜头10的周侧延伸并弯折,从而第一侧连部452b从摄像模组1的长边侧弯折至摄像模组1的短边侧,第一侧连部452b的另一端与第一弯折部453b的一端连接。第一弯折部453b的一端连接于第一侧连部452b的另一端的底部,第一弯折部453b的另一端与第一导出部454b相连,第一弯折部453b弯折的设置于第一侧连部452b的下方。在一个具体示例中,第一弯折部453b采取水平方向的弯折,第一弯折部453b以水平方向弯折的形式设置于第一侧连部452b的下方。应可以理解,如
本申请中附图所示意的方位,在本申请中,以光学镜头10相对光转折元件30的方向为上方,相反方向则为下方,换言之,光转折元件30在光学镜头10的下方。Specifically, the first connection portion 451b extends laterally from the chip circuit board 42 in a direction away from the chip circuit board 42, one end of the first connection portion 451b is connected to the chip circuit board 42, and the other end of the first connection portion 451b is bent downward and connected to one end of the first side connection portion 452b. The first side connection portion 452b extends and bends around the circumference of the light turning element 30 and the optical lens 10, so that the first side connection portion 452b is bent from the long side of the camera module 1 to the short side of the camera module 1, and the other end of the first side connection portion 452b is connected to one end of the first bending portion 453b. One end of the first bending portion 453b is connected to the bottom of the other end of the first side connection portion 452b, and the other end of the first bending portion 453b is connected to the first lead-out portion 454b, and the first bending portion 453b is bent and arranged below the first side connection portion 452b. In a specific example, the first bending portion 453b is bent in a horizontal direction, and the first bending portion 453b is disposed below the first side connecting portion 452b in a horizontally bent form. The directions shown in the drawings in the present application are as follows: in the present application, the direction of the optical lens 10 relative to the light deflection element 30 is considered as the upper direction, and the opposite direction is considered as the lower direction. In other words, the light deflection element 30 is below the optical lens 10 .
应可以理解,通过第一侧连部452b的设置,使感光组件40在水平方向移动时受到的来自于连接线路板44的阻力被减小,通过第一弯折部453b的设置,则可以使感光组件40在高度方向移动时受到的来自于连接线路板44的阻力被减小。特别的,在本申请中,驱动装置60驱动感光组件40在高度方向移动的行程可以达到至少2mm,第一弯折部453b可以在高度方向上进行伸缩,以满足感光组件40在高度方向移动的需求。进一步地,第一弯折部453b还可以被多次弯折,以使第一弯折部453b在高度方向上可以有更长的伸缩行程。It should be understood that, by setting the first side connection portion 452b, the resistance of the photosensitive component 40 from the connection circuit board 44 when it moves in the horizontal direction is reduced, and by setting the first bending portion 453b, the resistance of the photosensitive component 40 from the connection circuit board 44 when it moves in the height direction can be reduced. In particular, in the present application, the driving device 60 drives the photosensitive component 40 to move in the height direction to a stroke of at least 2 mm, and the first bending portion 453b can be extended in the height direction to meet the requirements of the photosensitive component 40 moving in the height direction. Furthermore, the first bending portion 453b can be bent multiple times so that the first bending portion 453b can have a longer extension stroke in the height direction.
值得一提的是,为使摄像模组1的尺寸可以被设计的较小,在本申请中,固定基座61b还包括一形成于基座主体611b和承载部613b之间的连接带容置腔614b,该连接带容置腔614b被设置于固定基座61b靠近光学镜头10的一侧,连接带容置腔614b位于光学镜头10和光转折元件30的下方,第一弯折部453b被容置于该连接带容置腔614b中,从而避免了摄像模组1长度的增加。第一连接带45b从芯片线路板42向靠近光学镜头10的一侧延伸(即,向远离对焦驱动部62b和防抖驱动部65b的一侧延伸),使得第一连接带45b的部分被弯折于光学镜头10和光转折元件30的下方,使得第一连接带45b的部分被设置于固定基座61b的连接带容置腔614b中,优化了摄像模组1中的空间配置,从而减小了摄像模组1的尺寸。值得一提的是,光转折元件30的下方是指光转折元件30的顶面的下方,也即,光转折元件30的第一表面31的下方。进一步地,光转折元件30的下方进一步指的是光转折元件30的第二表面32的下方,第一连接带45a的部分被弯折于光转折元件30的一个倾斜表面(第二表面32)的下方,连接带容置腔614a位于光转折元件30的一个倾斜表面(第二表面32)的下方。It is worth mentioning that in order to design the size of the camera module 1 to be smaller, in the present application, the fixed base 61b also includes a connecting belt accommodating cavity 614b formed between the base body 611b and the supporting portion 613b, and the connecting belt accommodating cavity 614b is arranged on the side of the fixed base 61b close to the optical lens 10, and the connecting belt accommodating cavity 614b is located below the optical lens 10 and the light turning element 30, and the first bending portion 453b is accommodated in the connecting belt accommodating cavity 614b, thereby avoiding an increase in the length of the camera module 1. The first connecting strip 45b extends from the chip circuit board 42 to the side close to the optical lens 10 (i.e., to the side away from the focus driving unit 62b and the anti-shake driving unit 65b), so that part of the first connecting strip 45b is bent below the optical lens 10 and the light deflection element 30, so that part of the first connecting strip 45b is arranged in the connecting strip accommodating cavity 614b of the fixed base 61b, optimizing the spatial configuration in the camera module 1, thereby reducing the size of the camera module 1. It is worth mentioning that the bottom of the light deflection element 30 refers to the bottom of the top surface of the light deflection element 30, that is, the bottom of the first surface 31 of the light deflection element 30. Further, the bottom of the light deflection element 30 further refers to the bottom of the second surface 32 of the light deflection element 30, part of the first connecting strip 45a is bent below an inclined surface (the second surface 32) of the light deflection element 30, and the connecting strip accommodating cavity 614a is located below an inclined surface (the second surface 32) of the light deflection element 30.
值得一提的是,第一连接带45b的第一导出部454b可以被固定于固定基座61b或者上盖610b,从而使位于摄像模组1内部的第一弯折部453b、第一侧连部452b和第一连接部451b不受外部因素的影响而使驱动装置60所受到的来自于感光组件40的阻力进一步增加。比如,当第一导出部454b不被固定时,由于摄像模组1连接的其他器件或者设备的移动会导致第一导出部454b产生运动,与第一导出部454b相连的第一弯折部453b也因此会产生运动,最终,感光组件40产生的阻力变大。It is worth mentioning that the first lead-out portion 454b of the first connecting belt 45b can be fixed to the fixed base 61b or the upper cover 610b, so that the first bent portion 453b, the first side connecting portion 452b and the first connecting portion 451b located inside the camera module 1 are not affected by external factors, which further increases the resistance of the driving device 60 from the photosensitive component 40. For example, when the first lead-out portion 454b is not fixed, the movement of other devices or equipment connected to the camera module 1 will cause the first lead-out portion 454b to move, and the first bent portion 453b connected to the first lead-out portion 454b will also move, and finally, the resistance generated by the photosensitive component 40 becomes larger.
进一步地,在一些实施例中,由于感光组件40的规格提升和功能增加,仅在一侧设置第一连接带45b会使第一连接带45b的宽度过大,因此,连接线路板44还包括一第二连接带46b,第二连接带46b与第一连接带45b相对的设置于芯片线路板42两侧。Furthermore, in some embodiments, due to the improvement in specifications and the increase in functions of the photosensitive component 40, providing the first connecting band 45b only on one side will make the width of the first connecting band 45b too large. Therefore, the connecting circuit board 44 also includes a second connecting band 46b, and the second connecting band 46b is provided on both sides of the chip circuit board 42 opposite to the first connecting band 45b.
在一个具体示例中,第二连接带46b包括一第二连接部461b和一第二侧连部462b,其中,第二连接部461b连接芯片线路板42和第二侧连部462b。应可以理解,第二连接部461b和第二侧连部462b之间电导通,第二连接带46b通过第二连接部461b与芯片线路板42连接并电导通,从而芯片线路板42可以在设置第一连接带45b的相对侧通过第二连接带46b与其他元件电连接。值得一提的是,在本申请中,该第二连接带46b也可以为柔性线路板或者软硬结合板,这样,第二连接带46b可以进行弯折以适应摄像模组1内部的空间。In a specific example, the second connecting strip 46b includes a second connecting portion 461b and a second side connecting portion 462b, wherein the second connecting portion 461b connects the chip circuit board 42 and the second side connecting portion 462b. It should be understood that the second connecting portion 461b and the second side connecting portion 462b are electrically connected, and the second connecting strip 46b is connected and electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42 through the second connecting portion 461b, so that the chip circuit board 42 can be electrically connected to other components through the second connecting strip 46b on the opposite side where the first connecting strip 45b is set. It is worth mentioning that in the present application, the second connecting strip 46b can also be a flexible circuit board or a soft-hard combination board, so that the second connecting strip 46b can be bent to adapt to the space inside the camera module 1.
在该示例中,第一连接带45b和第二连接带46b环绕光学镜头10和光转折元件30的周侧设置,充分的利用了驱动装置60的大部分器件被设置于远离光学镜头10的另一侧,摄像模组1在设置光学镜头10的一侧具有较多的空间可以被利用的特点,优化了空间配置In this example, the first connecting belt 45b and the second connecting belt 46b are arranged around the optical lens 10 and the light deflection element 30, making full use of the fact that most of the components of the driving device 60 are arranged on the other side away from the optical lens 10. The camera module 1 has a feature that more space can be used on the side where the optical lens 10 is arranged, thereby optimizing the space configuration.
具体的,第二连接部461b从芯片线路板42向远离芯片线路板42的方向横向延伸,第二连接部461b的一端与芯片线路板42相连,第二连接部461b的另一端向下弯折并与第二侧连部462b的一端连接。第二侧连部462b围绕光转折元件30和光学镜头10的周侧延伸并弯折,从而第二侧连部462b从摄像模组1的长边侧弯折至摄像模组1的短边侧,第二侧连部462b的另一端与第一侧连部452b的另一端固定并电连接,从而第二连接带46b通过第一连接带45b的第一弯折部453b和第一导出部454b与外部器件或者设备电连
接。Specifically, the second connection portion 461b extends laterally from the chip circuit board 42 in a direction away from the chip circuit board 42, one end of the second connection portion 461b is connected to the chip circuit board 42, and the other end of the second connection portion 461b is bent downward and connected to one end of the second side connection portion 462b. The second side connection portion 462b extends and bends around the periphery of the light turning element 30 and the optical lens 10, so that the second side connection portion 462b is bent from the long side of the camera module 1 to the short side of the camera module 1, and the other end of the second side connection portion 462b is fixed and electrically connected to the other end of the first side connection portion 452b, so that the second connection band 46b is electrically connected to an external device or equipment through the first bending portion 453b and the first lead-out portion 454b of the first connection band 45b. catch.
应可以理解,通过第二连接带46b的设置,减小了第一连接带45b的第一连接部451b的宽度,使得感光组件40在移动时受到的阻力被减小。同时,在芯片线路板42的两侧同时设置第一连接带45b和第二连接带46b还可以分散阻力的分布。It should be understood that by providing the second connecting strip 46b, the width of the first connecting portion 451b of the first connecting strip 45b is reduced, so that the resistance encountered by the photosensitive component 40 during movement is reduced. At the same time, providing the first connecting strip 45b and the second connecting strip 46b on both sides of the chip circuit board 42 can also disperse the distribution of resistance.
在一个具体示例中,第二连接带46b的第二连接部461b和第二侧连部462b与第一连接带45b的第一连接部451b和第一侧连部452b对称设置,进一步平衡了连接线路板44带给驱动装置60的阻力。In a specific example, the second connection portion 461b and the second side connection portion 462b of the second connection belt 46b are symmetrically arranged with the first connection portion 451b and the first side connection portion 452b of the first connection belt 45b, further balancing the resistance brought to the driving device 60 by the connecting circuit board 44.
以上对本申请中感光组件40和光学镜头10位于光转折元件30同侧时,驱动装置60及摄像模组1的结构进行了说明,进一步地,在本申请中,感光组件40也可以和光学镜头10分别位于光转折元件30的两侧,与之相应的,该驱动装置60的内部结构需要随之进行调整,器件的位置需要进行调整。但应可以理解,大部分器件的原理是接近的,因此,接下来仅对该调整和改进进行简单的陈述。The above describes the structure of the drive device 60 and the camera module 1 when the photosensitive component 40 and the optical lens 10 are located on the same side of the light deflection element 30 in the present application. Furthermore, in the present application, the photosensitive component 40 and the optical lens 10 can also be located on both sides of the light deflection element 30, and accordingly, the internal structure of the drive device 60 needs to be adjusted accordingly, and the position of the device needs to be adjusted. However, it should be understood that the principles of most devices are similar, so the following only briefly describes the adjustment and improvement.
如图2C和图15所示,光学镜头10被设置于光转折元件30的上方并与光转折元件30的入光区311对应,感光组件40被设置于光转折元件30的下方并与光转折元件30的出光区312对应。在该实施例中,防抖磁吸件650b通过嵌件成型的方式设置于可动载体66b中,防抖磁吸件650b被设置于至少一防抖磁石651b的下方以和至少一防抖磁石651b进行磁吸,进而夹持设置于框架63b和可动载体66b之间的至少三滚珠671b。进一步的,框架盖体630b被沿高度方向固定于框架63b的底面以使可动载体66b被限制在框架盖体630b和框架63b形成的容纳腔中。As shown in FIG. 2C and FIG. 15 , the optical lens 10 is disposed above the light deflection element 30 and corresponds to the light entrance area 311 of the light deflection element 30, and the photosensitive component 40 is disposed below the light deflection element 30 and corresponds to the light exit area 312 of the light deflection element 30. In this embodiment, the anti-shake magnetic suction member 650b is disposed in the movable carrier 66b by insert molding, and the anti-shake magnetic suction member 650b is disposed below at least one anti-shake magnet 651b to be magnetically attracted to at least one anti-shake magnet 651b, thereby clamping at least three balls 671b disposed between the frame 63b and the movable carrier 66b. Furthermore, the frame cover 630b is fixed to the bottom surface of the frame 63b in the height direction so that the movable carrier 66b is confined in the accommodating cavity formed by the frame cover 630b and the frame 63b.
在图2C和图15所示出的实施例中,可动载体66b和框架63b从驱动装置60的底部向上延伸,可动载体66b和框架63b的顶面可以高于或者低于光转折元件30的顶面,当可动载体66b和框架63b的顶面低于光转折元件30的顶面时,驱动装置60的高度可以被降低。In the embodiments shown in Figures 2C and 15, the movable carrier 66b and the frame 63b extend upward from the bottom of the driving device 60, and the top surfaces of the movable carrier 66b and the frame 63b can be higher or lower than the top surface of the light turning element 30. When the top surfaces of the movable carrier 66b and the frame 63b are lower than the top surface of the light turning element 30, the height of the driving device 60 can be lowered.
进一步的,目前市场上的手机、平板或者其他电子设备通常装有多个摄像模组以形成一个阵列模组,多个摄像模组之间通常被设置的较近,但由于摄像模组通常采用通过电磁力驱动的音圈马达,相邻的马达被设置的较近时相互之间会产生磁干扰,因此,本申请进一步提供一种新的阵列模组100设计,以期能够解决上述问题。Furthermore, mobile phones, tablets or other electronic devices currently on the market are usually equipped with multiple camera modules to form an array module, and the multiple camera modules are usually arranged close to each other. However, since the camera modules usually use voice coil motors driven by electromagnetic force, adjacent motors will generate magnetic interference when they are arranged close to each other. Therefore, the present application further provides a new array module 100 design in order to solve the above-mentioned problem.
该阵列模组100包括本申请前述图1至图16所示出的摄像模组1以及与该摄像模组1相邻设置的第一副模组102,摄像模组1和第一副模组102同向设置以适于拍摄同一被摄物。第一副模组102包括第一马达1021、被安装于第一马达1021中的第一镜头1022以及用于给该第一副模组102提供电源的第一连接线路板1023,该第一马达1021可以为通过电磁力驱动的音圈马达。The array module 100 includes the camera module 1 shown in the above-mentioned Figures 1 to 16 of the present application and a first sub-module 102 arranged adjacent to the camera module 1. The camera module 1 and the first sub-module 102 are arranged in the same direction to be suitable for photographing the same subject. The first sub-module 102 includes a first motor 1021, a first lens 1022 installed in the first motor 1021, and a first connection circuit board 1023 for providing power to the first sub-module 102. The first motor 1021 can be a voice coil motor driven by electromagnetic force.
第一副模组102还包括一第一感光组件,第一感光组件包括第一芯片线路板和电连接于第一芯片线路板的第一感光芯片和多个电子元件,第一感光芯片用于接收第一镜头1022汇聚的光线并成像。第一连接线路板1023与第一感光组件的第一芯片线路板电连接以提供第二感光组件驱动电源,第一马达1021被固定于第一感光组件并电连接于第一芯片线路板,从而通过第一芯片线路板给第一马达1021提供驱动电源。The first sub-module 102 also includes a first photosensitive component, which includes a first chip circuit board and a first photosensitive chip electrically connected to the first chip circuit board and a plurality of electronic components. The first photosensitive chip is used to receive the light focused by the first lens 1022 and form an image. The first connecting circuit board 1023 is electrically connected to the first chip circuit board of the first photosensitive component to provide a driving power source for the second photosensitive component. The first motor 1021 is fixed to the first photosensitive component and electrically connected to the first chip circuit board, thereby providing a driving power source to the first motor 1021 through the first chip circuit board.
在本申请中,由于光转折元件30呈长条状,驱动装置60和包括该驱动装置60的摄像模组1也呈长条状,因此,在长度方向上,摄像模组1的光学镜头10被偏心的设置于驱动装置60中,驱动装置60中包含磁石的驱动部(驱动部包括前面的对焦驱动部62a(62b)和防抖驱动部65a(65b))被偏心的设置于驱动装置60的另一侧。即,沿长度方向,摄像模组1包括沿长度方向相对设置的一第一区域1011和一第二区域1012,其中,光学镜头10被设置于摄像模组1的第一区域1011,第二区域1012被设置于摄像模组1远离第一区域1011的另一侧。光学镜头10远离第二区域1012设置,驱动装置60中包括磁石的驱动部(驱动部包括前面的对焦驱动部62a(62b)和防抖驱动部65a(65b))被设置于摄像模组1的第二区域1012。In the present application, since the light deflection element 30 is in the shape of an elongated strip, the driving device 60 and the camera module 1 including the driving device 60 are also in the shape of an elongated strip, therefore, in the length direction, the optical lens 10 of the camera module 1 is eccentrically arranged in the driving device 60, and the driving unit containing a magnet in the driving device 60 (the driving unit includes the front focus driving unit 62a (62b) and the anti-shake driving unit 65a (65b)) is eccentrically arranged on the other side of the driving device 60. That is, along the length direction, the camera module 1 includes a first area 1011 and a second area 1012 which are arranged opposite to each other along the length direction, wherein the optical lens 10 is arranged in the first area 1011 of the camera module 1, and the second area 1012 is arranged on the other side of the camera module 1 away from the first area 1011. The optical lens 10 is arranged away from the second area 1012, and the driving unit including a magnet in the driving device 60 (the driving unit includes the front focusing driving unit 62a (62b) and the anti-shake driving unit 65a (65b)) is arranged in the second area 1012 of the camera module 1.
换言之,摄像模组包括沿长度方向相对设置的第一区域1011和第二区域1012,摄像模组1包括光学镜头10和驱动装置60,光学镜头10被偏心的设置于驱动装置60中,光学镜头10被设置于第一区域1011,驱动装置60中包含磁石的驱动部被设置于第二区域1012。即,对焦磁石621a(621b)和至少一防抖磁石
651a(651b)被偏心的设置于摄像模组1的第二区域1012。In other words, the camera module includes a first area 1011 and a second area 1012 which are arranged opposite to each other along the length direction, the camera module 1 includes an optical lens 10 and a driving device 60, the optical lens 10 is eccentrically arranged in the driving device 60, the optical lens 10 is arranged in the first area 1011, and the driving unit including a magnet in the driving device 60 is arranged in the second area 1012. That is, the focus magnet 621a (621b) and at least one anti-shake magnet 651a (651b) is eccentrically arranged in the second area 1012 of the camera module 1.
相应的,如图16所示,第一副模组10被设置于摄像模组1的第一区域1011的周侧,第一副模组102靠近摄像模组1的第一区域1011设置,从而第一副模组102远离摄像模组1的第二区域1012,使得第一副模组102受到该摄像模组1的驱动装置60的磁干扰可以被降低。第一副模组102被相邻的设置于摄像模组1的第一区域1011,可以减少摄像模组1中驱动部所包括的磁石对第一副模组102的干扰,特别是,当第一马达1021被实施为音圈马达(VCM)时,第一副模组102被相邻的设置于摄像模组1的第一区域1011,可以使驱动装置60和第一马达1021之间的磁干扰被降低。Correspondingly, as shown in FIG16 , the first submodule 10 is disposed on the peripheral side of the first region 1011 of the camera module 1, and the first submodule 102 is disposed close to the first region 1011 of the camera module 1, so that the first submodule 102 is away from the second region 1012 of the camera module 1, so that the magnetic interference of the first submodule 102 with the driving device 60 of the camera module 1 can be reduced. The first submodule 102 is disposed adjacent to the first region 1011 of the camera module 1, which can reduce the interference of the magnet included in the driving part of the camera module 1 on the first submodule 102, especially, when the first motor 1021 is implemented as a voice coil motor (VCM), the first submodule 102 is disposed adjacent to the first region 1011 of the camera module 1, so that the magnetic interference between the driving device 60 and the first motor 1021 can be reduced.
进一步的,摄像模组1还包括一用于提供摄像模组1电源的连接线路板44,如图11、图14和图16所示,该连接线路板44沿摄像模组1的长度方向向外延伸。具体的,摄像模组1呈长条状,其具有两个长边侧和两个短边侧,其中一个短边侧更靠近摄像模组1的第一区域1011。在一个具体示例中,两个短边侧相互平行,两个长边侧相互平行,长边侧垂直于短边侧。该摄像模组1的连接线路板44从摄像模组1更靠近第一区域1011的短边侧向外延伸,因此,进一步的,该第一副模组102被相邻的设置于摄像模组1的其中一长边侧,使摄像模组1的连接线路板44不会干涉第一副模组102的安装,以使第一副模组102和摄像模组1可以被设置的更靠近,从而减小阵列模组100的横向尺寸。相应的,该第一副模组102的第一连接线路板1023从第一副模组102不贴近摄像模组1的其中一侧向外延伸,该第一连接线路板1023的延伸方向可以与摄像模组1的连接线路板44的延伸方向平行。Further, the camera module 1 also includes a connecting circuit board 44 for providing power to the camera module 1, as shown in Figures 11, 14 and 16, and the connecting circuit board 44 extends outward along the length direction of the camera module 1. Specifically, the camera module 1 is in the shape of an elongated strip, having two long sides and two short sides, one of which is closer to the first area 1011 of the camera module 1. In a specific example, the two short sides are parallel to each other, the two long sides are parallel to each other, and the long sides are perpendicular to the short sides. The connecting circuit board 44 of the camera module 1 extends outward from the short side of the camera module 1 closer to the first area 1011, so that further, the first sub-module 102 is adjacently arranged on one of the long sides of the camera module 1, so that the connecting circuit board 44 of the camera module 1 will not interfere with the installation of the first sub-module 102, so that the first sub-module 102 and the camera module 1 can be arranged closer, thereby reducing the lateral size of the array module 100. Correspondingly, the first connecting circuit board 1023 of the first sub-module 102 extends outward from one side of the first sub-module 102 that is not close to the camera module 1, and the extension direction of the first connecting circuit board 1023 can be parallel to the extension direction of the connecting circuit board 44 of the camera module 1.
值得一提的是,该阵列模组100还可以包括一模组支架,该第一副模组102和摄像模组1被安装于该模组支架中,以保持第一副模组102和摄像模组1之间的相对位置。It is worth mentioning that the array module 100 may further include a module bracket, and the first sub-module 102 and the camera module 1 are installed in the module bracket to maintain the relative position between the first sub-module 102 and the camera module 1.
应可以理解,在该实施例中,摄像模组1的光学镜头10具有较长的焦距,即该光学镜头10为长焦镜头,该摄像模组1可以为长焦摄像模组。相应的,第一副模组102可以为广角摄像模组,第一镜头1022可以为广角镜头,从而第一副模组102可以与摄像模组1组成广角+长焦的拍照组合。It should be understood that in this embodiment, the optical lens 10 of the camera module 1 has a long focal length, that is, the optical lens 10 is a telephoto lens, and the camera module 1 can be a telephoto camera module. Correspondingly, the first sub-module 102 can be a wide-angle camera module, and the first lens 1022 can be a wide-angle lens, so that the first sub-module 102 can form a wide-angle + telephoto photography combination with the camera module 1.
应可以理解,在该实施例中,因摄像模组1的光学镜头10被竖直的设置在驱动装置60中,第一副模组102的第一镜头1022的光轴可以和摄像模组1的光学镜头10的光轴平行。It should be understood that in this embodiment, since the optical lens 10 of the camera module 1 is vertically arranged in the driving device 60, the optical axis of the first lens 1022 of the first sub-module 102 can be parallel to the optical axis of the optical lens 10 of the camera module 1.
继续参照图16,阵列模组100还可以包括一第二副模组103,该第二副模组103被相邻的设置于摄像模组1另一长边侧且靠近于摄像模组1的第一区域1011。第二副模组103与摄像模组1同向设置以适于拍摄同一被摄物。在一个具体示例中,第一副模组102和第二副模组103被对称的设置于摄像模组1的第一区域1011的周围。Continuing to refer to FIG. 16 , the array module 100 may further include a second submodule 103, which is adjacently arranged on the other long side of the camera module 1 and close to the first area 1011 of the camera module 1. The second submodule 103 is arranged in the same direction as the camera module 1 to be suitable for photographing the same subject. In a specific example, the first submodule 102 and the second submodule 103 are symmetrically arranged around the first area 1011 of the camera module 1.
第二副模组103包括第二马达1031、被安装于第二马达1031中的第二镜头1032以及用于给该第二副模组103提供电源的第二连接线路板1033,该第二马达1031可以为通过电磁力驱动的音圈马达。第二副模组103靠近摄像模组1的第一区域1011设置,从而第二副模组103被远离摄像模组1的第二区域1012设置,使得第二副模组103的第二马达1031受到该摄像模组1的驱动装置60的磁干扰可以被降低。进一步的,该第二副模组103被设置于摄像模组1的另一长边侧,使摄像模组1的连接线路板44不会干涉第二副模组103的安装,以使第二副模组103和摄像模组1可以被设置的更靠近,从而减小阵列模组100的横向尺寸。相应的,该第二副模组103的第二连接线路板1033从第二副模组103不贴近摄像模组1的其中一侧向外延伸,该第二连接线路板1033的延伸方向可以与摄像模组1的连接线路板44的延伸方向垂直。The second submodule 103 includes a second motor 1031, a second lens 1032 installed in the second motor 1031, and a second connection circuit board 1033 for providing power to the second submodule 103. The second motor 1031 can be a voice coil motor driven by electromagnetic force. The second submodule 103 is arranged close to the first area 1011 of the camera module 1, so that the second submodule 103 is arranged away from the second area 1012 of the camera module 1, so that the magnetic interference of the second motor 1031 of the second submodule 103 by the driving device 60 of the camera module 1 can be reduced. Further, the second submodule 103 is arranged on the other long side of the camera module 1, so that the connection circuit board 44 of the camera module 1 will not interfere with the installation of the second submodule 103, so that the second submodule 103 and the camera module 1 can be arranged closer, thereby reducing the lateral size of the array module 100. Correspondingly, the second connecting circuit board 1033 of the second sub-module 103 extends outward from one side of the second sub-module 103 that is not close to the camera module 1, and the extension direction of the second connecting circuit board 1033 can be perpendicular to the extension direction of the connecting circuit board 44 of the camera module 1.
第二副模组103还包括一第二感光组件,第二感光组件包括第二芯片线路板和电连接于第二芯片线路板的第二感光芯片和多个电子元件,第二感光芯片用于接收第二镜头1032汇聚的光线并成像。第二连接线路板1033与第二感光组件的第二芯片线路板电连接以提供第二感光组件驱动电源,第二马达1031被固定于第二感光组件并电连接于第二芯片线路板,从而通过第二芯片线路板给第二马达1021提供驱动电源。值得一提的是,该第二副模组103也可以被安装于该模组支架中,以保持第二副模组103和摄像模组1、第一副模组102之间的相对位置。
The second sub-module 103 also includes a second photosensitive component, which includes a second chip circuit board and a second photosensitive chip electrically connected to the second chip circuit board and a plurality of electronic components. The second photosensitive chip is used to receive the light converged by the second lens 1032 and form an image. The second connecting circuit board 1033 is electrically connected to the second chip circuit board of the second photosensitive component to provide a driving power supply for the second photosensitive component. The second motor 1031 is fixed to the second photosensitive component and electrically connected to the second chip circuit board, thereby providing a driving power supply to the second motor 1021 through the second chip circuit board. It is worth mentioning that the second sub-module 103 can also be installed in the module bracket to maintain the relative position between the second sub-module 103 and the camera module 1 and the first sub-module 102.
应可以理解,在该实施例中,第二副模组103可以为广角摄像模组或者长焦摄像模组以配合摄像模组1和第一副模组102的成像。例如,该第二副模组103可以为焦距小于摄像模组1的长焦摄像模组,从而可以使阵列模组100的变焦变得更顺滑。It should be understood that in this embodiment, the second sub-module 103 can be a wide-angle camera module or a telephoto camera module to cooperate with the imaging of the camera module 1 and the first sub-module 102. For example, the second sub-module 103 can be a telephoto camera module with a focal length smaller than that of the camera module 1, so that the zoom of the array module 100 can be smoother.
应可以理解,在该实施例中,第二副模组103的第二镜头1032的光轴可以和摄像模组1的光学镜头10的光轴、第一副模组102的第一镜头1022的光轴平行。It should be understood that in this embodiment, the optical axis of the second lens 1032 of the second sub-module 103 can be parallel to the optical axis of the optical lens 10 of the camera module 1 and the optical axis of the first lens 1022 of the first sub-module 102 .
应可以理解,在本申请中,阵列模组100还可以包括更多的模组,本申请仅是示例性的指出包含两个和三个模组的排布情况。It should be understood that in the present application, the array module 100 may also include more modules, and the present application merely exemplarily points out the arrangement of two and three modules.
图17至图23B示出了根据本申请一些实施方案的摄像模组1’,摄像模组1’包括光学镜头10’、光转折元件30’、感光组件40’以及驱动装置60’。其中,该光转折元件30’被设置于光学镜头10’与感光组件40’之间,以使得入射光学镜头10’的光线出射后在光转折元件30’内发生至少一次反射后到达感光组件40’,光转折元件30’将从光学镜头10’出射的光线折叠后引导至感光组件40’,从而通过感光组件40’进行成像以获取图像信息。值得一提的是,光转折元件30’为长条状,这样,光线可以在光转折元件30’中实现多次反射,进而多次折叠光路。在本申请中,摄像模组1’中的光学镜头10’、光转折元件30’或者感光组件40’中的一个部件或者多个部件的位置是可以被调整的,以实现摄像模组1’的光学对焦和/或光学防抖功能,例如,驱动装置60’可以被配置为驱动光学镜头10’、光转折元件30’或者感光组件40’中的一个部件或者多个部件移动。FIG. 17 to FIG. 23B show a camera module 1′ according to some embodiments of the present application, wherein the camera module 1′ comprises an optical lens 10′, a light deflection element 30′, a photosensitive component 40′ and a driving device 60′. The light deflection element 30′ is disposed between the optical lens 10′ and the photosensitive component 40′, so that the light incident on the optical lens 10′ is reflected at least once in the light deflection element 30′ before reaching the photosensitive component 40′. The light deflection element 30′ folds the light emitted from the optical lens 10′ and guides it to the photosensitive component 40′, thereby imaging through the photosensitive component 40′ to obtain image information. It is worth mentioning that the light deflection element 30′ is in the shape of a long strip, so that the light can be reflected multiple times in the light deflection element 30′, thereby folding the light path multiple times. In the present application, the position of one or more components among the optical lens 10’, the light deflection element 30’ or the photosensitive component 40’ in the camera module 1’ can be adjusted to achieve the optical focus and/or optical image stabilization function of the camera module 1’. For example, the driving device 60’ can be configured to drive one or more components among the optical lens 10’, the light deflection element 30’ or the photosensitive component 40’ to move.
该光学镜头10’具有一光轴,沿该光轴方向入射光转折元件30’的光线在光转折元件30’内发生至少一次反射,即光线由沿光轴方向传播转折为向大致正交于光轴的另一个方向传播,并最后沿光轴方向射出到达感光组件40’。为了便于描述,建立一直角坐标系,Z轴趋近于光学镜头10’的光轴方向或与光学镜头10’的光轴平行的方向,Z轴方向垂直于X轴方向和Y轴方向所在平面,X轴方向和Y轴方向相互垂直,X轴方向和Y轴方向所在的XOY平面也称为水平方向所在平面,水平方向为垂直于光学镜头10’的光轴的方向。即,X轴方向为摄像模组1’的长度方向,Y轴方向为摄像模组1’的宽度方向,Z轴方向为摄像模组1’的高度方向。应可以理解,在本申请的实施例中,该光学镜头10’的光轴也作为摄像模组1’的光轴。The optical lens 10' has an optical axis, and the light incident on the light deflection element 30' along the optical axis direction is reflected at least once in the light deflection element 30', that is, the light is deflected from propagating along the optical axis direction to propagating in another direction roughly orthogonal to the optical axis, and finally emitted along the optical axis direction to reach the photosensitive component 40'. For the convenience of description, a rectangular coordinate system is established, the Z axis approaches the optical axis direction of the optical lens 10' or the direction parallel to the optical axis of the optical lens 10', the Z axis direction is perpendicular to the plane where the X axis direction and the Y axis direction are located, the X axis direction and the Y axis direction are perpendicular to each other, the XOY plane where the X axis direction and the Y axis direction are located is also called the plane where the horizontal direction is located, and the horizontal direction is the direction perpendicular to the optical axis of the optical lens 10'. That is, the X axis direction is the length direction of the camera module 1', the Y axis direction is the width direction of the camera module 1', and the Z axis direction is the height direction of the camera module 1'. It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the optical axis of the optical lens 10' is also used as the optical axis of the camera module 1'.
如图20A至图20B所示,光转折元件30’包括多个反射面,由光学镜头10’出射的光线在光转折元件30’的多个反射面上发生多次反射,光线由光转折元件30’出射后到达感光组件40’,该感光组件40’和该光学镜头10’被设置于该光转折元件30’的同侧,从而摄像模组1’的高度尺寸仅需考虑感光组件40’和光学镜头10’中的一个的高度尺寸和光转折元件30’的高度尺寸之和,而不必同时叠加光学镜头10’、光转折元件30’和感光组件40’的高度,这样,摄像模组1’的高度尺寸可以被降低。在一个具体示例中,光学镜头10’和光转折元件30’形成了“L”形的结构,感光组件40’被设置在光学镜头10’和光转折元件30’所形成的转角空间中,光学镜头10’的高度尺寸大于感光组件40’的高度尺寸,光学镜头10’的顶面高于感光组件40’的顶面,这样,感光组件40’不影响摄像模组1’的高度,其中,光学镜头10’的顶面和感光组件40’的顶面分别指其远离光转折元件30’的一面。在本申请中,光学镜头10’和光转折元件30’一起组成本申请所述的摄像模组1’的光学组件,换言之,光学组件包括光学镜头10’和光转折元件30’。As shown in FIGS. 20A to 20B , the light deflecting element 30’ includes a plurality of reflective surfaces. The light emitted from the optical lens 10’ is reflected multiple times on the plurality of reflective surfaces of the light deflecting element 30’. The light is emitted from the light deflecting element 30’ and reaches the photosensitive component 40’. The photosensitive component 40’ and the optical lens 10’ are arranged on the same side of the light deflecting element 30’. Therefore, the height dimension of the camera module 1’ only needs to consider the sum of the height dimension of one of the photosensitive component 40’ and the optical lens 10’ and the height dimension of the light deflecting element 30’, without having to simultaneously superimpose the heights of the optical lens 10’, the light deflecting element 30’ and the photosensitive component 40’. In this way, the height dimension of the camera module 1’ can be reduced. In a specific example, the optical lens 10’ and the light deflection element 30’ form an “L” shaped structure, the photosensitive component 40’ is disposed in the corner space formed by the optical lens 10’ and the light deflection element 30’, the height dimension of the optical lens 10’ is greater than the height dimension of the photosensitive component 40’, and the top surface of the optical lens 10’ is higher than the top surface of the photosensitive component 40’, so that the photosensitive component 40’ does not affect the height of the camera module 1’, wherein the top surface of the optical lens 10’ and the top surface of the photosensitive component 40’ refer to the side thereof away from the light deflection element 30’ respectively. In the present application, the optical lens 10’ and the light deflection element 30’ together constitute the optical component of the camera module 1’ described in the present application, in other words, the optical component includes the optical lens 10’ and the light deflection element 30’.
光学镜头10’包括一镜筒12’和被容置于镜筒12’中的至少一光学透镜11’,光学镜头10’收集来自被摄体的光线并传递给光转折元件30’,该光学镜头10’具有一光轴,该光学镜头10’的光轴垂直于光转折元件30’。在一个具体示例中,如图20A和图20B所示,光学镜头10’包括沿光线入射方向设置的第一透镜L1’、第二透镜L2’和第三透镜L3’三个光学透镜11’,其中,第一透镜L1’、第二透镜L2’和第三透镜L3’被固定于镜筒12’,从而通过镜筒12’保持三个光学透镜11’相互之间的间距。The optical lens 10' includes a lens barrel 12' and at least one optical lens 11' accommodated in the lens barrel 12'. The optical lens 10' collects light from the subject and transmits it to the light deflection element 30'. The optical lens 10' has an optical axis, and the optical axis of the optical lens 10' is perpendicular to the light deflection element 30'. In a specific example, as shown in FIG. 20A and FIG. 20B , the optical lens 10' includes three optical lenses 11', namely, a first lens L1', a second lens L2' and a third lens L3', which are arranged along the incident direction of the light. The first lens L1', the second lens L2' and the third lens L3' are fixed to the lens barrel 12', so that the distance between the three optical lenses 11' is maintained by the lens barrel 12'.
在本申请的一个实施例中,摄像模组1’还包括一补偿透镜组20’,该补偿透镜组20’可以被设置于光转折元件30’和感光组件40’之间,该补偿透镜组20’可以进一步调制从光转折元件30’出射的光线。例如,可以通过补偿透镜组20’进一步汇聚从光转折元件30’出射的光线,以使后焦减小,从而达到缩小摄像模组1’
尺寸的目的。在一个具体示例中,如图20B所示,该补偿透镜组20’包括一补偿透镜21’,该补偿透镜21’被设置于光转折元件30’和感光组件40’之间,例如,该补偿透镜21’可以通过胶水粘接的方式被固定于光转折元件30’上。In one embodiment of the present application, the camera module 1' further includes a compensation lens group 20', which can be disposed between the light deflection element 30' and the photosensitive component 40'. The compensation lens group 20' can further modulate the light emitted from the light deflection element 30'. For example, the compensation lens group 20' can further converge the light emitted from the light deflection element 30' to reduce the back focus, thereby reducing the camera module 1'. In a specific example, as shown in FIG20B , the compensation lens group 20 ′ includes a compensation lens 21 ′, and the compensation lens 21 ′ is disposed between the light deflection element 30 ′ and the photosensitive component 40 ′. For example, the compensation lens 21 ′ can be fixed to the light deflection element 30 ′ by gluing.
继续参照图17至图23B,感光组件40’包括一芯片线路板42’和与该芯片线路板42’电连接的一感光芯片41’和至少一电子元件,其中,感光芯片41’的感光面朝向光转折元件30’以接收从光转折元件30’出射的光线。在一个具体示例中,感光芯片41’被固定于芯片线路板42’面向光转折元件30’的一面。至少一电子元件可以被实施为电容、电阻等无源电子器件或者二极管、存储芯片等有源电子器件,至少一电子元件可以被设置于芯片线路板42’面向光转折元件30’的一面或者远离光转折元件30’的另一面。应可以理解,感光组件40’和光学镜头10’被设置于光转折元件30’的同侧即指感光组件40’中的感光芯片41’和光学镜头10’被设置于光转折元件30’的同侧。这样,在一个具体示例中,光线入射光学镜头10’的方向与光线入射感光组件40’的感光芯片41’的方向相反。Continuing to refer to FIG. 17 to FIG. 23B , the photosensitive component 40′ includes a chip circuit board 42′, a photosensitive chip 41′ electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42′, and at least one electronic component, wherein the photosensitive surface of the photosensitive chip 41′ faces the light turning element 30′ to receive the light emitted from the light turning element 30′. In a specific example, the photosensitive chip 41′ is fixed to the side of the chip circuit board 42′ facing the light turning element 30′. The at least one electronic component can be implemented as a passive electronic device such as a capacitor or a resistor or an active electronic device such as a diode or a memory chip, and the at least one electronic component can be arranged on the side of the chip circuit board 42′ facing the light turning element 30′ or on the other side away from the light turning element 30′. It should be understood that the photosensitive component 40′ and the optical lens 10′ are arranged on the same side of the light turning element 30′, which means that the photosensitive chip 41′ and the optical lens 10′ in the photosensitive component 40′ are arranged on the same side of the light turning element 30′. Thus, in a specific example, the direction in which the light is incident on the optical lens 10' is opposite to the direction in which the light is incident on the photosensitive chip 41' of the photosensitive component 40'.
进一步地,在本申请的一些实施方式中,摄像模组1’还包括一滤光组件50’,该滤光组件50’被设置于光线的光路上,进而摄像模组1’可以通过滤光组件50’滤除不必要的杂光(例如红外线)。在本申请的一个实施方式中,该滤光组件50’被设置于光转折元件30’和感光组件40’之间,例如,在一个具体示例中,滤光组件50’包括滤光元件51’和用于支撑滤光元件51’的滤光元件支架52’,滤光元件51’通过例如胶水粘接的方式被支撑于滤光元件支架52’,滤光元件支架52’的两侧被分别固定于芯片线路板42’,从而滤光组件50’被设置于光转折元件30’和感光芯片41’之间。在本申请的其他实施方式中,滤光组件50’可以被设置在光转折元件30’和/或光学镜头10’中,例如,滤光组件50’可以被实施为一层滤光膜,滤光膜被贴附于光转折元件30’的一个表面上,或者,滤光膜被贴附于光学镜头10’的至少一个光学透镜11’的表面,从而实现滤除红外光线的功能。Furthermore, in some embodiments of the present application, the camera module 1' further includes a filter component 50', and the filter component 50' is disposed on the optical path of the light, so that the camera module 1' can filter out unnecessary stray light (such as infrared light) through the filter component 50'. In one embodiment of the present application, the filter component 50' is disposed between the light turning element 30' and the photosensitive component 40'. For example, in a specific example, the filter component 50' includes a filter element 51' and a filter element bracket 52' for supporting the filter element 51'. The filter element 51' is supported on the filter element bracket 52' by, for example, gluing. The two sides of the filter element bracket 52' are respectively fixed to the chip circuit board 42', so that the filter component 50' is disposed between the light turning element 30' and the photosensitive chip 41'. In other embodiments of the present application, the filter component 50’ can be arranged in the light deflection element 30’ and/or the optical lens 10’. For example, the filter component 50’ can be implemented as a layer of filter film, and the filter film is attached to a surface of the light deflection element 30’, or the filter film is attached to the surface of at least one optical lens 11’ of the optical lens 10’, so as to achieve the function of filtering out infrared light.
在本申请中,如图20A和图30B所示,光转折元件30’具有多个反射面,以使得进入光转折元件30’内的光线可以发生多次反射,这样可以有效地增加光学TTL,使得摄像模组1’适合用于捕获远距离处的对象并提供该远处对象的高质量图像。TTL是指摄像模组1’的光学镜头10’的入光侧(面向被摄物体)的前顶点与感光组件40’处的图像平面之间的光轴上的距离。In the present application, as shown in FIG. 20A and FIG. 30B , the light deflection element 30 ′ has a plurality of reflective surfaces so that the light entering the light deflection element 30 ′ can be reflected multiple times, which can effectively increase the optical TTL, making the camera module 1 ′ suitable for capturing objects at a long distance and providing high-quality images of the objects at a long distance. TTL refers to the distance on the optical axis between the front vertex of the light incident side (facing the object) of the optical lens 10 ′ of the camera module 1 ′ and the image plane at the photosensitive component 40 ′.
在通常情况下,TTL的增加会增加摄像模组的尺寸,从而使其不适合集成在小型移动设备中。在本申请的一个实施例中,该光转折元件30’沿水平方向延伸,即光转折元件30’沿水平方向的长度大于其沿高度方向的高度或厚度,光线在光转折元件30’内发生多次反射时,光转折元件30’可以保持较低的高度或厚度,进而避免摄像模组的高度增加。也就是,光转折元件30’沿水平方向延伸的长度大于其沿高度方向延伸的高度,以在保持有效的情况下减小摄像模组的高度,进而满足摄像模组小型化的需求。Under normal circumstances, the increase of TTL will increase the size of the camera module, making it unsuitable for integration in small mobile devices. In one embodiment of the present application, the light deflection element 30' extends in the horizontal direction, that is, the length of the light deflection element 30' in the horizontal direction is greater than its height or thickness in the height direction. When the light is reflected multiple times in the light deflection element 30', the light deflection element 30' can maintain a lower height or thickness, thereby avoiding an increase in the height of the camera module. In other words, the length of the light deflection element 30' extending in the horizontal direction is greater than its height extending in the height direction, so as to reduce the height of the camera module while maintaining effectiveness, thereby meeting the demand for miniaturization of the camera module.
在本申请的一个实施例中,光线在光转折元件30’发生反射的次数为奇数,感光组件40’和光学镜头10’被集中设置于该光转折元件30’的同侧,经过光学镜头10’的光线在光转折元件30’内发生奇数次反射后射出到达感光组件40’。在本申请的另一个实施例中,光线在光转折元件30’发生反射的次数为偶数,感光组件40’和光学镜头10’分别被设置于该光转折元件30’的异侧,经过光学镜头10’的光线在光转折元件30’内发生偶数次反射后射出到达感光组件40’。In one embodiment of the present application, the number of times the light is reflected in the light turning element 30' is an odd number, the photosensitive component 40' and the optical lens 10' are centrally arranged on the same side of the light turning element 30', and the light passing through the optical lens 10' is reflected in the light turning element 30' for an odd number of times before being emitted to reach the photosensitive component 40'. In another embodiment of the present application, the number of times the light is reflected in the light turning element 30' is an even number, the photosensitive component 40' and the optical lens 10' are respectively arranged on the opposite sides of the light turning element 30', and the light passing through the optical lens 10' is reflected in the light turning element 30' for an even number of times before being emitted to reach the photosensitive component 40'.
具体地,在本申请的一个实施例中,该光转折元件30’包括至少四个表面,该至少四个表面中的至少三个表面为反射面,光线在光转折元件30’中的至少三个反射面上发生反射。例如,该光转折元件30’包括梯形棱镜,光转折元件30’的截面为梯形,当该光转折元件30’包括三个反射面,光线在光转折元件30’内发生三次反射;当该光转折元件30’包括四个反射面,光线在光转折元件30’内发生五次反射或发生四次反射,本申请在后面进行详细介绍。当然,在本申请的其他实施例中,该光转折元件30’可以包括其他形状棱镜,例如三角形棱镜、五边形棱镜、六边形棱镜等,并且仍然提供上述光转折功能和设计益处,本申请对此不做限制。
Specifically, in one embodiment of the present application, the light deflecting element 30' includes at least four surfaces, at least three of the at least four surfaces are reflective surfaces, and the light is reflected on at least three reflective surfaces in the light deflecting element 30'. For example, the light deflecting element 30' includes a trapezoidal prism, and the cross-section of the light deflecting element 30' is a trapezoid. When the light deflecting element 30' includes three reflective surfaces, the light is reflected three times in the light deflecting element 30'; when the light deflecting element 30' includes four reflective surfaces, the light is reflected five times or four times in the light deflecting element 30', which will be described in detail later in the present application. Of course, in other embodiments of the present application, the light deflecting element 30' may include prisms of other shapes, such as triangular prisms, pentagonal prisms, hexagonal prisms, etc., and still provide the above-mentioned light deflection function and design benefits, which is not limited by the present application.
如图20A和图20B所示,在本申请的一个实施例中,该光转折元件30’被实施为梯形棱镜,光转折元件30’包括四个表面,例如:第一表面31’、第二表面32’、第三表面33’和第四表面34’。第一表面31’所在平面与第三表面33’所在平面互相平行,第三表面33’的长度小于第一表面31’的长度,第二表面32’所在平面与第四表面34’所在平面相交。其中,光转折元件30’的四个表面中至少三个表面具有反射功能,例如:第一表面31’、第二表面32’、第三表面33’和第四表面34’为反射面,具有反射功能,可以对光线进行反射,从而实现光线在光转折元件30’中的四次、五次或更多次反射;或者,也可以仅有第一表面31’、第二表面32’和第四表面34’为反射面,具有反射功能,可以对光线进行反射,从而仅实现光线在光转折元件30’中的三次反射。As shown in FIG. 20A and FIG. 20B , in one embodiment of the present application, the light deflection element 30 ′ is implemented as a trapezoidal prism, and the light deflection element 30 ′ includes four surfaces, for example, a first surface 31 ′, a second surface 32 ′, a third surface 33 ′, and a fourth surface 34 ′. The plane where the first surface 31 ′ is located is parallel to the plane where the third surface 33 ′ is located, the length of the third surface 33 ′ is less than the length of the first surface 31 ′, and the plane where the second surface 32 ′ is located intersects with the plane where the fourth surface 34 ′ is located. Among them, at least three of the four surfaces of the light deflection element 30 ′ have a reflective function, for example, the first surface 31 ′, the second surface 32 ′, the third surface 33 ′, and the fourth surface 34 ′ are reflective surfaces, have a reflective function, and can reflect light, thereby realizing four, five, or more reflections of light in the light deflection element 30 ′; or, only the first surface 31 ′, the second surface 32 ′, and the fourth surface 34 ′ can be reflective surfaces, have a reflective function, and can reflect light, thereby realizing only three reflections of light in the light deflection element 30 ′.
在一个具体示例中,第二表面32’与第一表面31’相交的夹角为锐角,第四表面34’与第一表面31’相交的夹角为锐角,第二表面32’与第三表面33’相交的夹角为钝角,第四表面34’与第三表面33’相交的夹角为钝角。其中,第二表面32’与第一表面31’相交的夹角可在25°和35°的范围内,第四表面34’与第一表面31’相交的夹角可在25°和35°的范围内。应可以理解,光转折元件30’的各个表面之间的角度可以控制光线在光转折元件30’内发生反射时的反射角度,以实现光转折元件30’对光线进行多次反射的功能。In a specific example, the angle at which the second surface 32’ intersects with the first surface 31’ is an acute angle, the angle at which the fourth surface 34’ intersects with the first surface 31’ is an acute angle, the angle at which the second surface 32’ intersects with the third surface 33’ is an obtuse angle, and the angle at which the fourth surface 34’ intersects with the third surface 33’ is an obtuse angle. Among them, the angle at which the second surface 32’ intersects with the first surface 31’ may be in the range of 25° and 35°, and the angle at which the fourth surface 34’ intersects with the first surface 31’ may be in the range of 25° and 35°. It should be understood that the angles between the various surfaces of the light deflection element 30’ can control the reflection angle of light when it is reflected in the light deflection element 30’, so as to realize the function of the light deflection element 30’ to reflect light multiple times.
进一步地,该光转折元件30’为等腰梯形棱镜,即,光转折元件30’在高度方向的截面为等腰梯形(近似于等腰梯形),如梯形棱镜的截面图(见图20A和图20B)中所示,第二表面32’与第四表面34’的长度相等,且第二表面32’与第四表面34’呈轴对称结构。其中,第二表面32’与第一表面31’的夹角和第四表面34’与第一表面31’的夹角相等,第二表面32’与第三表面33’的夹角和第四表面34’与第三表面33’的夹角相等。在一个具体示例中,入射光的光轴在光转折元件30’中的光路呈轴对称。Furthermore, the light deflection element 30' is an isosceles trapezoidal prism, that is, the cross section of the light deflection element 30' in the height direction is an isosceles trapezoid (similar to an isosceles trapezoid). As shown in the cross-sectional view of the trapezoidal prism (see FIG. 20A and FIG. 20B ), the second surface 32' and the fourth surface 34' are equal in length, and the second surface 32' and the fourth surface 34' are axially symmetrical. Among them, the angle between the second surface 32' and the first surface 31' is equal to the angle between the fourth surface 34' and the first surface 31', and the angle between the second surface 32' and the third surface 33' is equal to the angle between the fourth surface 34' and the third surface 33'. In a specific example, the optical axis of the incident light is axially symmetrical in the optical path of the light deflection element 30'.
在本申请的一个实施例中,该光转折元件30’的第二表面32’、第四表面34’和/或第三表面33’可以被设置反射涂层,或设置反射器,以使得光线可以在第二表面32’、第四表面34’和/或第三表面33’上发生反射。例如,在本申请一具体示例中,反射涂层可包括基于薄金属层的镜面涂层、具有白色内表面的膜等。进一步的,该光转折元件30’的第一表面31’的至少一部分被设置反射涂层,第一表面31’的至少一部分不设置反射涂层,以使得第一表面31’可透射光线或使得光线穿过第一表面31’。进一步的,第一表面31’也可以在全内反射的现象下反射光线。In one embodiment of the present application, the second surface 32’, the fourth surface 34’ and/or the third surface 33’ of the light deflection element 30’ may be provided with a reflective coating, or a reflector may be provided, so that light can be reflected on the second surface 32’, the fourth surface 34’ and/or the third surface 33’. For example, in a specific example of the present application, the reflective coating may include a mirror coating based on a thin metal layer, a film with a white inner surface, etc. Further, at least a portion of the first surface 31’ of the light deflection element 30’ is provided with a reflective coating, and at least a portion of the first surface 31’ is not provided with a reflective coating, so that the first surface 31’ can transmit light or allow light to pass through the first surface 31’. Further, the first surface 31’ may also reflect light under the phenomenon of total internal reflection.
应可以理解,当光线的入射角接近或大于某一限制角(称为临界角)时,可发生全内反射。其中,入射角是指入射在表面上的光和在入射点处垂直于该表面的线(称为法线)之间的角度。因此,当光线的入射角小于临界角时,光转折元件30’的第一表面31’可使光线穿过;当光线的入射角接近或大于临界角时,光转折元件30’的第一表面31’可在相应表面处反射光线。It should be understood that when the incident angle of the light is close to or greater than a certain limiting angle (called the critical angle), total internal reflection may occur. The incident angle refers to the angle between the light incident on the surface and the line perpendicular to the surface at the incident point (called the normal line). Therefore, when the incident angle of the light is less than the critical angle, the first surface 31' of the light deflection element 30' allows the light to pass through; when the incident angle of the light is close to or greater than the critical angle, the first surface 31' of the light deflection element 30' may reflect the light at the corresponding surface.
具体地,在本申请的一个实施例中,第一表面31’包括入光区311’、出光区312’和被设置于入光区311’和出光区312’之间的反射区313’,其中,入光区311’和出光区312’不设置反射涂层,以使得光线可以从入光区311’进入光转折元件30’,从出光区312’射出光转折元件30’。反射区313’设置反射涂层,以使得光线经过反射区313’时发生反射。Specifically, in one embodiment of the present application, the first surface 31' includes a light entrance area 311', a light exit area 312', and a reflection area 313' disposed between the light entrance area 311' and the light exit area 312', wherein the light entrance area 311' and the light exit area 312' are not provided with a reflection coating, so that light can enter the light turning element 30' from the light entrance area 311' and exit the light turning element 30' from the light exit area 312'. The reflection area 313' is provided with a reflection coating, so that light is reflected when passing through the reflection area 313'.
其中,在一个示例中,入光区311’的尺寸等于出光区312’的尺寸,反射区313’的尺寸不小于入光区311’或出光区312’的尺寸,以使得由入光区311’进入光转折元件30’的光线都可以被反射后由出光区312’射出到达感光组件40’,避免了光量的损失,也可以减少杂散光的产生。在本申请一具体示例中,入光区311’的尺寸等于反射区313’的尺寸等于出光区312’的尺寸,以使得光转折元件30’的多次反射的效果更好,可以避免光量的损失,也可以减少杂散光的产生。In one example, the size of the light entrance area 311' is equal to the size of the light exit area 312', and the size of the reflection area 313' is not less than the size of the light entrance area 311' or the light exit area 312', so that the light entering the light deflection element 30' from the light entrance area 311' can be reflected and then emitted from the light exit area 312' to reach the photosensitive component 40', thereby avoiding the loss of light and reducing the generation of stray light. In a specific example of the present application, the size of the light entrance area 311' is equal to the size of the reflection area 313' and is equal to the size of the light exit area 312', so that the multiple reflections of the light deflection element 30' are better, thereby avoiding the loss of light and reducing the generation of stray light.
进一步的,入光区311’和出光区312’均被设置于第一表面31’,也就是说,摄像模组1’的光线入射和出射均位于光转折元件30’的同一侧。这样,光学镜头10’和感光组件40’被集中于光转折元件30’的同一侧,这样,摄像模组1’的高度仅由光学镜头10’或感光组件40’的高度与光转折元件30’的高度之和确定,有利于减小摄像模组1’的高度。
Furthermore, the light entrance area 311' and the light exit area 312' are both arranged on the first surface 31', that is, the light entrance and exit of the camera module 1' are both located on the same side of the light deflection element 30'. In this way, the optical lens 10' and the photosensitive component 40' are concentrated on the same side of the light deflection element 30', so that the height of the camera module 1' is only determined by the sum of the height of the optical lens 10' or the photosensitive component 40' and the height of the light deflection element 30', which is conducive to reducing the height of the camera module 1'.
在本申请的一个实施例中,光转折元件30’可奇数次反射光转折元件30’内的光线,以引导来自光学镜头10’的光线穿过光转折元件30’到达感光组件40’。当光线在光转折元件30’内发生三次反射时,光线穿过第一表面31’的入光区311’进入光转折元件30’内;在第二表面32’处反射穿过第一表面31’的入光区311’的光线中的至少一些光;在第一表面31’的反射区313’处反射从第二表面32’反射的光线中的至少一些光;在第四表面34’处反射第一表面31’的反射区313’反射的光线中的至少一些光;以使得光线穿过第一表面31’的出光区312’到达感光组件40’。In one embodiment of the present application, the light deflecting element 30’ can reflect the light in the light deflecting element 30’ an odd number of times to guide the light from the optical lens 10’ to pass through the light deflecting element 30’ to reach the photosensitive component 40’. When the light is reflected three times in the light deflecting element 30’, the light passes through the light entrance area 311’ of the first surface 31’ to enter the light deflecting element 30’; at least some of the light passing through the light entrance area 311’ of the first surface 31’ is reflected at the second surface 32’; at least some of the light reflected from the second surface 32’ is reflected at the reflection area 313’ of the first surface 31’; at least some of the light reflected from the reflection area 313’ of the first surface 31’ is reflected at the fourth surface 34’; so that the light passes through the light exit area 312’ of the first surface 31’ to reach the photosensitive component 40’.
在本申请的另一个实施例中,如图20A所示,当光线在光转折元件30’内发生五次反射时,光线穿过第一表面31’的入光区311’进入光转折元件30’内;在第二表面32’处反射穿过第一表面31’的入光区311’的光线中的至少一些光;在第一表面31’的反射区313’处反射从第二表面32’反射的光线中的至少一些光;在第三表面33’处反射第一表面31’的反射区313’反射的光线中的至少一些光;在第一表面31’的出光区312’反射第三表面33’反射的光线中的至少一些光;以及,在第四表面34’反射第一表面31’的出光区312’反射的光线中的至少一些光,以使得光线穿过第一表面31’的出光区312’到达感光组件40’。In another embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG20A, when the light is reflected five times in the light turning element 30’, the light passes through the light entrance area 311’ of the first surface 31’ and enters the light turning element 30’; at least some of the light passing through the light entrance area 311’ of the first surface 31’ is reflected at the second surface 32’; at least some of the light reflected from the second surface 32’ is reflected at the reflection area 313’ of the first surface 31’; at least some of the light reflected from the reflection area 313’ of the first surface 31’ is reflected at the third surface 33’; at least some of the light reflected from the third surface 33’ is reflected at the light exit area 312’ of the first surface 31’; and, at least some of the light reflected from the light exit area 312’ of the first surface 31’ is reflected at the fourth surface 34’, so that the light passes through the light exit area 312’ of the first surface 31’ and reaches the photosensitive component 40’.
应可以理解,来自光学镜头10’的光线可穿过第一表面31’的入光区311’进入光转折元件30’内,并在光转折元件30’内发生奇数次反射。光线中的至少一些光可到达第二表面32’,然后在第二表面32’处被反射,从第二表面32’反射的光线中的至少一些光可到达第一表面31’的反射区313’或入光区311’。当光线到达第一表面31’的反射区313’时,在第一表面31’的反射区313’被反射,从第一表面31’的反射区313’反射的光线中的至少一些光可到达第三表面33’或第四表面34’,并在第三表面33’或第四表面34’处被反射;当光线到达第一表面31’的入光区311’时,当光线的入射角接近或大于光转折元件30’的临界角时,光可在全内反射下在第一表面31’的入光区311’处被反射,从第一表面31’的入光区311’反射的光线中的至少一些光可到达第三表面33’或第四表面34’,并在第三表面33’或第四表面34’处被反射。It should be understood that the light from the optical lens 10' can enter the light deflection element 30' through the light entrance area 311' of the first surface 31' and undergo an odd number of reflections in the light deflection element 30'. At least some of the light can reach the second surface 32' and then be reflected at the second surface 32', and at least some of the light reflected from the second surface 32' can reach the reflection area 313' or the light entrance area 311' of the first surface 31'. When light reaches the reflection area 313’ of the first surface 31’, it is reflected at the reflection area 313’ of the first surface 31’, and at least some of the light reflected from the reflection area 313’ of the first surface 31’ can reach the third surface 33’ or the fourth surface 34’, and be reflected at the third surface 33’ or the fourth surface 34’; when light reaches the light entrance area 311’ of the first surface 31’, when the incident angle of the light is close to or greater than the critical angle of the light turning element 30’, the light can be reflected at the light entrance area 311’ of the first surface 31’ under total internal reflection, and at least some of the light reflected from the light entrance area 311’ of the first surface 31’ can reach the third surface 33’ or the fourth surface 34’, and be reflected at the third surface 33’ or the fourth surface 34’.
若从第一表面31’反射的光线中的至少一些光到达第四表面34’,并最后在第四表面34’处被反射,离开光转折元件30’以到达感光组件40’。在一个实施例中,光线在光转折元件30’中发生了三次反射,这样可以有效地增加光学镜头10’和感光组件40’之间的焦距,也就是,可有效地增加摄像模组1’的光学TTL,使得摄像模组1’适合用于捕获远距离处的对象并提供该远处对象的高质量图像。If at least some of the light reflected from the first surface 31' reaches the fourth surface 34', and is finally reflected at the fourth surface 34', it leaves the light deflection element 30' to reach the photosensitive component 40'. In one embodiment, the light is reflected three times in the light deflection element 30', which can effectively increase the focal length between the optical lens 10' and the photosensitive component 40', that is, the optical TTL of the camera module 1' can be effectively increased, so that the camera module 1' is suitable for capturing objects at a long distance and providing high-quality images of the distant objects.
若从第一表面31’反射的光线中的至少一些光到达第三表面33’,接着,从第三表面33’反射的光中的至少一些光可到达第一表面31’的出光区312’,当光线的入射角接近或大于光转折元件30’的临界角时,光可在全内反射下在第一表面31’的出光区312’处被反射,从第一表面31’的出光区312’反射的光线中的至少一些光可到达第四表面34’,并最后在第四表面34’处被反射,离开光转折元件30’以到达感光组件40’。如图20A所示,在该实施例中,光线在光转折元件30’中发生了五次反射,这样可以有效地增加光学镜头10’和感光组件40’之间的焦距,也就是,可有效地增加摄像模组1’的光学TTL,使得摄像模组1’适合用于捕获远距离处的对象并提供该远处对象的高质量图像。If at least some of the light reflected from the first surface 31' reaches the third surface 33', then at least some of the light reflected from the third surface 33' can reach the light exit area 312' of the first surface 31'. When the incident angle of the light is close to or greater than the critical angle of the light deflection element 30', the light can be reflected at the light exit area 312' of the first surface 31' under total internal reflection. At least some of the light reflected from the light exit area 312' of the first surface 31' can reach the fourth surface 34', and finally reflected at the fourth surface 34', leaving the light deflection element 30' to reach the photosensitive component 40'. As shown in FIG20A, in this embodiment, the light is reflected five times in the light deflection element 30', which can effectively increase the focal length between the optical lens 10' and the photosensitive component 40', that is, the optical TTL of the camera module 1' can be effectively increased, so that the camera module 1' is suitable for capturing objects at a long distance and providing high-quality images of the distant objects.
在本申请的另一个实施例中,该光转折元件30’被实施为平行四边形棱镜,光转折元件30’包括四个表面,例如:第一表面31’、第二表面32’、第三表面33’和第四表面34’。第一表面31’所在平面与第三表面33’所在平面互相平行,第二表面32’所在平面与第四表面34’所在平面互相平行。其中,光转折元件30’的四个表面具有反射功能,例如:第一表面31’、第二表面32’、第三表面33’和第四表面34’为反射面,可以对光线进行反射。In another embodiment of the present application, the light deflection element 30' is implemented as a parallelogram prism, and the light deflection element 30' includes four surfaces, for example: a first surface 31', a second surface 32', a third surface 33' and a fourth surface 34'. The plane where the first surface 31' is located is parallel to the plane where the third surface 33' is located, and the plane where the second surface 32' is located is parallel to the plane where the fourth surface 34' is located. Among them, the four surfaces of the light deflection element 30' have a reflective function, for example: the first surface 31', the second surface 32', the third surface 33' and the fourth surface 34' are reflective surfaces that can reflect light.
在该实施例中,光线在光转折元件30’发生四次反射,感光组件40’和光学镜头10’分别被设置于该光转折元件30’的异侧,经过光学镜头10’的光线在光转折元件30’内发生四次反射后射出到达感光组件40’。例如,光学镜头10’被设置于第一表面31’的一侧,感光组件40’被设置于第三表面33’的一侧。In this embodiment, the light is reflected four times in the light deflection element 30', the photosensitive component 40' and the optical lens 10' are respectively arranged on the opposite sides of the light deflection element 30', and the light passing through the optical lens 10' is reflected four times in the light deflection element 30' before being emitted to the photosensitive component 40'. For example, the optical lens 10' is arranged on one side of the first surface 31', and the photosensitive component 40' is arranged on one side of the third surface 33'.
在本申请的一个实施例中,光转折元件30’可以被实施为一体式棱镜,如图20A和图20B所示,该一体式棱镜为梯形棱镜。在本申请的另一个实施例中,光转折元件30’还可以被实施为分体式棱镜,即该
光转折元件30’可以是由多个棱镜组合起来形成的。例如,该分体式棱镜包括至少两个棱镜:第一棱镜和第二棱镜,其中,在本申请一具体示例中,第一棱镜为平行四边形棱镜,第二棱镜为三角形棱镜,第一棱镜和第二棱镜通过光学透明粘合剂或卡扣等方式接合在一起形成光转折元件30’,这样,在通过拼板方式制造光转折元件30’时,可以简化制造流程,提升原料的利用率。当然,应可以理解,在本申请另一具体示例中,第一棱镜可以为直角梯形棱镜,第二棱镜可以为直角三角形棱镜或直角梯形棱镜,第一棱镜和第二棱镜通过光学透明粘合剂或卡扣等方式接合在一起形成光转折元件30’。In one embodiment of the present application, the light deflection element 30' can be implemented as an integrated prism, as shown in FIG. 20A and FIG. 20B, and the integrated prism is a trapezoidal prism. In another embodiment of the present application, the light deflection element 30' can also be implemented as a split prism, that is, the The light deflection element 30' can be formed by combining a plurality of prisms. For example, the split prism includes at least two prisms: a first prism and a second prism, wherein, in a specific example of the present application, the first prism is a parallelogram prism, and the second prism is a triangular prism, and the first prism and the second prism are joined together by means of an optically transparent adhesive or a snap-fit, etc. to form the light deflection element 30'. In this way, when the light deflection element 30' is manufactured by means of a panelization method, the manufacturing process can be simplified and the utilization rate of the raw materials can be improved. Of course, it should be understood that in another specific example of the present application, the first prism can be a right-angled trapezoidal prism, and the second prism can be a right-angled triangular prism or a right-angled trapezoidal prism, and the first prism and the second prism are joined together by means of an optically transparent adhesive or a snap-fit, etc. to form the light deflection element 30'.
在本申请的再一具体示例中,如图21A所示,该分体式棱镜36’还包括一第三棱镜363’,其中,第一棱镜361’为直角梯形棱镜、第二棱镜362’为矩形棱镜、第三棱镜363’为直角梯形棱镜,第一棱镜361’、第二棱镜362’和第三棱镜363’通过光学透明粘合剂或卡扣等方式接合在一起形成光转折元件30’,这样,在通过拼板方式制造光转折元件30’时,可以简化制造流程,提升原料的利用率。或者,如图21B所示,第一棱镜361’和第三棱镜363’为三棱镜,第二棱镜362’为四边形棱镜,例如,第一棱镜361’、第三棱镜363’为直角三角形棱镜,第二棱镜362’为矩形棱镜;或者,第一棱镜361’、第三棱镜363’为三角形棱镜,第二棱镜362’为平行四边形棱镜,第一棱镜361’、第二棱镜362’和第三棱镜363’通过光学透明粘合剂或卡扣等方式接合在一起形成光转折元件30’。In another specific example of the present application, as shown in FIG21A, the split prism 36' also includes a third prism 363', wherein the first prism 361' is a right-angled trapezoidal prism, the second prism 362' is a rectangular prism, and the third prism 363' is a right-angled trapezoidal prism. The first prism 361', the second prism 362' and the third prism 363' are joined together by optically transparent adhesives or snaps to form a light deflection element 30'. In this way, when the light deflection element 30' is manufactured by means of a panel assembly method, the manufacturing process can be simplified and the utilization rate of raw materials can be improved. Alternatively, as shown in FIG21B , the first prism 361’ and the third prism 363’ are triangular prisms, and the second prism 362’ is a quadrilateral prism. For example, the first prism 361’ and the third prism 363’ are right-angled triangular prisms, and the second prism 362’ is a rectangular prism. Alternatively, the first prism 361’ and the third prism 363’ are triangular prisms, and the second prism 362’ is a parallelogram prism. The first prism 361’, the second prism 362’ and the third prism 363’ are joined together by optically transparent adhesives or snaps to form a light turning element 30’.
继续参照图21A,在分体式棱镜36’中,第二棱镜362’被设置于第一棱镜361’与第三棱镜363’之间,当光线穿过第一棱镜361’的入光区311’进入第一棱镜361’内,光线中的至少一些光在第一棱镜361’内发生至少一次反射到达第二棱镜362’,然后到达第二棱镜362’的光线中的至少一些光在第二棱镜362’内发生至少一次反射到达第三棱镜363’,最后到达第三棱镜363’的光线中的至少一些光在第三棱镜363’内发生至少一次反射到达第三棱镜363’的出光区312’,并从第三棱镜363’射出到达感光组件40’。Continuing with reference to FIG. 21A , in the split prism 36’, the second prism 362’ is disposed between the first prism 361’ and the third prism 363’. When light passes through the light entrance area 311’ of the first prism 361’ and enters the first prism 361’, at least some of the light is reflected at least once in the first prism 361’ and reaches the second prism 362’. Then, at least some of the light reaching the second prism 362’ is reflected at least once in the second prism 362’ and reaches the third prism 363’. Finally, at least some of the light reaching the third prism 363’ is reflected at least once in the third prism 363’ and reaches the light exit area 312’ of the third prism 363’, and is emitted from the third prism 363’ to reach the photosensitive component 40’.
应可以理解,在本申请中,第一棱镜361’的入光区311’和第三棱镜363’的出光区312’均被设置于光转折元件30’(分体式棱镜36’)的同一侧,以使得光线可以从光转折元件30’的同一侧射入和射出,这样可以将光学镜头10’和感光组件40’被集中于光转折元件30’的同一侧,以减小摄像模组1’的高度。It should be understood that in the present application, the light entrance area 311' of the first prism 361' and the light exit area 312' of the third prism 363' are both arranged on the same side of the light deflection element 30' (split prism 36') so that light can enter and exit from the same side of the light deflection element 30'. In this way, the optical lens 10' and the photosensitive component 40' can be concentrated on the same side of the light deflection element 30' to reduce the height of the camera module 1'.
进一步的,光转折元件30’还可以包括被设置于第一棱镜361’和第二棱镜362’之间和/或被设置于第二棱镜362’和第三棱镜363’之间的遮光膜。具体的,如图21A和图21B所示出的,第二棱镜362’面向第一棱镜361’的侧面设有一U型的遮光膜,第二棱镜362’面向第三棱镜363’的侧面上设有一U型的遮光膜。可以理解的,遮光膜也可以被设置于第一棱镜361’或者第三棱镜363’面向第二棱镜362’的侧面上。通过遮光膜的设置,可以减小杂光对成像的影响,减少眩光的问题。Furthermore, the light deflection element 30' may also include a shading film disposed between the first prism 361' and the second prism 362' and/or disposed between the second prism 362' and the third prism 363'. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 21A and FIG. 21B , a U-shaped shading film is disposed on the side of the second prism 362' facing the first prism 361', and a U-shaped shading film is disposed on the side of the second prism 362' facing the third prism 363'. It is understandable that the shading film may also be disposed on the side of the first prism 361' or the third prism 363' facing the second prism 362'. By providing the shading film, the influence of stray light on imaging can be reduced, and the problem of glare can be reduced.
应可以理解的,该分体式棱镜36’还可以包括其他数量的棱镜,如四个棱镜、五个棱镜、六个棱镜,本申请对此不做限制。当然,在本申请的其他实施例中,该光转折元件30’也可以被实施为多个反射镜,多个反射镜被设置于光线需要进行反射的位置处,以形成该光转折元件30’。It should be understood that the split prism 36' may also include other numbers of prisms, such as four prisms, five prisms, and six prisms, and the present application does not limit this. Of course, in other embodiments of the present application, the light deflection element 30' may also be implemented as a plurality of reflectors, and the plurality of reflectors are arranged at positions where light needs to be reflected to form the light deflection element 30'.
如图17、图18A、图18B、图19A、图19B、图22、图23A和图23B所示,在一个示例中,驱动装置60’被实施为用于驱动感光组件40’移动的芯片驱动组件。其中,图17示出了摄像模组1’的立体示意图;图18A示出了摄像模组1’沿长度方向(即前面定义的X轴方向)的截面图;图18B进一步示出了图18A中圆形区域的放大示意图;图19A示出了摄像模组1’沿宽度方向(即前面定义的Y轴方向)的截面图;图19B进一步示出了图3A中圆形区域的放大示意图;图22示出了驱动装置60’的爆炸示意图,从该爆炸示意图中可以获知摄像模组1’的对焦功能的实现方式;图23A和图23B示出了驱动装置60’的部分结构分别在俯视和仰视两个视角下的爆炸示意图,从爆炸示意图中可以获知防抖功能的实现方式。摄像模组1’包括驱动装置60’以及被设置于该驱动装置60’中的光学镜头10’、光转折元件30’、滤光组件50’和感光组件40’,其中,感光组件40’被设置于光转折元件30’的出光侧,光学镜头10’被设置于光转折元件30’的入光侧,由光学镜头10’出射的光线在光转折元件30’的多个反射面上发生多次反射后由光转折元件30’出射并到达感光组件40’,光转折元件30’被固定于驱动装置60’的固定部分,感光组件40’被固定于驱动装置60’的可动部分,光
学镜头10’被直接或者间接的与光转折元件30’相固定,滤光组件50’被直接或者间接的固定于感光组件40’,驱动装置60’可以驱动感光组件40’相对光转折元件30’移动,从而通过动芯片的方式改变摄像模组1’的光学性能。As shown in Figures 17, 18A, 18B, 19A, 19B, 22, 23A and 23B, in one example, the driving device 60' is implemented as a chip driving component for driving the photosensitive component 40' to move. Among them, Figure 17 shows a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the camera module 1'; Figure 18A shows a cross-sectional view of the camera module 1' along the length direction (i.e., the X-axis direction defined above); Figure 18B further shows an enlarged schematic diagram of the circular area in Figure 18A; Figure 19A shows a cross-sectional view of the camera module 1' along the width direction (i.e., the Y-axis direction defined above); Figure 19B further shows an enlarged schematic diagram of the circular area in Figure 3A; Figure 22 shows an exploded schematic diagram of the driving device 60', from which the implementation method of the focusing function of the camera module 1' can be known; Figures 23A and 23B show exploded schematic diagrams of the partial structure of the driving device 60' in two perspectives, namely, looking down and looking up, from which the implementation method of the anti-shake function can be known. The camera module 1' comprises a driving device 60' and an optical lens 10', a light deflection element 30', a filter assembly 50' and a photosensitive assembly 40' arranged in the driving device 60', wherein the photosensitive assembly 40' is arranged on the light-emitting side of the light deflection element 30', and the optical lens 10' is arranged on the light-incident side of the light deflection element 30'. The light emitted by the optical lens 10' is reflected multiple times on multiple reflection surfaces of the light deflection element 30' and then emitted by the light deflection element 30' and reaches the photosensitive assembly 40'. The light deflection element 30' is fixed to the fixed part of the driving device 60', and the photosensitive assembly 40' is fixed to the movable part of the driving device 60'. The optical lens 10' is directly or indirectly fixed to the light deflection element 30', the filter component 50' is directly or indirectly fixed to the photosensitive component 40', and the driving device 60' can drive the photosensitive component 40' to move relative to the light deflection element 30', thereby changing the optical performance of the camera module 1' by moving the chip.
继续参照如图17、图18A、图18B、图19A、图19B、图22图23A和图23B,驱动装置60’包括一框架64’、一可动载体67’以及一防抖驱动部66’。防抖驱动部66’连接框架64’和可动载体67’并驱动可动载体67’相对框架64’沿水平方向移动。具体的,该可动载体67’被可活动地设置于该框架64’中,该防抖驱动部66’被设置于该框架64’和该可动载体67’之间,从而该可动载体67’被该防抖驱动部66’驱动以相对该框架64’沿水平方向移动。该驱动装置60’被配置为驱动感光组件40’移动,感光组件40’被可活动地设置于驱动装置60’远离光学镜头10’的一端,具体的,该驱动装置60’被配置为驱动感光组件40’的感光芯片41’移动。Continuing to refer to FIGS. 17 , 18A, 18B, 19A, 19B, 22 , 23A and 23B, the driving device 60’ includes a frame 64’, a movable carrier 67’ and an anti-shake driving unit 66’. The anti-shake driving unit 66’ connects the frame 64’ and the movable carrier 67’ and drives the movable carrier 67’ to move in a horizontal direction relative to the frame 64’. Specifically, the movable carrier 67’ is movably disposed in the frame 64’, and the anti-shake driving unit 66’ is disposed between the frame 64’ and the movable carrier 67’, so that the movable carrier 67’ is driven by the anti-shake driving unit 66’ to move in a horizontal direction relative to the frame 64’. The driving device 60’ is configured to drive the photosensitive component 40’ to move. The photosensitive component 40’ is movably arranged at one end of the driving device 60’ away from the optical lens 10’. Specifically, the driving device 60’ is configured to drive the photosensitive chip 41’ of the photosensitive component 40’ to move.
应可以理解,防抖驱动部66’被设置于框架64’和可动载体67’之间,不仅包括防抖驱动部66’被设置于框架64’面向可动载体67’的侧面和可动载体67’面向框架64’的侧面之间的情形,还包括防抖驱动部66’被设置于框架64’远离可动载体67’的外侧面和可动载体67’远离框架64’的外侧面之间的情形。换言之,在本申请中,防抖驱动部66’的至少一部分位于框架64’和可动载体67’之间即被认为防抖驱动部66’被设置于框架64’和可动载体67’之间,这样,框架64’或者可动载体67’可以设置凹槽或者通孔以容置防抖驱动部66’的一部分。It should be understood that the anti-shake drive unit 66’ is disposed between the frame 64’ and the movable carrier 67’, which includes not only the case where the anti-shake drive unit 66’ is disposed between the side of the frame 64’ facing the movable carrier 67’ and the side of the movable carrier 67’ facing the frame 64’, but also the case where the anti-shake drive unit 66’ is disposed between the outer side of the frame 64’ away from the movable carrier 67’ and the outer side of the movable carrier 67’ away from the frame 64’. In other words, in the present application, at least a portion of the anti-shake drive unit 66’ is located between the frame 64’ and the movable carrier 67’, which means that the anti-shake drive unit 66’ is disposed between the frame 64’ and the movable carrier 67’, so that the frame 64’ or the movable carrier 67’ can be provided with a groove or a through hole to accommodate a portion of the anti-shake drive unit 66’.
具体的,如图18A、图18B、图19A和图19B所示,感光组件40’以面向光转折元件30’的方向被固定于可动载体67’,从而感光组件40’跟随可动载体67’移动,实现芯片防抖功能。换言之,在一个具体示例中,感光组件40’被固定于可动载体67’的上方。应可以理解,在本申请中,感光组件40’面向光转折元件30’的方向是指感光组件40’的感光芯片41’面向光转折元件30’的方向,感光组件40’的感光芯片41’面向光转折元件30’以接收光转折元件30’出射的光线,换言之,相较于常规的直立式模组,感光组件40’以倒置的状态被固定于可动载体67’。其中,以感光组件40’的芯片线路板42’面向光转折元件30’一侧为芯片线路板42’的正面,在一个具体示例中,可动载体67’被固定于芯片线路板42’的正面,芯片线路板42’被固定于可动载体67’的上方。值得一提的是,可动载体67’可以是通过胶水粘接的方式直接固定于芯片线路板42’;可动载体67’也可以是通过固定于滤光组件50’的滤光元件支架52’的方式间接固定于芯片线路板42’。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 18A , FIG. 18B , FIG. 19A and FIG. 19B , the photosensitive component 40’ is fixed to the movable carrier 67’ in a direction facing the light turning element 30’, so that the photosensitive component 40’ moves with the movable carrier 67’ to realize the chip anti-shake function. In other words, in a specific example, the photosensitive component 40’ is fixed above the movable carrier 67’. It should be understood that in the present application, the direction in which the photosensitive component 40’ faces the light turning element 30’ refers to the direction in which the photosensitive chip 41’ of the photosensitive component 40’ faces the light turning element 30’, and the photosensitive chip 41’ of the photosensitive component 40’ faces the light turning element 30’ to receive the light emitted by the light turning element 30’. In other words, compared with the conventional upright module, the photosensitive component 40’ is fixed to the movable carrier 67’ in an inverted state. The side of the chip circuit board 42' of the photosensitive component 40' facing the light deflection element 30' is the front side of the chip circuit board 42'. In a specific example, the movable carrier 67' is fixed to the front side of the chip circuit board 42', and the chip circuit board 42' is fixed above the movable carrier 67'. It is worth mentioning that the movable carrier 67' can be directly fixed to the chip circuit board 42' by gluing; the movable carrier 67' can also be indirectly fixed to the chip circuit board 42' by being fixed to the filter element bracket 52' of the filter component 50'.
可动载体67’与光转折元件30’之间、可动载体67’与框架64’之间分别具有一空气间隙,以供防抖驱动部66’能够驱动可动载体67’相对框架64’和光转折元件30’在水平方向(也即垂直于光学镜头10’的光轴的方向)上移动,进而实现芯片防抖功能。应可以理解,在本申请中,形成于可动载体67’与光转折元件30’之间、可动载体67’与框架64’之间的空气间隙在水平方向的部分适于在芯片防抖功能的实现中被调整。在一个具体示例中,可动载体67’呈“Π”字型并环绕光转折元件30’设置。There is an air gap between the movable carrier 67’ and the light deflection element 30’, and between the movable carrier 67’ and the frame 64’, respectively, so that the anti-shake driving unit 66’ can drive the movable carrier 67’ to move in the horizontal direction (i.e., the direction perpendicular to the optical axis of the optical lens 10’) relative to the frame 64’ and the light deflection element 30’, thereby realizing the chip anti-shake function. It should be understood that in the present application, the horizontal part of the air gap formed between the movable carrier 67’ and the light deflection element 30’, and between the movable carrier 67’ and the frame 64’ is suitable for being adjusted in the realization of the chip anti-shake function. In a specific example, the movable carrier 67’ is in the shape of a “Π” and is arranged around the light deflection element 30’.
框架64’被设置于可动载体67’的外侧,防抖驱动部66’被设置于可动载体67’与框架64’之间,防抖驱动部66’包括至少一防抖磁石661’和至少一防抖线圈662’,该至少一防抖磁石661’被直接或者间接的固定于可动载体67’和框架64’两者中的一个,该至少一防抖线圈662’被直接或者间接的固定于可动载体67’和框架64’两者中的另一个,至少一防抖磁石661’和至少一防抖线圈662’相对设置,从而可以通过至少一防抖磁石661’和至少一防抖线圈662’之间的磁作用力驱动可动载体67’相对框架64’移动,以实现芯片防抖功能。The frame 64’ is arranged on the outside of the movable carrier 67’, and the anti-shake driving unit 66’ is arranged between the movable carrier 67’ and the frame 64’. The anti-shake driving unit 66’ includes at least one anti-shake magnet 661’ and at least one anti-shake coil 662’. The at least one anti-shake magnet 661’ is directly or indirectly fixed to one of the movable carrier 67’ and the frame 64’, and the at least one anti-shake coil 662’ is directly or indirectly fixed to the other of the movable carrier 67’ and the frame 64’. The at least one anti-shake magnet 661’ and the at least one anti-shake coil 662’ are arranged opposite to each other, so that the movable carrier 67’ can be driven to move relative to the frame 64’ by the magnetic force between the at least one anti-shake magnet 661’ and the at least one anti-shake coil 662’ to realize the chip anti-shake function.
在一个具体示例中,至少一防抖磁石661’被设置于框架64’上,至少一防抖线圈662’被设置于可动载体67’上,至少一防抖磁石661’包括第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’,至少一防抖线圈662’包括第一防抖线圈6621’和第二防抖线圈6622’。换言之,防抖驱动部66’包括被固定于框架64’的第一防抖磁石6611’、第二防抖磁石6612’和被固定于可动载体67’的第一防抖线圈6621’和第二防抖线圈6622’。其中,第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’被设置于框架64’的顶面的两个相邻侧边上,第一防抖线圈6621’和第二防抖线圈6622’被设置于可动载体67’的两个相邻侧边上。第一防抖线圈6621’和第一防抖磁石6611’相对设置以使第一防抖线圈6621’在通电产生磁场后与第一防抖磁石6611’相互作用,从而驱动可动载体67’
相对框架64’沿第一水平方向移动;第二防抖线圈6622’和第二防抖磁石6612’相对设置以使第二防抖线圈6622’在通电产生磁场后与第二防抖磁石6612’相互作用,从而驱动可动载体67’相对框架64’沿第二水平方向移动。也就是,在该示例中,在实现芯片防抖的过程中,至少一防抖线圈662’(第一防抖线圈6621’和第二防抖线圈6622’)作为动子,至少一防抖磁石661’(第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’)作为定子。In a specific example, at least one anti-shake magnet 661' is disposed on the frame 64', at least one anti-shake coil 662' is disposed on the movable carrier 67', at least one anti-shake magnet 661' includes a first anti-shake magnet 6611' and a second anti-shake magnet 6612', and at least one anti-shake coil 662' includes a first anti-shake coil 6621' and a second anti-shake coil 6622'. In other words, the anti-shake drive unit 66' includes a first anti-shake magnet 6611' and a second anti-shake magnet 6612' fixed to the frame 64', and a first anti-shake coil 6621' and a second anti-shake coil 6622' fixed to the movable carrier 67'. Among them, the first anti-shake magnet 6611' and the second anti-shake magnet 6612' are disposed on two adjacent sides of the top surface of the frame 64', and the first anti-shake coil 6621' and the second anti-shake coil 6622' are disposed on two adjacent sides of the movable carrier 67'. The first anti-shake coil 6621' and the first anti-shake magnet 6611' are arranged opposite to each other so that the first anti-shake coil 6621' interacts with the first anti-shake magnet 6611' after being energized to generate a magnetic field, thereby driving the movable carrier 67' The second anti-shake coil 6622' and the second anti-shake magnet 6612' are arranged relative to each other so that the second anti-shake coil 6622' interacts with the second anti-shake magnet 6612' after being energized to generate a magnetic field, thereby driving the movable carrier 67' to move relative to the frame 64' along the second horizontal direction. That is, in this example, in the process of realizing chip anti-shake, at least one anti-shake coil 662' (the first anti-shake coil 6621' and the second anti-shake coil 6622') serves as a mover, and at least one anti-shake magnet 661' (the first anti-shake magnet 6611' and the second anti-shake magnet 6612') serves as a stator.
其中,在一个示例中,第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’被设置于框架64’的顶面的两个相互垂直的相邻侧边上,第一防抖线圈6621’和第二防抖线圈6622’被设置于可动载体67’的两个相互垂直的相邻侧边上,第一水平方向与第二水平方向垂直,例如,第一水平方向可以为Y轴方向,第二水平方向可以为X轴方向。In one example, the first anti-shake magnet 6611’ and the second anti-shake magnet 6612’ are arranged on two adjacent sides perpendicular to each other on the top surface of the frame 64’, the first anti-shake coil 6621’ and the second anti-shake coil 6622’ are arranged on two adjacent sides perpendicular to each other on the movable carrier 67’, and the first horizontal direction is perpendicular to the second horizontal direction. For example, the first horizontal direction can be the Y-axis direction, and the second horizontal direction can be the X-axis direction.
换言之,第一防抖线圈6621’和第一防抖磁石6611’沿高度方向相对设置,第二防抖线圈6622’和第二防抖磁石6612’沿高度方向相对设置,即,在该具体示例中,防抖驱动部66’包括沿高度方向相对设置的至少一防抖磁石661’和至少一防抖线圈662’,该高度方向与光学镜头10’的光轴的方向平行。这样,可以在较小的高度尺寸下,使第一防抖磁石6611’和第一防抖线圈6621’之间相对的面积较大,使第二防抖磁石6612’和第二防抖线圈6622’之间相对的面积较大,进而提供较大的水平方向的驱动力。特别的,至少一防抖线圈662’被设置于至少一防抖磁石661’的上方,使至少一防抖线圈662’被设置于可动载体67’上,感光组件40’也被固定于可动载体67’,便于至少一防抖线圈662’与感光组件40’电连接。在一个具体示例中,第一防抖线圈6621’和第二防抖线圈6622’被分别固定于芯片线路板42’的两侧并分别与芯片线路板42’电连接,可动载体67’上与第一防抖线圈6621’和第二防抖线圈6622’相对应的位置分别形成有一开口,以分别容纳第一防抖线圈6621’和第二防抖线圈6622’,以使第一防抖线圈6621’和第一防抖磁石6611’直接面对面设置,以及,以使第二防抖线圈6622’和第二防抖磁石6612’直接面对面设置。在该具体示例中,至少一防抖线圈662’(第一防抖线圈6621’和第二防抖线圈6622’)通过固定于与可动载体67’相固定的芯片线路板42’被间接的固定于可动载体67’,这样,至少一防抖磁石661’驱动至少一防抖线圈662’以及被直接或者间接的固定于防抖线圈662’的芯片线路板42’以及可动载体67’在水平方向上移动。In other words, the first anti-shake coil 6621' and the first anti-shake magnet 6611' are arranged relative to each other in the height direction, and the second anti-shake coil 6622' and the second anti-shake magnet 6612' are arranged relative to each other in the height direction, that is, in this specific example, the anti-shake drive unit 66' includes at least one anti-shake magnet 661' and at least one anti-shake coil 662' arranged relative to each other in the height direction, and the height direction is parallel to the direction of the optical axis of the optical lens 10'. In this way, the relative area between the first anti-shake magnet 6611' and the first anti-shake coil 6621' can be made larger at a smaller height size, and the relative area between the second anti-shake magnet 6612' and the second anti-shake coil 6622' can be made larger, thereby providing a larger driving force in the horizontal direction. In particular, at least one anti-shake coil 662’ is disposed above at least one anti-shake magnet 661’, so that at least one anti-shake coil 662’ is disposed on the movable carrier 67’, and the photosensitive component 40’ is also fixed to the movable carrier 67’, so that at least one anti-shake coil 662’ is electrically connected to the photosensitive component 40’. In a specific example, the first anti-shake coil 6621’ and the second anti-shake coil 6622’ are respectively fixed to the two sides of the chip circuit board 42’ and are respectively electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42’, and the positions corresponding to the first anti-shake coil 6621’ and the second anti-shake coil 6622’ on the movable carrier 67’ are respectively formed with an opening to accommodate the first anti-shake coil 6621’ and the second anti-shake coil 6622’, so that the first anti-shake coil 6621’ and the first anti-shake magnet 6611’ are directly disposed face to face, and so that the second anti-shake coil 6622’ and the second anti-shake magnet 6612’ are directly disposed face to face. In this specific example, at least one anti-shake coil 662’ (a first anti-shake coil 6621’ and a second anti-shake coil 6622’) is indirectly fixed to the movable carrier 67’ by being fixed to a chip circuit board 42’ fixed to the movable carrier 67’. In this way, at least one anti-shake magnet 661’ drives at least one anti-shake coil 662’ and the chip circuit board 42’ directly or indirectly fixed to the anti-shake coil 662’ and the movable carrier 67’ to move in a horizontal direction.
值得一提的是,可以同时通过第一防抖线圈6621’和第一防抖磁石6611’之间的磁作用力和第二防抖线圈6622’和第二防抖磁石6612’之间的磁作用力驱动可动载体67’相对框架64’在水平方向移动,也可以仅通过第一防抖线圈6621’和第一防抖磁石6611’之间的磁作用力或第二防抖线圈6622’和第二防抖磁石6612’之间的磁作用力驱动可动载体67’相对框架64’在水平方向移动。It is worth mentioning that the movable carrier 67’ can be driven to move horizontally relative to the frame 64’ by the magnetic force between the first anti-shake coil 6621’ and the first anti-shake magnet 6611’ and the magnetic force between the second anti-shake coil 6622’ and the second anti-shake magnet 6612’ at the same time, or the movable carrier 67’ can be driven to move horizontally relative to the frame 64’ only by the magnetic force between the first anti-shake coil 6621’ and the first anti-shake magnet 6611’ or the magnetic force between the second anti-shake coil 6622’ and the second anti-shake magnet 6612’.
具体的,框架64’具有朝向光转折元件30’一侧的开口,框架64’包括一体成型的第一框架部643’、第二框架部644’和框架连接部645’,其中,第一框架部643’和第二框架部644’分别连接于框架连接部645’的两端并分别垂直于框架连接部645’,从而使框架64’呈“Π”状,以避让光转折元件30’的位置,减小驱动装置60’的尺寸,框架64’围绕光转折元件30’的三侧设置。第一防抖磁石6611’被安装于第一框架部643’的顶面,第一框架部643’的顶面具有一凹槽以容置第一防抖磁石6611’,第二防抖磁石6612’被安装于框架连接部645’的顶面,框架连接部645’的顶面也具有一凹槽以容置第二防抖磁石6612’,这样,可以缩小驱动装置60’和摄像模组1’的尺寸。换言之,第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’被安装于框架64’的顶面的两个相邻侧边上。应可以理解,框架64’呈“Π”状的形状可以从高度方向俯视框架64’时得到。Specifically, the frame 64’ has an opening facing the side of the light turning element 30’, and the frame 64’ includes an integrally formed first frame portion 643’, a second frame portion 644’ and a frame connecting portion 645’, wherein the first frame portion 643’ and the second frame portion 644’ are respectively connected to the two ends of the frame connecting portion 645’ and are respectively perpendicular to the frame connecting portion 645’, so that the frame 64’ is in a “Π” shape to avoid the position of the light turning element 30’ and reduce the size of the driving device 60’, and the frame 64’ is arranged around three sides of the light turning element 30’. The first anti-shake magnet 6611' is installed on the top surface of the first frame part 643', and the top surface of the first frame part 643' has a groove to accommodate the first anti-shake magnet 6611'. The second anti-shake magnet 6612' is installed on the top surface of the frame connecting part 645', and the top surface of the frame connecting part 645' also has a groove to accommodate the second anti-shake magnet 6612'. In this way, the size of the driving device 60' and the camera module 1' can be reduced. In other words, the first anti-shake magnet 6611' and the second anti-shake magnet 6612' are installed on two adjacent sides of the top surface of the frame 64'. It should be understood that the "Π" shape of the frame 64' can be obtained when looking down at the frame 64' from the height direction.
相应的,可动载体67’具有朝向光转折元件30’一侧的开口,可动载体67’包括一体成型的第一载体部671’、第二载体部672’和载体连接部673’,其中,第一载体部671’和第二载体部672’分别连接于载体连接部673’的两端并分别垂直于载体连接部673’,从而使可动载体67’呈“Π”状,以避让光转折元件30’的位置,减小驱动装置60’的尺寸,可动载体67’围绕光转折元件30’的三侧设置。第一载体部671’上与第一防抖线圈6621’相对应的位置形成有一开口以容纳第一防抖线圈6621’,载体连接部673’上与第二防抖线圈6622’相对应的位置也形成有一开口以容纳第二抖线圈。换言之,第一防抖线圈6621’和第二防抖线圈6622’被设置于可动载体67’的两个相邻侧边上。应可以理解,可动载体67’呈“Π”状的形状也可以从高度方向俯视可动
载体67’时得到。Correspondingly, the movable carrier 67' has an opening facing one side of the light deflection element 30'. The movable carrier 67' includes an integrally formed first carrier portion 671', a second carrier portion 672' and a carrier connecting portion 673', wherein the first carrier portion 671' and the second carrier portion 672' are respectively connected to the two ends of the carrier connecting portion 673' and are respectively perpendicular to the carrier connecting portion 673', so that the movable carrier 67' is in a "Π" shape to avoid the position of the light deflection element 30' and reduce the size of the driving device 60'. The movable carrier 67' is arranged around three sides of the light deflection element 30'. An opening is formed at a position corresponding to the first anti-shake coil 6621' on the first carrier portion 671' to accommodate the first anti-shake coil 6621', and an opening is also formed at a position corresponding to the second anti-shake coil 6622' on the carrier connecting portion 673' to accommodate the second anti-shake coil. In other words, the first anti-shake coil 6621' and the second anti-shake coil 6622' are arranged on two adjacent sides of the movable carrier 67'. It should be understood that the movable carrier 67' is in the shape of "Π" and can also be viewed from the height direction. The carrier 67' is obtained.
值得一提的是,如图18A、图18B和图19A所示,防抖驱动部66’沿高度方向从芯片线路板42’向下延伸,防抖驱动部66’的底面低于光转折元件30’的顶面但高于光转折元件30’的底面,防抖驱动部66’被设置于光转折元件30’的侧面,使得没有因为防抖驱动部66’的设置增加驱动装置60’和摄像模组1’的高度。具体的,第一防抖线圈6621’和第一防抖磁石6611’沿高度方向从芯片线路板42’向下延伸,第一防抖磁石6611’的底面低于光转折元件30’的顶面但高于光转折元件30’的底面,第二防抖线圈6622’和第二防抖磁石6612’沿高度方向从芯片线路板42’向下延伸,第二防抖磁石6612’的底面低于光转折元件30’的顶面但高于光转折元件30’的底面,第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’被设置于光转折元件30’的侧面。It is worth mentioning that, as shown in Figures 18A, 18B and 19A, the anti-shake drive unit 66’ extends downward from the chip circuit board 42’ in the height direction, the bottom surface of the anti-shake drive unit 66’ is lower than the top surface of the light turning element 30’ but higher than the bottom surface of the light turning element 30’, and the anti-shake drive unit 66’ is arranged on the side of the light turning element 30’, so that the height of the driving device 60’ and the camera module 1’ is not increased due to the setting of the anti-shake drive unit 66’. Specifically, the first anti-shake coil 6621’ and the first anti-shake magnet 6611’ extend downward from the chip circuit board 42’ along the height direction, and the bottom surface of the first anti-shake magnet 6611’ is lower than the top surface of the light turning element 30’ but higher than the bottom surface of the light turning element 30’. The second anti-shake coil 6622’ and the second anti-shake magnet 6612’ extend downward from the chip circuit board 42’ along the height direction, and the bottom surface of the second anti-shake magnet 6612’ is lower than the top surface of the light turning element 30’ but higher than the bottom surface of the light turning element 30’. The first anti-shake magnet 6611’ and the second anti-shake magnet 6612’ are arranged on the side of the light turning element 30’.
在该实施例中,驱动装置60’还包括一防抖支撑部68’和一防抖磁吸件69’。如图23A和图23B所示,该防抖支撑部68’被设置于框架64’和可动载体67’之间,以使框架64’和可动载体67’之间保持一空气间隙,从而使得可动载体67’相对框架64’移动时的受到的阻力减小。在一个具体示例中,防抖支撑部68’可以被实施为滚珠681’,防抖支撑部68’包括至少三滚珠681’,至少三滚珠681’被沿高度方向设置于可动载体67’和框架64’之间并支撑可动载体67’和框架64’,以使可动载体67’和框架64’之间在高度方向上保持固定的空气间隙。应可以理解,滚珠681’可以在可动载体67’和框架64’之间滚动,滚珠681’也可以在可动载体67’和框架64’之间互动,例如,滚珠681’可以以嵌件成型或者粘接的方式固定于可动载体67’或框架64’。应可以理解,防抖支撑部68’还可以被实施为弹簧或者滑块等其他元件。In this embodiment, the driving device 60' further includes an anti-shake support portion 68' and an anti-shake magnetic attraction member 69'. As shown in FIG. 23A and FIG. 23B , the anti-shake support portion 68' is disposed between the frame 64' and the movable carrier 67' so as to maintain an air gap between the frame 64' and the movable carrier 67', thereby reducing the resistance encountered by the movable carrier 67' when moving relative to the frame 64'. In a specific example, the anti-shake support portion 68' can be implemented as a ball 681', and the anti-shake support portion 68' includes at least three balls 681', and the at least three balls 681' are disposed between the movable carrier 67' and the frame 64' along the height direction and support the movable carrier 67' and the frame 64', so as to maintain a fixed air gap between the movable carrier 67' and the frame 64' in the height direction. It should be understood that the ball 681' can roll between the movable carrier 67' and the frame 64', and the ball 681' can also interact between the movable carrier 67' and the frame 64'. For example, the ball 681' can be fixed to the movable carrier 67' or the frame 64' by insert molding or bonding. It should be understood that the anti-shake support part 68' can also be implemented as other elements such as a spring or a slider.
防抖磁吸件69’由适于被磁石吸引的材料制成,防抖磁吸件69’被直接或者间接的固定于可动载体67’且与至少一防抖磁石661’对应,防抖磁吸件69’被设置于至少一防抖磁石661’的上方,从而通过防抖磁吸件69’与至少一防抖磁石661’之间的磁吸力使得可动载体67’被吸附向框架64’,以使至少三滚珠681’被夹持于可动载体67’和框架64’之间,从而可动载体67’与框架64’在高度方向上夹持至少三滚珠681’。参照图18A、图18B和图19A,防抖磁吸件69’的数量为2,防抖磁吸件69’以被固定于线路板的方式被间接的固定于可动载体67’,具体的,两个防抖磁吸件69’被分别设置于第一防抖线圈6621’和第二防抖线圈6622’的中间,以使两个防抖磁吸件69’可以分别与第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’在高度方向上对应,换言之,两个防抖磁吸件69’分别与第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’在高度方向上重叠。应可以理解,防抖磁吸件69’也可以以嵌件成型或者粘接的方式直接的固定于可动载体67’,以使至少一防抖磁石661’与防抖磁吸件69’之间的磁吸力可以将可动载体67’被吸附向框架64’。换言之,两防抖磁吸件69’被固定于可动载体67’并分别与第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’相互磁吸以使可动载体67’被吸附向框架64’并夹持防抖支撑部68’。The anti-shake magnetic component 69’ is made of a material suitable for being attracted by a magnet. The anti-shake magnetic component 69’ is directly or indirectly fixed to the movable carrier 67’ and corresponds to at least one anti-shake magnet 661’. The anti-shake magnetic component 69’ is arranged above at least one anti-shake magnet 661’, so that the movable carrier 67’ is adsorbed toward the frame 64’ through the magnetic force between the anti-shake magnetic component 69’ and at least one anti-shake magnet 661’, so that at least three balls 681’ are clamped between the movable carrier 67’ and the frame 64’, so that the movable carrier 67’ and the frame 64’ clamp at least three balls 681’ in the height direction. 18A, 18B and 19A, the number of anti-shake magnetic suction components 69' is 2, and the anti-shake magnetic suction components 69' are indirectly fixed to the movable carrier 67' by being fixed to the circuit board. Specifically, the two anti-shake magnetic suction components 69' are respectively arranged between the first anti-shake coil 6621' and the second anti-shake coil 6622', so that the two anti-shake magnetic suction components 69' can correspond to the first anti-shake magnet 6611' and the second anti-shake magnet 6612' in the height direction. In other words, the two anti-shake magnetic suction components 69' overlap with the first anti-shake magnet 6611' and the second anti-shake magnet 6612' in the height direction. It should be understood that the anti-shake magnetic suction component 69' can also be directly fixed to the movable carrier 67' by insert molding or bonding, so that the magnetic attraction between at least one anti-shake magnet 661' and the anti-shake magnetic suction component 69' can adsorb the movable carrier 67' to the frame 64'. In other words, the two anti-shake magnetic parts 69’ are fixed to the movable carrier 67’ and are magnetically attracted to the first anti-shake magnet 6611’ and the second anti-shake magnet 6612’ respectively so that the movable carrier 67’ is adsorbed to the frame 64’ and clamps the anti-shake support part 68’.
进一步的,继续参照图23A和图23B,为限制滚珠681’的活动范围,框架64’还包括形成于框架64’的顶面的至少三第一滚珠槽647’,可动载体67’还包括形成于可动载体67’的底面的至少三第二滚珠槽674’,其中,框架64’的顶面是指其面向可动载体67’的一面,可动载体67’的底面是指其面向框架64’的一面,至少三第一滚珠槽647’和至少三第二滚珠槽674’的位置相对应。在一个示例中,防抖支撑部68’包括四个滚珠681’,框架64’的顶面的四个角落形成有四个第一滚珠槽647’,可动载体67’的底面的四个角落形成有与四个第一滚珠槽647’分别相对应的四个第二滚珠槽674’,被固定于可动载体67’的防抖磁吸件69’与至少一防抖磁石661’磁吸,以使四个滚珠681’被分别夹持于框架64’的四个角落和可动载体67’的四个角落之间。具体的,其中两个第一滚珠槽647’形成于第一框架部643’的顶面,另外两个第一滚珠槽647’形成于第二框架部644’的顶面;其中两个第二滚珠槽674’形成于第一载体部671’的底面,另外两个第二滚珠槽674’形成于第二载体部672’的底面。Further, continuing to refer to Figures 23A and 23B, in order to limit the range of movement of the ball 681', the frame 64' also includes at least three first ball grooves 647' formed on the top surface of the frame 64', and the movable carrier 67' also includes at least three second ball grooves 674' formed on the bottom surface of the movable carrier 67', wherein the top surface of the frame 64' refers to the side thereof facing the movable carrier 67', and the bottom surface of the movable carrier 67' refers to the side thereof facing the frame 64', and the positions of the at least three first ball grooves 647' and the at least three second ball grooves 674' correspond to each other. In one example, the anti-shake support portion 68' includes four balls 681', four first ball grooves 647' are formed at four corners of the top surface of the frame 64', four second ball grooves 674' are formed at four corners of the bottom surface of the movable carrier 67', and the anti-shake magnetic suction member 69' fixed to the movable carrier 67' is magnetically attracted to at least one anti-shake magnet 661', so that the four balls 681' are respectively clamped between the four corners of the frame 64' and the four corners of the movable carrier 67'. Specifically, two first ball grooves 647' are formed on the top surface of the first frame portion 643', and the other two first ball grooves 647' are formed on the top surface of the second frame portion 644'; two second ball grooves 674' are formed on the bottom surface of the first carrier portion 671', and the other two second ball grooves 674' are formed on the bottom surface of the second carrier portion 672'.
值得一提的是,驱动装置60’还包括一被固定于框架64’的框架盖体640’,该框架盖体640’被沿高度方向设置于框架64’的上方,以使可动载体67’被限制在框架盖体640’和框架64’形成的容纳腔中。应可以理解,在跌落过程中,防抖磁吸件69’和防抖磁石661’之间的磁吸作用力难以保持可动载体67’和框架64’
之间的位置关系,可动载体67’相对框架64’产生较大的位移后会使得滚珠681’从第一滚珠槽647’和第二滚珠槽674’之间脱离,因此,在本申请中,进一步设置一框架盖体640’,通过框架盖体640’限制可动载体67’在高度方向上的移动行程,从而避免滚珠681’脱落的情形发生。It is worth mentioning that the driving device 60' further includes a frame cover 640' fixed to the frame 64', and the frame cover 640' is arranged above the frame 64' in the height direction so that the movable carrier 67' is confined in the accommodating cavity formed by the frame cover 640' and the frame 64'. It should be understood that during the falling process, the magnetic attraction force between the anti-shake magnetic attraction member 69' and the anti-shake magnet 661' is difficult to keep the movable carrier 67' and the frame 64' Due to the positional relationship between them, when the movable carrier 67' produces a large displacement relative to the frame 64', the ball 681' will be separated from the first ball groove 647' and the second ball groove 674'. Therefore, in the present application, a frame cover 640' is further provided to limit the moving stroke of the movable carrier 67' in the height direction through the frame cover 640', thereby avoiding the situation where the ball 681' falls off.
进一步的,驱动装置60’还可以实现芯片对焦功能,具体的,如图19A、图19B和图22所示,驱动装置60’还包括一固定基座61’和一对焦驱动部62’。对焦驱动部62’连接固定基座61’和框架64’以驱动框架64’相对固定基座61’沿高度方向移动。具体的,该框架64’被可活动地设置于该固定基座61’中,该对焦驱动部62’被设置于该固定基座61’和该框架64’之间,从而该框架64’被该对焦驱动部62’驱动以相对该固定基座61’沿高度方向移动。而由于框架64’被移动,被设置于该框架64’中的可动载体67’、防抖驱动部66’、防抖支撑部68’以及防抖磁吸件69’也随着框架64’的移动而移动,进而被固定于可动载体67’的感光组件40’也随着框架64’的移动而移动,进而实现芯片对焦功能。Furthermore, the driving device 60’ can also realize the chip focusing function. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 19A , FIG. 19B and FIG. 22 , the driving device 60’ also includes a fixed base 61’ and a focusing driving unit 62’. The focusing driving unit 62’ connects the fixed base 61’ and the frame 64’ to drive the frame 64’ to move in the height direction relative to the fixed base 61’. Specifically, the frame 64’ is movably disposed in the fixed base 61’, and the focusing driving unit 62’ is disposed between the fixed base 61’ and the frame 64’, so that the frame 64’ is driven by the focusing driving unit 62’ to move in the height direction relative to the fixed base 61’. As the frame 64’ is moved, the movable carrier 67’, the anti-shake driving unit 66’, the anti-shake supporting unit 68’ and the anti-shake magnetic component 69’ arranged in the frame 64’ also move with the movement of the frame 64’, and then the photosensitive component 40’ fixed to the movable carrier 67’ also moves with the movement of the frame 64’, thereby realizing the chip focusing function.
应可以理解,对焦驱动部62’被设置于框架64’和固定基座61’之间,不仅包括对焦驱动部62’被设置于框架64’面向固定基座61’的侧面和固定基座61’面向框架64’的侧面之间的情形,还包括对焦驱动部62’被设置于框架64’远离固定基座61’的外侧面和固定基座61’远离框架64’的外侧面之间的情形。换言之,在本申请中,对焦驱动部62’的至少一部分位于框架64’和固定基座61’之间即被认为对焦驱动部62’被设置于框架64’和固定基座61’之间,这样,框架64’或者固定基座61’可以设置凹槽或者通孔以容置对焦驱动部62’的一部分。It should be understood that the focus drive unit 62’ is disposed between the frame 64’ and the fixed base 61’, which includes not only the case where the focus drive unit 62’ is disposed between the side of the frame 64’ facing the fixed base 61’ and the side of the fixed base 61’ facing the frame 64’, but also the case where the focus drive unit 62’ is disposed between the outer side of the frame 64’ away from the fixed base 61’ and the outer side of the fixed base 61’ away from the frame 64’. In other words, in the present application, at least a portion of the focus drive unit 62’ is located between the frame 64’ and the fixed base 61’, which means that the focus drive unit 62’ is disposed between the frame 64’ and the fixed base 61’, so that the frame 64’ or the fixed base 61’ may be provided with a groove or a through hole to accommodate a portion of the focus drive unit 62’.
驱动装置60’还包括一被固定于固定基座61’的上盖610’,该上盖610’与该固定基座61’形成一容纳腔以容纳对焦驱动部62’、框架64’、框架盖体640’、防抖驱动部66’以及可动载体67’,该上盖610’具有一镜头开口6101’,从而光学镜头10’可以通过该镜头开口6101’从驱动装置60’中伸出。其中,框架64’和固定基座61’之间具有一空气间隙,以供对焦驱动部62’能够驱动框架64’相对固定基座61’在高度方向上移动,进而实现芯片对焦功能。应可以理解,在本申请中,形成于框架64’和固定基座61’之间的空气间隙在高度方向的部分适于在芯片对焦功能的实现中被调整。The driving device 60' further includes an upper cover 610' fixed to the fixed base 61', the upper cover 610' and the fixed base 61' form a receiving chamber to accommodate the focus driving unit 62', the frame 64', the frame cover 640', the anti-shake driving unit 66' and the movable carrier 67', and the upper cover 610' has a lens opening 6101', so that the optical lens 10' can extend from the driving device 60' through the lens opening 6101'. There is an air gap between the frame 64' and the fixed base 61', so that the focus driving unit 62' can drive the frame 64' to move relative to the fixed base 61' in the height direction, thereby realizing the chip focusing function. It should be understood that in the present application, the part of the air gap formed between the frame 64' and the fixed base 61' in the height direction is suitable for being adjusted in the realization of the chip focusing function.
参照图22,固定基座61’包括一基座主体611’以及从该基座主体611’的四侧向上延伸的四个基座侧壁612’,上盖610’套设于四个基座侧壁612’的外侧。其中,四个基座侧壁612’与驱动装置60’的长度方向(也即光转折元件30’的长度方向)平行的其中一个基座侧壁612’作为设置对焦驱动部62’的对焦固定部613’。换言之,固定基座61’包括基座主体611’以及从该基座主体611’的一侧向上延伸的对焦固定部613’,该对焦固定部613’被固定于基座主体611’的一侧,具体的,对焦固定部613’被固定于基座主体611’的长边侧,对焦固定部613’与驱动装置60’的长度方向平行。应可以理解,对焦固定部613’可以以粘接或者一体成型的方式被固定于基座主体611’。22 , the fixed base 61′ includes a base body 611′ and four base side walls 612′ extending upward from four sides of the base body 611′, and the upper cover 610′ is sleeved on the outer sides of the four base side walls 612′. Among them, one of the four base side walls 612′ parallel to the length direction of the driving device 60′ (i.e., the length direction of the light turning element 30′) serves as a focus fixing portion 613′ for setting the focus driving portion 62′. In other words, the fixed base 61′ includes a base body 611′ and a focus fixing portion 613′ extending upward from one side of the base body 611′, and the focus fixing portion 613′ is fixed to one side of the base body 611′. Specifically, the focus fixing portion 613′ is fixed to the long side of the base body 611′, and the focus fixing portion 613′ is parallel to the length direction of the driving device 60′. It should be understood that the focus fixing portion 613' can be fixed to the base body 611' by bonding or integral molding.
值得一提的是,如图17至图19A所示,驱动装置60’还可以包括承载部37’,该承载部37’具有一承载腔以用于安装光转折元件30’,换言之,光转折元件30’被安装于该承载部37’,承载部37’的承载腔的形状与光转折元件30’的形状相适配。即,在本申请的一个实施例中,光转折元件30’通过被安装于承载部37’的方式被固定于。例如,当光转折元件30’被实施为梯形棱镜时,承载部37’的承载腔具有自顶部向底部逐渐缩小的尺寸。在本申请的一个具体示例中,承载部37’通过粘接的方式被固定于固定基座61’的中部,具体的,基座主体611’具有一朝向光转折元件30’设置的开口,承载部37’被设置于固定基座61’的开口中并被固定于固定基座61’的开口;在本申请的另一个具体示例中,承载部37’也可以一体成型于固定基座61’的中部,例如通过注塑成型的方式直接一体成型承载部37’和固定基座61’。It is worth mentioning that, as shown in Fig. 17 to Fig. 19A, the driving device 60' may further include a bearing portion 37', the bearing portion 37' having a bearing cavity for mounting the light deflection element 30'. In other words, the light deflection element 30' is mounted on the bearing portion 37', and the shape of the bearing cavity of the bearing portion 37' is adapted to the shape of the light deflection element 30'. That is, in one embodiment of the present application, the light deflection element 30' is fixed by being mounted on the bearing portion 37'. For example, when the light deflection element 30' is implemented as a trapezoidal prism, the bearing cavity of the bearing portion 37' has a size that gradually decreases from the top to the bottom. In a specific example of the present application, the bearing portion 37’ is fixed to the middle part of the fixed base 61’ by bonding. Specifically, the base body 611’ has an opening arranged toward the light deflection element 30’, and the bearing portion 37’ is arranged in the opening of the fixed base 61’ and fixed to the opening of the fixed base 61’; in another specific example of the present application, the bearing portion 37’ may also be integrally formed in the middle part of the fixed base 61’, for example, the bearing portion 37’ and the fixed base 61’ may be directly integrally formed by injection molding.
继续参照图19A、图19B和图22,对焦驱动部62’被设置于框架64’和固定基座61’的对焦固定部613’之间,对焦驱动部62’包括一对焦磁石621’和一对焦线圈622’,该对焦磁石621’被固定于框架64’和对焦固定部613’两者中的一个,该对焦线圈622’被固定于框架64’和对焦固定部613’两者中的另一个,对焦磁石621’和对焦线圈622’相对设置,从而可以通过对焦磁石621’和对焦线圈622’之间的磁作用力驱动框架64’
相对固定基座61’沿高度方向移动,以实现芯片对焦功能。Continuing to refer to FIGS. 19A, 19B and 22, the focus driving unit 62' is disposed between the frame 64' and the focus fixing unit 613' of the fixed base 61', and the focus driving unit 62' includes a pair of focus magnets 621' and a pair of focus coils 622', wherein the focus magnet 621' is fixed to one of the frame 64' and the focus fixing unit 613', and the focus coil 622' is fixed to the other of the frame 64' and the focus fixing unit 613', and the focus magnet 621' and the focus coil 622' are disposed opposite to each other, so that the frame 64' can be driven by the magnetic force between the focus magnet 621' and the focus coil 622'. It moves in the height direction relative to the fixed base 61' to achieve the chip focusing function.
在一个具体示例中,对焦磁石621’被固定于框架64’的侧面上,对焦线圈622’被固定于固定基座61’的对焦固定部613’上,且对焦线圈622’与对焦磁石621’相对设置。换言之,对焦线圈622’与对焦磁石621’被沿水平方向设置于框架64’和固定基座61’的对焦固定部613’之间,对焦驱动部62’包括沿水平方向相对设置的对焦线圈622’和对焦磁石621’,该水平方向是指垂直于光学镜头10’的光轴的方向。这样,可以在较小的横向尺寸(长度方向和宽度方向的尺寸)下,提供较大的高度方向的驱动力。In a specific example, the focus magnet 621’ is fixed on the side of the frame 64’, the focus coil 622’ is fixed on the focus fixing portion 613’ of the fixed base 61’, and the focus coil 622’ is arranged opposite to the focus magnet 621’. In other words, the focus coil 622’ and the focus magnet 621’ are arranged in the horizontal direction between the frame 64’ and the focus fixing portion 613’ of the fixed base 61’, and the focus drive unit 62’ includes the focus coil 622’ and the focus magnet 621’ arranged opposite to each other in the horizontal direction, and the horizontal direction refers to the direction perpendicular to the optical axis of the optical lens 10’. In this way, a larger driving force in the height direction can be provided with a smaller lateral dimension (dimensions in the length direction and the width direction).
应可以理解,在实现芯片对焦的过程中,被固定于对焦固定部613’的对焦线圈622’驱动对焦磁石621’相对对焦线圈622’沿高度方向移动,从而与对焦磁石621’相固定的框架64’随着对焦磁石621’的移动而在高度方向移动。也就是,在该示例中,在实现芯片对焦的过程中,对焦磁石621’作为动子,对焦线圈622’作为定子。It should be understood that, in the process of implementing chip focusing, the focusing coil 622' fixed to the focusing fixing part 613' drives the focusing magnet 621' to move in the height direction relative to the focusing coil 622', so that the frame 64' fixed to the focusing magnet 621' moves in the height direction along with the movement of the focusing magnet 621'. That is, in this example, in the process of implementing chip focusing, the focusing magnet 621' serves as a mover and the focusing coil 622' serves as a stator.
进一步地,对焦驱动部62’还包括一对焦线路板623’,对焦线圈622’被固定并电连接于对焦线路板623’。对焦线路板623’被固定于对焦固定部613’,从而对焦线圈622’通过对焦线路板623’被间接的固定于对焦固定部613’上。在一个具体示例中,对焦线路板623’被贴附于对焦固定部613’的外侧面,对焦固定部613’上设有一通孔以使对焦线圈622’露出并与对焦磁石621’相对。对焦固定部613’上的通孔容纳对焦线圈622’,可以使驱动装置60’的横向尺寸被减小。应可以理解,对焦固定部613’的外侧面是指对焦固定部613’远离框架64’的一侧。值得一提的是,对焦线路板623’进一步与芯片线路板42’电连接,对焦线路板623’可以为柔性线路板或者软硬结合板,这样,对焦线路板623’可以以弯折的状态被设置在驱动装置60’中,以使对焦线路板623’可以延伸至便于与芯片线路板42’电连接的位置。Furthermore, the focus driving part 62’ further includes a focus circuit board 623’, and the focus coil 622’ is fixed and electrically connected to the focus circuit board 623’. The focus circuit board 623’ is fixed to the focus fixing part 613’, so that the focus coil 622’ is indirectly fixed to the focus fixing part 613’ through the focus circuit board 623’. In a specific example, the focus circuit board 623’ is attached to the outer side surface of the focus fixing part 613’, and a through hole is provided on the focus fixing part 613’ to expose the focus coil 622’ and to face the focus magnet 621’. The through hole on the focus fixing part 613’ accommodates the focus coil 622’, so that the lateral size of the driving device 60’ can be reduced. It should be understood that the outer side surface of the focus fixing part 613’ refers to the side of the focus fixing part 613’ away from the frame 64’. It is worth mentioning that the focusing circuit board 623’ is further electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42’. The focusing circuit board 623’ may be a flexible circuit board or a hard-soft combination board. In this way, the focusing circuit board 623’ may be arranged in the driving device 60’ in a bent state so that the focusing circuit board 623’ may be extended to a position convenient for electrical connection with the chip circuit board 42’.
相应的,对焦磁石621’被安装于框架64’的外侧面,以使对焦磁石621’和对焦线圈622’之间可以保持较小的间距,增强对焦磁石621’和对焦线圈622’之间的磁作用力。具体的,对焦磁石621’被安装于第二框架部644’的外侧面,第二框架部644’的外侧面具有一凹槽以容置对焦磁石621’,这样,可以缩小驱动装置60’和摄像模组1’的尺寸。应可以理解,框架64’的外侧面是指框架64’面向固定基座61’或者上盖610’的侧面,第二框架部644’的外侧面是指第二框架部644’面向对焦固定部613’的一侧。Correspondingly, the focus magnet 621’ is installed on the outer side surface of the frame 64’ so that a small distance can be maintained between the focus magnet 621’ and the focus coil 622’, thereby enhancing the magnetic force between the focus magnet 621’ and the focus coil 622’. Specifically, the focus magnet 621’ is installed on the outer side surface of the second frame portion 644’, and the outer side surface of the second frame portion 644’ has a groove to accommodate the focus magnet 621’, so that the size of the drive device 60’ and the camera module 1’ can be reduced. It should be understood that the outer side surface of the frame 64’ refers to the side of the frame 64’ facing the fixed base 61’ or the upper cover 610’, and the outer side surface of the second frame portion 644’ refers to the side of the second frame portion 644’ facing the focus fixing portion 613’.
值得一提的是,在本申请中,如图19A所示,由于对焦磁石621’被设置于固定基座61’的对焦固定部613’的侧面,对焦磁石621’的底面可以低于光转折元件30’的顶面。换言之,对焦磁石621’向下延伸,使得对焦磁石621’与对焦线圈622’之间相对的面积可以增大,提升对焦驱动部62’的驱动力。进一步的,在本申请中,对焦磁石621’、第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’均被设置于光转折元件30’的周侧,以使驱动装置60’和摄像模组1’在高度方向的尺寸可以被设计的较小。It is worth mentioning that in the present application, as shown in FIG19A , since the focus magnet 621’ is arranged on the side of the focus fixing portion 613’ of the fixed base 61’, the bottom surface of the focus magnet 621’ can be lower than the top surface of the light turning element 30’. In other words, the focus magnet 621’ extends downward, so that the relative area between the focus magnet 621’ and the focus coil 622’ can be increased, thereby enhancing the driving force of the focus drive portion 62’. Furthermore, in the present application, the focus magnet 621’, the first anti-shake magnet 6611’ and the second anti-shake magnet 6612’ are all arranged on the peripheral side of the light turning element 30’, so that the height dimensions of the drive device 60’ and the camera module 1’ can be designed to be smaller.
值得一提的是,在本申请中,第一框架部643’和框架连接部645’分别用于安装第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’,第二框架部644’用于安装对焦磁石621’,框架64’包括防抖框架642’和对焦框架641’,第一框架部643’和框架连接部645’形成“L”型的防抖框架642’,第二框架部644’形成对焦框架641’,防抖框架642’和对焦框架641’通过一体成型的方式相连。进一步的,如图23A所示,对焦磁石621’被固定于框架64’的外侧面,至少一防抖磁石661’(第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’)被固定于框架64’的顶面。换言之,第一防抖磁石6611’、第二防抖磁石6612’和对焦磁石621’分别被设置于光转折元件30’的三侧,其中,第一防抖磁石6611’和对焦磁石621’被相对设置于光转折元件30’的两个长边侧,应可以理解,光转折元件30’呈长条状,从光线入射光学镜头10’的方向看,其具有两个相对的长边侧和两个相对的短边侧。It is worth mentioning that in the present application, the first frame portion 643’ and the frame connecting portion 645’ are used to install the first anti-shake magnet 6611’ and the second anti-shake magnet 6612’ respectively, the second frame portion 644’ is used to install the focus magnet 621’, the frame 64’ includes an anti-shake frame 642’ and a focus frame 641’, the first frame portion 643’ and the frame connecting portion 645’ form an “L”-shaped anti-shake frame 642’, the second frame portion 644’ forms a focus frame 641’, and the anti-shake frame 642’ and the focus frame 641’ are connected by an integrated molding method. Further, as shown in FIG23A , the focus magnet 621’ is fixed to the outer side surface of the frame 64’, and at least one anti-shake magnet 661’ (the first anti-shake magnet 6611’ and the second anti-shake magnet 6612’) is fixed to the top surface of the frame 64’. In other words, the first anti-shake magnet 6611’, the second anti-shake magnet 6612’ and the focus magnet 621’ are respectively arranged on the three sides of the light turning element 30’, wherein the first anti-shake magnet 6611’ and the focus magnet 621’ are relatively arranged on the two long sides of the light turning element 30’. It should be understood that the light turning element 30’ is in the shape of a long strip, and from the direction of the light incident on the optical lens 10’, it has two opposite long sides and two opposite short sides.
应可以理解,在本申请中,第一防抖线圈6621’和第二防抖线圈6622’被设置于第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’的上方,对焦线圈622’位于对焦磁石621’的外侧,这样,第一防抖线圈6621’和第二防抖线圈6622’可以直接向上与感光组件40’的芯片线路板42’电连接,而对焦线圈622’则从外侧与感光组件40’电连接,本申请的磁石-线圈设置方式,优化了摄像模组1’的电连接设置方式,使电连接设置方式变得更简单。
It should be understood that in the present application, the first anti-shake coil 6621' and the second anti-shake coil 6622' are arranged above the first anti-shake magnet 6611' and the second anti-shake magnet 6612', and the focus coil 622' is located on the outside of the focus magnet 621'. In this way, the first anti-shake coil 6621' and the second anti-shake coil 6622' can be directly electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42' of the photosensitive component 40' upward, while the focus coil 622' is electrically connected to the photosensitive component 40' from the outside. The magnet-coil setting method of the present application optimizes the electrical connection setting method of the camera module 1' and makes the electrical connection setting method simpler.
在本申请中,驱动装置60’还包括一对焦导向部65’和一对焦磁吸件63’。该对焦导向部65’被设置于框架64’和固定基座61’之间,以使框架64’和固定基座61’之间保持一空气间隙,从而使得框架64’相对固定基座61’移动时的受到的阻力减小。在一个具体示例中,对焦导向部65’可以被实施为导杆651’,对焦导向部65’包括两个导杆651’。具体的,两个导杆651’被竖直的设置于框架64’的第二框架部644’和固定基座61’的对焦固定部613’之间,以使框架64’和固定基座61’在水平方向上保持固定的间隙。进一步的,在该实施例中,两个导杆651’被分别设置于对焦驱动部62’的两侧,且两个导杆651’的尺寸一致,以避免框架64’和对焦固定部613’之间发生倾斜。In the present application, the driving device 60' also includes a focus guide portion 65' and a focus magnetic suction member 63'. The focus guide portion 65' is arranged between the frame 64' and the fixed base 61' to maintain an air gap between the frame 64' and the fixed base 61', thereby reducing the resistance encountered by the frame 64' when it moves relative to the fixed base 61'. In a specific example, the focus guide portion 65' can be implemented as a guide rod 651', and the focus guide portion 65' includes two guide rods 651'. Specifically, the two guide rods 651' are vertically arranged between the second frame portion 644' of the frame 64' and the focus fixing portion 613' of the fixed base 61', so that the frame 64' and the fixed base 61' maintain a fixed gap in the horizontal direction. Furthermore, in this embodiment, two guide rods 651' are respectively arranged on both sides of the focus driving part 62', and the two guide rods 651' have the same size to avoid tilting between the frame 64' and the focus fixing part 613'.
对焦磁吸件63’通过被贴附于对焦线路板623’的背面的方式被固定于固定基座61’的对焦固定部613’,即,在宽度方向上,对焦磁石621’、对焦线圈622’、对焦线路板623’和对焦磁吸件63’依次设置。其中,以对焦线路板623’设置对焦线圈622’的一面为对焦线路板623’的正面,相对的另一面为对焦线路板623’的背面。对焦磁吸件63’由适于被磁石吸引的材料制成,其与对焦磁石621’相互磁吸,以使框架64’在宽度方向上被吸附向固定基座61’的对焦固定部613’,框架64’和固定基座61’的对焦固定部613’在宽度方向上夹持两个导杆651’,对焦磁吸件63’可以为含铁的材料。The focusing magnetic member 63’ is fixed to the focusing fixing portion 613’ of the fixed base 61’ by being attached to the back of the focusing circuit board 623’, that is, in the width direction, the focusing magnet 621’, the focusing coil 622’, the focusing circuit board 623’ and the focusing magnetic member 63’ are arranged in sequence. Among them, the side of the focusing circuit board 623’ on which the focusing coil 622’ is arranged is the front side of the focusing circuit board 623’, and the other opposite side is the back side of the focusing circuit board 623’. The focusing magnetic member 63’ is made of a material suitable for being attracted by a magnet, and it is magnetically attracted to the focusing magnet 621’ so that the frame 64’ is adsorbed to the focusing fixing portion 613’ of the fixed base 61’ in the width direction. The frame 64’ and the focusing fixing portion 613’ of the fixed base 61’ clamp two guide rods 651’ in the width direction. The focusing magnetic member 63’ can be a material containing iron.
换言之,对焦导向部65’被设置于框架64’的第二框架部644’和固定基座61’的对焦固定部613’之间,对焦磁吸件63’被固定于对焦固定部613’,对焦磁吸件63’和对焦磁石621’之间相互磁吸以使对焦导向部65’被夹持于框架64’的第二框架部644’和固定基座61’的对焦固定部613’之间。In other words, the focus guide portion 65’ is arranged between the second frame portion 644’ of the frame 64’ and the focus fixing portion 613’ of the fixed base 61’, the focus magnetic component 63’ is fixed to the focus fixing portion 613’, and the focus magnetic component 63’ and the focus magnet 621’ are magnetically attracted to each other so that the focus guide portion 65’ is clamped between the second frame portion 644’ of the frame 64’ and the focus fixing portion 613’ of the fixed base 61’.
在一个具体示例中,对焦固定部613’与框架64’相对的内侧面上形成有两个沿高度方向延伸的第一导轨6131’,框架64’与对焦固定部613’相对的外侧面(也即第二框架部644’的外侧面)上形成有两个沿高度方向延伸的第二导轨646’,两个第一导轨6131’与两个第二导轨646’分别对应设置。两个导杆651’被分别设置于两个第一导轨6131’与两个第二导轨646’之间,并在对焦磁吸件63’和对焦磁石621’之间的磁吸作用下被夹持于框架64’和对焦固定部613’之间。In a specific example, two first guide rails 6131' extending in the height direction are formed on the inner side surface of the focus fixing part 613' opposite to the frame 64', and two second guide rails 646' extending in the height direction are formed on the outer side surface of the frame 64' opposite to the focus fixing part 613' (that is, the outer side surface of the second frame part 644'), and the two first guide rails 6131' and the two second guide rails 646' are respectively arranged correspondingly. Two guide rods 651' are respectively arranged between the two first guide rails 6131' and the two second guide rails 646', and are clamped between the frame 64' and the focus fixing part 613' under the magnetic attraction between the focus magnetic suction member 63' and the focus magnet 621'.
值得一提的是,在本申请的一个示例中,两个导杆651’可以是不被固定的,其仅被框架64’和对焦固定部613’夹持;在本申请的另一个示例中,两个导杆651’的位置也可以是被固定的,例如,其可以通过使导杆651’的底端被固定于固定基座61’和/或使导杆651’的顶端被固定于上盖610’的方式被固定于固定基座61’,或者,两个导杆651’仅通过上盖610’与固定基座61’之间的扣合被限制在上盖610’和固定基座61’之间,又或者,两个导杆651’可以被固定于框架64’或者对焦固定部613’。It is worth mentioning that in one example of the present application, the two guide rods 651’ may not be fixed, and they are only clamped by the frame 64’ and the focus fixing part 613’; in another example of the present application, the positions of the two guide rods 651’ may also be fixed, for example, they may be fixed to the fixed base 61’ by fixing the bottom end of the guide rod 651’ to the fixed base 61’ and/or fixing the top end of the guide rod 651’ to the upper cover 610’, or, the two guide rods 651’ are only restricted between the upper cover 610’ and the fixed base 61’ by the snap fit between the upper cover 610’ and the fixed base 61’, or, the two guide rods 651’ may be fixed to the frame 64’ or the focus fixing part 613’.
值得一提的是,在上述实施例中,由于被设置于光学镜头10’和感光组件40’之间的光转折元件30’的长度较长,为使摄像模组1’的整体尺寸减小,框架64’在朝向光转折元件30’的方向具有一开口,从而框架64’呈“Π”状围绕光转折元件30’设置,因此,框架64’仅有三侧能够设置第一防抖磁石6611’、第二防抖磁石6612’和对焦磁石621’。而第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’需要相互垂直的设置以实现两个垂直方向上的平移,因此,第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’中的一个需要被设置在驱动装置60’的短边侧,第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’中的另一个和对焦磁石621’则被分别设置在驱动装置60’相对的两个长边侧。It is worth mentioning that in the above embodiment, since the light deflection element 30' disposed between the optical lens 10' and the photosensitive component 40' is relatively long, in order to reduce the overall size of the camera module 1', the frame 64' has an opening in the direction toward the light deflection element 30', so that the frame 64' is disposed around the light deflection element 30' in a "Π" shape. Therefore, only three sides of the frame 64' can be provided with the first anti-shake magnet 6611', the second anti-shake magnet 6612' and the focus magnet 621'. The first anti-shake magnet 6611' and the second anti-shake magnet 6612' need to be disposed perpendicularly to each other to achieve translation in two perpendicular directions. Therefore, one of the first anti-shake magnet 6611' and the second anti-shake magnet 6612' needs to be disposed on the short side of the driving device 60', and the other of the first anti-shake magnet 6611' and the second anti-shake magnet 6612' and the focus magnet 621' are disposed on the two opposite long sides of the driving device 60'.
具体的,第一防抖磁石6611’被安装在位于驱动装置60’的长边侧的第一框架部643’的顶面,第二防抖磁石6612’被安装在位于驱动装置60’的短边侧的框架连接部645’的顶面,对焦磁石621’被安装在位于驱动装置60’的长边侧的第二框架部644’的外侧面。对焦磁石621’、第一防抖磁石6611’和第二防抖磁石6612’呈扁平状长方体,对焦磁石621’的面积最大侧与第一防抖磁石6611’的面积最大侧相互垂直,对焦磁石621’的面积最大侧与第二防抖磁石6612’的面积最大侧相互垂直。相应的,对焦线圈622’所在平面分别与第一防抖线圈6621’所在平面和第二防抖线圈6622’所在平面相互垂直,其中,对焦线圈622’(或者第一防抖线圈6621’、第二防抖线圈6622’)所在平面是指其面积最大的面所在的平面。Specifically, the first anti-shake magnet 6611’ is installed on the top surface of the first frame portion 643’ located on the long side of the driving device 60’, the second anti-shake magnet 6612’ is installed on the top surface of the frame connection portion 645’ located on the short side of the driving device 60’, and the focus magnet 621’ is installed on the outer side of the second frame portion 644’ located on the long side of the driving device 60’. The focus magnet 621’, the first anti-shake magnet 6611’, and the second anti-shake magnet 6612’ are flat rectangular parallelepipeds, and the side with the largest area of the focus magnet 621’ is perpendicular to the side with the largest area of the first anti-shake magnet 6611’, and the side with the largest area of the focus magnet 621’ is perpendicular to the side with the largest area of the second anti-shake magnet 6612’. Correspondingly, the plane where the focusing coil 622’ is located is perpendicular to the plane where the first anti-shake coil 6621’ is located and the plane where the second anti-shake coil 6622’ is located, respectively, wherein the plane where the focusing coil 622’ (or the first anti-shake coil 6621’, the second anti-shake coil 6622’) is located refers to the plane where its largest area is located.
进一步的,在一个示例中,第一防抖磁石6611’的磁极方向垂直于第二防抖磁石6612’的磁极方向,
对焦磁石621’的磁极方向垂直于第一防抖磁石6611’的磁极方向和第二防抖磁石6612’的磁极方向所在平面,这样,对焦驱动部62’的驱动方向与防抖驱动部66’的驱动方向垂直。其中,在本申请中,磁石的磁极方向是指磁石的S极指向N极的方向。相应的,对焦线圈622’、第一防抖线圈6621’和第二防抖线圈6622’均为跑道型线圈,其中,对焦线圈622’的绕线平面和第一防抖线圈6621’的绕线平面相互垂直,对焦线圈622’的绕线平面和第二防抖线圈6622’的绕线平面相互垂直。Furthermore, in one example, the magnetic pole direction of the first anti-shake magnet 6611' is perpendicular to the magnetic pole direction of the second anti-shake magnet 6612'. The magnetic pole direction of the focusing magnet 621' is perpendicular to the plane where the magnetic pole directions of the first anti-shake magnet 6611' and the magnetic pole directions of the second anti-shake magnet 6612' are located, so that the driving direction of the focusing drive unit 62' is perpendicular to the driving direction of the anti-shake drive unit 66'. Wherein, in the present application, the magnetic pole direction of the magnet refers to the direction in which the S pole of the magnet points to the N pole. Correspondingly, the focusing coil 622', the first anti-shake coil 6621' and the second anti-shake coil 6622' are all runway-type coils, wherein the winding plane of the focusing coil 622' and the winding plane of the first anti-shake coil 6621' are perpendicular to each other, and the winding plane of the focusing coil 622' and the winding plane of the second anti-shake coil 6622' are perpendicular to each other.
应可以理解,在本申请中,由于对焦磁石621’和第一防抖磁石6611’的分别被设置于框架64’的侧面和顶面,且对焦磁石621’和第一防抖磁石6611’的尺寸规格不同。因此,在一个示例中,在宽度方向上,光学镜头10’、光转折元件30’和感光组件40’被偏心的设置在驱动装置60’中。It should be understood that in the present application, since the focusing magnet 621' and the first anti-shake magnet 6611' are respectively arranged on the side and top surface of the frame 64', and the focusing magnet 621' and the first anti-shake magnet 6611' have different sizes, in one example, in the width direction, the optical lens 10', the light turning element 30' and the photosensitive component 40' are eccentrically arranged in the driving device 60'.
进一步地,感光组件40’还包括一连接线路板44’,该连接线路板44’固定并电连接于芯片线路板42’,以提供芯片线路板42’与外部电子设备电导通。申请人发现,在感光组件40’被驱动装置60’驱动以实现移动时,连接线路板44’会成为感光组件40’移动的阻力来源之一,因此,在本申请中,申请人进一步对感光组件40’的连接线路板44’进行改进,以减小感光组件40’在被驱动以实现芯片防抖或者芯片对焦的时候所受到的阻力。Furthermore, the photosensitive component 40' also includes a connecting circuit board 44', which is fixed and electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42' to provide electrical conduction between the chip circuit board 42' and the external electronic device. The applicant found that when the photosensitive component 40' is driven by the driving device 60' to achieve movement, the connecting circuit board 44' will become one of the sources of resistance to the movement of the photosensitive component 40'. Therefore, in this application, the applicant further improves the connecting circuit board 44' of the photosensitive component 40' to reduce the resistance encountered by the photosensitive component 40' when it is driven to achieve chip anti-shake or chip focus.
参照图19A、图19B和图23A所示,连接线路板44’包括一内线路板441’、一外线路板443’以及连接内线路板441’和外线路板443’的柔性导通机构442’。其中,内线路板441’被固定于芯片线路板42’并电连接于芯片线路板42’,内线路板441’被设置于外线路板443’的内侧,外线路板443’被固定于驱动装置60’,柔性导通机构442’电连接内线路板441’和外线路板443’,以使芯片线路板42’可以通过连接线路板44’的外线路板443’与外部电子设备电导通。应可以理解,可以通过在芯片线路板42’和内线路板441’之间设置例如锡膏等电连接介质,实现芯片线路板42’与内线路板441’之间的电导通。As shown in Fig. 19A, Fig. 19B and Fig. 23A, the connection circuit board 44' includes an inner circuit board 441', an outer circuit board 443' and a flexible conduction mechanism 442' connecting the inner circuit board 441' and the outer circuit board 443'. The inner circuit board 441' is fixed to the chip circuit board 42' and electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42', the inner circuit board 441' is arranged on the inner side of the outer circuit board 443', the outer circuit board 443' is fixed to the driving device 60', and the flexible conduction mechanism 442' electrically connects the inner circuit board 441' and the outer circuit board 443', so that the chip circuit board 42' can be electrically connected to the external electronic device through the outer circuit board 443' connecting the circuit board 44'. It should be understood that the electrical conduction between the chip circuit board 42' and the inner circuit board 441' can be achieved by arranging an electrical connection medium such as solder paste between the chip circuit board 42' and the inner circuit board 441'.
在本申请的一个示例中,内线路板441’被设置于芯片线路板42’的背面,其中,以芯片线路板42’面向光转折元件30’的一面为正面,以芯片线路板42’远离光转折元件30’的一面为背面,感光芯片41’被安装于芯片线路板42’的正面。换言之,内线路板441’被设置于芯片线路板42’的上方,内线路板441’被设置于芯片线路板42’和框架盖体640’之间。进一步的,外线路板443’和柔性导通机构442’也被设置于芯片线路板42’的上方,外线路板443’和柔性导通机构442’也被设置于芯片线路板42’和框架盖体640’之间。In one example of the present application, the inner circuit board 441' is disposed on the back side of the chip circuit board 42', wherein the side of the chip circuit board 42' facing the light deflection element 30' is the front side, and the side of the chip circuit board 42' away from the light deflection element 30' is the back side, and the photosensitive chip 41' is installed on the front side of the chip circuit board 42'. In other words, the inner circuit board 441' is disposed above the chip circuit board 42', and the inner circuit board 441' is disposed between the chip circuit board 42' and the frame cover 640'. Further, the outer circuit board 443' and the flexible conductive mechanism 442' are also disposed above the chip circuit board 42', and the outer circuit board 443' and the flexible conductive mechanism 442' are also disposed between the chip circuit board 42' and the frame cover 640'.
进一步的,为减少驱动装置60’的横向尺寸,在本申请的一个具体示例中,在芯片线路板42’的至少一侧,内线路板441’的尺寸小于芯片线路板42’的尺寸,即,内线路板441’在长度方向上的尺寸小于芯片线路板42’在长度方向上的尺寸和/或内线路板441’在宽度方向上的尺寸小于芯片线路板42’在宽度方向上的尺寸,换言之,内线路板441’的面积可以小于芯片线路板42’的面积。这样,在水平方向上,连接线路板44’可以被尽可能做小,从而可以尽量减少驱动装置60’在水平方向上的尺寸增加。Further, in order to reduce the lateral size of the driving device 60', in a specific example of the present application, on at least one side of the chip circuit board 42', the size of the inner circuit board 441' is smaller than the size of the chip circuit board 42', that is, the size of the inner circuit board 441' in the length direction is smaller than the size of the chip circuit board 42' in the length direction and/or the size of the inner circuit board 441' in the width direction is smaller than the size of the chip circuit board 42' in the width direction. In other words, the area of the inner circuit board 441' can be smaller than the area of the chip circuit board 42'. In this way, in the horizontal direction, the connecting circuit board 44' can be made as small as possible, thereby minimizing the increase in the size of the driving device 60' in the horizontal direction.
进一步的,在本申请中,连接线路板44’在光转折元件30’的上方和防抖驱动部66’的上方横向延伸,连接线路板44’利用了防抖驱动部66’被设置在光转折元件30’的周侧的结构,连接线路的面积可以被设置的较大,从而可以有更好的减阻力效果。应可以理解,在高度方向上,连接线路板44’的至少一部分与光转折元件30’重叠。Further, in the present application, the connection circuit board 44' extends laterally above the light deflection element 30' and above the anti-shake drive unit 66'. The connection circuit board 44' utilizes the structure that the anti-shake drive unit 66' is arranged on the peripheral side of the light deflection element 30', and the area of the connection circuit can be arranged larger, thereby achieving a better drag reduction effect. It should be understood that in the height direction, at least a portion of the connection circuit board 44' overlaps with the light deflection element 30'.
具体的,结合图19A和图23A所示,连接线路板44’的横向延伸方向与光转折元件30’的长度方向垂直,换言之,连接线路板44’的最长侧与光转折元件30’的长度方向垂直。由于光学镜头10’和感光组件40’一起被沿长度方向设置在光转折元件30’的同侧,因此,在光转折元件30’的长度方向上,设置连接线路板44’的空间相对较小,为使摄像模组1’的内部空间得以最大化利用,减小摄像模组1’的尺寸,使连接线路板44’在垂直于光转折元件30’的长度方向上具有较大尺寸。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 19A and FIG. 23A, the lateral extension direction of the connecting circuit board 44' is perpendicular to the length direction of the light deflection element 30'. In other words, the longest side of the connecting circuit board 44' is perpendicular to the length direction of the light deflection element 30'. Since the optical lens 10' and the photosensitive component 40' are arranged on the same side of the light deflection element 30' along the length direction, the space for arranging the connecting circuit board 44' in the length direction of the light deflection element 30' is relatively small. In order to maximize the use of the internal space of the camera module 1' and reduce the size of the camera module 1', the connecting circuit board 44' has a larger size in the length direction perpendicular to the light deflection element 30'.
继续参照图19A、图19B和图23A,柔性导通机构442’电连接内线路板441’和外线路板443’,柔性导通机构442’易于形变,当驱动装置60’驱动固定有感光芯片41’的芯片线路板42’移动时,与芯片线路板42’相固定的内线路板441’受到来自柔性导通机构442’的阻力较小。换言之,由于柔性导通机构442’易于形
变,芯片线路板42’和内线路板441’易于相对外线路板443’移动,因此,驱动装置60’的驱动力可以被设计的较小,从而驱动装置60’的尺寸得以被降低。值得一提的是,柔性导通机构442’相较于外线路板443’或者内线路板441’更容易形变。Continuing to refer to FIG. 19A, FIG. 19B and FIG. 23A, the flexible conduction mechanism 442' electrically connects the inner circuit board 441' and the outer circuit board 443'. The flexible conduction mechanism 442' is easy to deform. When the driving device 60' drives the chip circuit board 42' fixed with the photosensitive chip 41' to move, the inner circuit board 441' fixed with the chip circuit board 42' is subject to less resistance from the flexible conduction mechanism 442'. In other words, since the flexible conduction mechanism 442' is easy to deform, the inner circuit board 441' fixed with the chip circuit board 42' is subject to less resistance from the flexible conduction mechanism 442'. The chip circuit board 42' and the inner circuit board 441' are easy to move relative to the outer circuit board 443', so the driving force of the driving device 60' can be designed to be smaller, so that the size of the driving device 60' can be reduced. It is worth mentioning that the flexible conductive mechanism 442' is easier to deform than the outer circuit board 443' or the inner circuit board 441'.
该柔性导通机构442’包括至少二柔性导通臂4421’,至少二柔性导通臂4421’在内线路板441’和外线路板443’之间延伸并连接内线路板441’和外线路板443’,柔性导通臂4421’可以电连接内线路板441’和外线路板443’。在本申请的一个示例中,柔性导通机构442’可以包括两个沿宽度方向设置在内线路板441’相对侧的柔性导通臂4421’;在本申请的另一个示例中,如图23A所示,柔性导通机构442’可以包括四个柔性导通臂4421’,其中两个柔性导通臂4421’沿宽度方向设置在内线路板441’的一侧,另外两个柔性导通臂4421’沿宽度方向设置在内线路板441’的另一侧。换言之,柔性导通机构442’的延伸方向与光转折元件30’的长度方向垂直。The flexible conductive mechanism 442' includes at least two flexible conductive arms 4421', which extend between the inner circuit board 441' and the outer circuit board 443' and connect the inner circuit board 441' and the outer circuit board 443'. The flexible conductive arms 4421' can electrically connect the inner circuit board 441' and the outer circuit board 443'. In one example of the present application, the flexible conductive mechanism 442' may include two flexible conductive arms 4421' arranged on opposite sides of the inner circuit board 441' along the width direction; in another example of the present application, as shown in FIG. 23A, the flexible conductive mechanism 442' may include four flexible conductive arms 4421', wherein two flexible conductive arms 4421' are arranged on one side of the inner circuit board 441' along the width direction, and the other two flexible conductive arms 4421' are arranged on the other side of the inner circuit board 441' along the width direction. In other words, the extension direction of the flexible conductive mechanism 442' is perpendicular to the length direction of the light turning element 30'.
进一步的,柔性导通臂4421’可以包括一个或者多个柔性电连接件,当柔性电连接件的数量被设计的较多时,可以提供内线路板441’和外线路板443’之间更多的导通电路,具体地,柔性导通臂4421’中柔性电连接件的数量根据感光芯片41’的电路需求决定。Furthermore, the flexible conductive arm 4421' may include one or more flexible electrical connectors. When the number of flexible electrical connectors is designed to be larger, more conductive circuits can be provided between the inner circuit board 441' and the outer circuit board 443'. Specifically, the number of flexible electrical connectors in the flexible conductive arm 4421' is determined according to the circuit requirements of the photosensitive chip 41'.
继续参照图19A和图19B,在本申请的一个示例中,该外线路板443’被直接或者间接的固定于框架64’,例如,外线路板443’可以被直接固定于框架64’的顶面,或者,外线路板443’被固定于框架盖体640’的底面从而被间接的固定于框架64’,又或者,外线路板443’被框架盖体640’和框架64’夹持并固定在框架盖体640’和框架64’之间。外线路板443’高于内线路板441’,即,外线路板443’的顶面高于内线路板441’的顶面,进一步的,外线路板443’的底面也可以高于内线路板441’的底面,这样,使得内线路板441’与框架盖体640’之间具有空气间隙,使得外线路板443’与芯片线路板42’之间具有空气间隙,从而内线路板441’和芯片线路板42’在移动中不会与框架盖体640’或者外线路板443’发生摩擦,减少移动的阻力。在该示例中,柔性导通臂4421’呈倾斜的连接内线路板441’和外线路板443’,其中,柔性导通臂4421’连接外线路板443’的一端高于连接内线路板441’的一端,在芯片线路板42’的水平移动过程中,降低了柔性导通臂4421’与芯片线路板42’摩擦的可能。Continuing with reference to FIGS. 19A and 19B , in an example of the present application, the external circuit board 443’ is directly or indirectly fixed to the frame 64’. For example, the external circuit board 443’ may be directly fixed to the top surface of the frame 64’, or the external circuit board 443’ is fixed to the bottom surface of the frame cover 640’ and thus indirectly fixed to the frame 64’, or the external circuit board 443’ is clamped by the frame cover 640’ and the frame 64’ and fixed between the frame cover 640’ and the frame 64’. The outer circuit board 443’ is higher than the inner circuit board 441’, that is, the top surface of the outer circuit board 443’ is higher than the top surface of the inner circuit board 441’. Furthermore, the bottom surface of the outer circuit board 443’ may also be higher than the bottom surface of the inner circuit board 441’. In this way, there is an air gap between the inner circuit board 441’ and the frame cover 640’, and there is an air gap between the outer circuit board 443’ and the chip circuit board 42’, so that the inner circuit board 441’ and the chip circuit board 42’ will not rub against the frame cover 640’ or the outer circuit board 443’ during movement, thereby reducing the resistance to movement. In this example, the flexible conductive arm 4421′ is inclined to connect the inner circuit board 441′ and the outer circuit board 443′, wherein the end of the flexible conductive arm 4421′ connected to the outer circuit board 443′ is higher than the end connected to the inner circuit board 441′, and during the horizontal movement of the chip circuit board 42′, the possibility of friction between the flexible conductive arm 4421′ and the chip circuit board 42′ is reduced.
换言之,在本申请中,外线路板443’可以被固定于驱动装置60’的相对固定的部分,内线路板441’被固定于可动的芯片线路板42’,内线路板441’的高度由于芯片线路板42’被固定于可动载体67’而得以被维持。In other words, in the present application, the outer circuit board 443’ can be fixed to a relatively fixed part of the driving device 60’, and the inner circuit board 441’ is fixed to the movable chip circuit board 42’, and the height of the inner circuit board 441’ can be maintained because the chip circuit board 42’ is fixed to the movable carrier 67’.
值得一提的是,在本申请中,从俯视方向看,外线路板443’和内线路板441’均具有大致矩形的周侧形状,其中外线路板443’具有一通孔,该通孔适于为矩形通孔,该通孔的尺寸大于内线路板441’的尺寸,从而内线路板441’和柔性导通机构442’被设置于该通孔中。为优化摄像模组1’的尺寸,芯片线路板42’具有一缺口以使光学镜头10’可以从该缺口中伸出,相应的,外线路板443’在对应位置设有一缺口,以使外线路板443’大致呈“C”型。It is worth mentioning that in the present application, from a top view, the outer circuit board 443' and the inner circuit board 441' both have a substantially rectangular peripheral shape, wherein the outer circuit board 443' has a through hole, which is suitable for being a rectangular through hole, and the size of the through hole is larger than the size of the inner circuit board 441', so that the inner circuit board 441' and the flexible conductive mechanism 442' are arranged in the through hole. In order to optimize the size of the camera module 1', the chip circuit board 42' has a notch so that the optical lens 10' can extend from the notch, and accordingly, the outer circuit board 443' is provided with a notch at a corresponding position, so that the outer circuit board 443' is roughly "C" shaped.
进一步的,继续参照图19A和图23A,该连接线路板44’还包括一连接带444’,连接带444’被固定于外线路板443’的一侧并与外线路板443’电连接,借由该连接带444’,线路板组件与外部移动电子设备电连接。值得一提的是,该连接带444’可以为柔性线路板或者软硬结合板,这样,连接带444’可以进行弯折以适应驱动装置60’内部的空间。Further, referring to Fig. 19A and Fig. 23A, the connection circuit board 44' further includes a connection belt 444', which is fixed to one side of the external circuit board 443' and electrically connected to the external circuit board 443', and the circuit board assembly is electrically connected to the external mobile electronic device through the connection belt 444'. It is worth mentioning that the connection belt 444' can be a flexible circuit board or a hard-soft board, so that the connection belt 444' can be bent to adapt to the space inside the driving device 60'.
具体的,内线路板441’、外线路板443’和柔性导通机构442’被设置于芯片线路板42’和框架盖体640’之间,也即内线路板441’、外线路板443’和柔性导通机构442’被设置于框架盖体640’和框架64’之间形成的容置腔中,连接带444’从框架盖体640’和框架64’之间形成的容置腔中向外延伸,最终伸出上盖610’和固定基座61’形成的容置腔以和外部电子设备电连接。Specifically, the inner circuit board 441’, the outer circuit board 443’ and the flexible conductive mechanism 442’ are arranged between the chip circuit board 42’ and the frame cover 640’, that is, the inner circuit board 441’, the outer circuit board 443’ and the flexible conductive mechanism 442’ are arranged in the accommodating cavity formed between the frame cover 640’ and the frame 64’, and the connecting belt 444’ extends outward from the accommodating cavity formed between the frame cover 640’ and the frame 64’, and finally extends out of the accommodating cavity formed by the upper cover 610’ and the fixed base 61’ to be electrically connected to the external electronic device.
考虑到在对焦驱动部62’的驱动下,连接线路板44’会随着芯片线路板42’在高度方向上移动,因此,为避免由于连接带444’要向外延伸而导致连接线路板44’在高度方向上产生较大的阻力,连接带444’的部分
被弯折于驱动装置60’中。Considering that the connection circuit board 44' will move in the height direction along with the chip circuit board 42' under the driving of the focus driving unit 62', in order to avoid the connection strip 444' from extending outwards and causing a large resistance in the height direction to the connection circuit board 44', a portion of the connection strip 444' is Bended in the driving device 60'.
在一个具体示例中,连接带444’从外线路板443’远离对焦驱动部62’的一侧向外并向下延伸,连接带444’的一部分以水平方向弯折的形式被设置于框架64’的下方,具体的,连接带444’的一部分以水平方向弯折的形式被设置于第一框架部643’的下方。即,连接带444’从外线路板443’的一侧向外并向下延伸,连接带444’的部分以水平方向弯折的形式被设置于驱动装置60’中。进一步的,该弯折的部分可以被称为弯折部4442’,因此,连接带444’包括依次相连的延伸部4441’、弯折部4442’和导出部4443’,延伸部4441’从外线路板443’远离对焦驱动部62’的一侧向外并向下延伸,弯折部4442’电连接延伸部4441’和导出部4443’并被设置于框架64’的第一框架部643’的下方,导出部4443’从弯折部4442’向外延伸以伸出驱动装置60’,连接线路板44’通过导出部4443’与外部电子设备电连接。弯折部4442’以水平方向弯折,使得当感光组件40’被对焦驱动部62’驱动沿着高度方向移动时,弯折部4442’可以伸展或者折叠进行配合,从而连接带444’在高度方向上产生的阻力被降低。In a specific example, the connection belt 444' extends outward and downward from the side of the outer circuit board 443' away from the focus driving part 62', and a part of the connection belt 444' is arranged below the frame 64' in a horizontally bent form. Specifically, a part of the connection belt 444' is arranged below the first frame part 643' in a horizontally bent form. That is, the connection belt 444' extends outward and downward from one side of the outer circuit board 443', and a part of the connection belt 444' is arranged in the driving device 60' in a horizontally bent form. Further, the bent portion can be referred to as a bent portion 4442', and therefore, the connection belt 444' includes an extension portion 4441', a bent portion 4442' and an output portion 4443' which are connected in sequence, the extension portion 4441' extending outward and downward from a side of the external circuit board 443' away from the focus drive unit 62', the bent portion 4442' electrically connects the extension portion 4441' and the output portion 4443' and is disposed below the first frame portion 643' of the frame 64', the output portion 4443' extends outward from the bent portion 4442' to extend out of the drive device 60', and the connection circuit board 44' is electrically connected to the external electronic device through the output portion 4443'. The bent portion 4442' is bent in the horizontal direction, so that when the photosensitive component 40' is driven by the focus drive unit 62' to move in the height direction, the bent portion 4442' can be stretched or folded to cooperate, so that the resistance generated by the connection belt 444' in the height direction is reduced.
值得一提的是,连接带444’的一部分被设置于框架64’的下方是指连接带444’的一部分低于框架64’的任意一部分,而并不需要连接带444’的一部分完全位于框架64’的最低处的下方。It is worth mentioning that a part of the connecting belt 444’ is arranged below the frame 64’, which means that a part of the connecting belt 444’ is lower than any part of the frame 64’, and it is not necessary for a part of the connecting belt 444’ to be completely below the lowest point of the frame 64’.
由于连接带444’从外线路板443’远离对焦驱动部62’的一侧向外延伸,框架64’中远离对焦驱动部62’的第一框架部643’与固定基座61’的基座主体611’之间具有一容置空间以容置连接带444’弯折的部分,即,连接带444’的一部分以水平方向弯折的形式设置于该容置空间中,弯折部4442’以水平方向弯折的形式设置于该容置空间中。相应的,如图22所示,从基座主体611’远离对焦驱动部62’的一侧向上延伸的基座侧壁612’具有一开口以提供连接带444’的导出部4443’向固定基座61’的外侧延伸。Since the connection belt 444' extends outward from the side of the external circuit board 443' away from the focus driving part 62', there is a receiving space between the first frame part 643' of the frame 64' away from the focus driving part 62' and the base body 611' of the fixed base 61' to accommodate the bent part of the connection belt 444', that is, a part of the connection belt 444' is arranged in the receiving space in the form of a horizontal bend, and the bent part 4442' is arranged in the form of a horizontal bend in the receiving space. Correspondingly, as shown in FIG. 22, the base side wall 612' extending upward from the side of the base body 611' away from the focus driving part 62' has an opening to provide the lead-out part 4443' of the connection belt 444' to extend toward the outside of the fixed base 61'.
值得一提的是,连接线路板44’的导出部4443’可以被固定于固定基座61’或者上盖610’,从而使位于驱动装置60’内部的延伸部4441’和弯折部4442’不受外部因素的影响,防止驱动装置60’受到的来自于感光组件40’的阻力进一步增加。进一步的,对焦线路板623’可以与连接线路板44’的导出部4443’电连接,从而与芯片线路板42’电导通。It is worth mentioning that the lead-out portion 4443' of the connection circuit board 44' can be fixed to the fixed base 61' or the upper cover 610', so that the extension portion 4441' and the bent portion 4442' located inside the driving device 60' are not affected by external factors, and the resistance of the driving device 60' from the photosensitive component 40' is prevented from further increasing. Furthermore, the focus circuit board 623' can be electrically connected to the lead-out portion 4443' of the connection circuit board 44', so as to be electrically connected to the chip circuit board 42'.
进一步的,对连接线路板44’的制造方法予以示例。在本申请中,连接线路板44’可以先分别形成内线路板441’、外线路板443’、柔性导通机构442’以及连接带444’后再分别按设定的位置将其连接固定而成;连接线路板44’也可以是从一个柔性线路板或者软硬结合板中去除部分结构形成,例如,提供一线路板,该线路板预定形成柔性导通机构442’的部分为柔性线路板,去除该部分中的部分结构,以形成连接内线路板441’和外线路板443’的柔性导通机构442’,从而完成连接线路板44’的制造。Furthermore, an example of a manufacturing method of the connecting circuit board 44' is given. In the present application, the connecting circuit board 44' can be formed by first forming an inner circuit board 441', an outer circuit board 443', a flexible conductive mechanism 442' and a connecting belt 444' respectively, and then connecting and fixing them at set positions respectively; the connecting circuit board 44' can also be formed by removing part of the structure from a flexible circuit board or a soft-hard combination board, for example, a circuit board is provided, the part of the circuit board where the flexible conductive mechanism 442' is predetermined to be formed is a flexible circuit board, and part of the structure in the part is removed to form a flexible conductive mechanism 442' connecting the inner circuit board 441' and the outer circuit board 443', thereby completing the manufacturing of the connecting circuit board 44'.
以上描述了本申请的基本原理、主要特征和本申请的优点。本行业的技术人员应该了解,本申请不受上述实施例的限制,上述实施例和说明书中描述的只是本申请的原理,在不脱离本申请精神和范围的前提下本申请还会有各种变化和改进,这些变化和改进都落入要求保护的本申请的范围内。本申请要求的保护范围由所附的权利要求书及其等同物界定。
The above describes the basic principles, main features and advantages of the present application. Those skilled in the art should understand that the present application is not limited by the above embodiments. The above embodiments and the specification only describe the principles of the present application. The present application may have various changes and improvements without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. These changes and improvements fall within the scope of the present application for which protection is sought. The scope of protection claimed by the present application is defined by the attached claims and their equivalents.
Claims (93)
- 一种用于摄像模组的驱动装置,其特征在于,包括:A driving device for a camera module, characterized by comprising:固定基座;Fixed base;框架,所述框架被可移动地设置于所述固定基座;a frame, the frame being movably disposed on the fixed base;对焦驱动部,所述对焦驱动部被配置为驱动所述框架沿平行于所述摄像模组的光轴的方向相对于所述固定基座移动;A focus driving unit, wherein the focus driving unit is configured to drive the frame to move relative to the fixed base along a direction parallel to the optical axis of the camera module;对焦导向部,所述对焦导向部被夹持于所述固定基座和所述框架之间,所述对焦导向部的延伸方向与所述摄像模组的光轴平行;以及A focus guide portion, wherein the focus guide portion is clamped between the fixed base and the frame, and an extending direction of the focus guide portion is parallel to the optical axis of the camera module; and定位片,所述定位片被固定于所述固定基座,所述定位片的底面抵接于所述对焦导向部的顶面。A positioning piece is fixed to the fixing base, and a bottom surface of the positioning piece abuts against a top surface of the focusing guide portion.
- 根据权利要求1所述的驱动装置,其中,所述固定基座包括沿水平方向延伸的基座主体,以及自基座主体沿高度方向延伸的对焦固定部;框架包括沿水平方向延伸的防抖框架,以及自防抖框架沿高度方向延伸的对焦框架;所述对焦导向部被设置于所述对焦固定部和所述对焦框架之间。According to the driving device according to claim 1, wherein the fixed base includes a base body extending in a horizontal direction, and a focus fixing portion extending from the base body in a height direction; the frame includes an anti-shake frame extending in a horizontal direction, and a focus frame extending from the anti-shake frame in a height direction; and the focus guide portion is arranged between the focus fixing portion and the focus frame.
- 根据权利要求2所述的驱动装置,其中,所述对焦导向部包括顶面、与顶面相对的底面、以及连接于顶面和底面之间的外周壁,所述对焦导向部的外周壁分别抵接所述对焦固定部和所述对焦框架。The driving device according to claim 2, wherein the focus guide portion includes a top surface, a bottom surface opposite to the top surface, and a peripheral wall connected between the top surface and the bottom surface, and the peripheral wall of the focus guide portion respectively abuts the focus fixing portion and the focus frame.
- 根据权利要求3所述的驱动装置,其中,所述定位片所在的平面平行于所述基座主体所在的平面,所述对焦导向部的底面固定于所述基座主体,所述对焦导向部的顶面抵接于所述定位片,以保持所述对焦导向部与所述摄像模组的光轴平行。The driving device according to claim 3, wherein the plane where the positioning plate is located is parallel to the plane where the base body is located, the bottom surface of the focus guide part is fixed to the base body, and the top surface of the focus guide part abuts against the positioning plate to keep the focus guide part parallel to the optical axis of the camera module.
- 根据权利要求4所述的驱动装置,其中,所述对焦固定部包括间隔设置的第一支撑臂和第二支撑臂,所述第一支撑臂和所述第二支撑臂的顶端设置有定位凸柱,所述定位片具有与所述定位凸柱对应的定位孔,所述定位凸柱被设置于所述定位孔内,以使得所述定位片被安置于所述第一支撑臂和所述第二支撑臂的顶端。According to the driving device of claim 4, the focus fixing part includes a first support arm and a second support arm arranged at an interval, the top ends of the first support arm and the second support arm are provided with positioning bosses, the positioning plate has a positioning hole corresponding to the positioning boss, and the positioning boss is arranged in the positioning hole so that the positioning plate is placed at the top ends of the first support arm and the second support arm.
- 根据权利要求5所述的驱动装置,其中,所述第一支撑臂和所述第二支撑臂具有两个第一导轨,所述对焦框架具有两个第二导轨,所述两个第一导轨和所述两个第二导轨相对设置;所述对焦导向部包括两个导杆,所述两个导杆被夹持于所述两个第一导轨和所述两个第二导轨之间。According to the driving device of claim 5, wherein the first support arm and the second support arm have two first guide rails, the focusing frame has two second guide rails, and the two first guide rails and the two second guide rails are arranged opposite to each other; the focusing guide part includes two guide rods, and the two guide rods are clamped between the two first guide rails and the two second guide rails.
- 根据权利要求6所述的驱动装置,其中,所述定位片沿水平方向覆盖所述两个导杆的顶面的至少一部分,以保持所述两个导杆相互平行设置。The driving device according to claim 6, wherein the positioning sheet covers at least a portion of the top surfaces of the two guide rods in a horizontal direction to keep the two guide rods arranged parallel to each other.
- 根据权利要求7所述的驱动装置,其中,所述对焦驱动部包括沿水平方向相对设置的对焦磁石和对焦线圈,所述对焦磁石被设置于所述对焦框架和所述对焦固定部二者中的一个,所述对焦线圈被设置于所述对焦框架和所述对焦固定部二者中的另一个。According to the driving device according to claim 7, wherein the focus driving part includes a focus magnet and a focus coil arranged relative to each other in a horizontal direction, the focus magnet is arranged at one of the focus frame and the focus fixing part, and the focus coil is arranged at the other of the focus frame and the focus fixing part.
- 根据权利要求8所述的驱动装置,其中,所述对焦线圈被设置于所述两个导杆之间,所述对焦线圈的高度低于所述两个导杆的高度。The driving device according to claim 8, wherein the focusing coil is arranged between the two guide rods, and the height of the focusing coil is lower than the height of the two guide rods.
- 根据权利要求9所述的驱动装置,其中,所述对焦驱动部还包括导磁件,所述导磁件与所述对焦磁石沿水平方向相对设置,所述导磁件与所述对焦磁石相互作用产生沿水平方向的磁吸力,所述对焦导向部在磁吸力的作用下被夹持于所述对焦框架和所述对焦固定部之间。According to the driving device according to claim 9, the focus driving part also includes a magnetic conductive part, the magnetic conductive part and the focus magnet are arranged opposite to each other in a horizontal direction, the magnetic conductive part and the focus magnet interact with each other to generate a magnetic attraction force in the horizontal direction, and the focus guide part is clamped between the focus frame and the focus fixing part under the action of the magnetic attraction force.
- 根据权利要求10所述的驱动装置,其中,所述驱动装置还包括可动载体和防抖驱动部,所述可动载体被可移动地设置于所述框架,所述防抖驱动部被设置于所述可动载体和所述框架之间,所述防抖驱动部被配置为驱动所述可动载体沿垂直于所述摄像模组的光轴的方向相对于所述框架移动。According to the driving device according to claim 10, the driving device also includes a movable carrier and an anti-shake driving unit, the movable carrier is movably arranged on the frame, the anti-shake driving unit is arranged between the movable carrier and the frame, and the anti-shake driving unit is configured to drive the movable carrier to move relative to the frame in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis of the camera module.
- 根据权利要求11所述的驱动装置,其中,所述防抖驱动部包括至少一防抖磁石和至少一防抖线圈,所述至少一防抖磁石被设置于所述可动载体和所述框架二者中的一个,所述至少一防抖线圈被设置于所述 可动载体和所述框架二者中的另一个,所述至少一防抖磁石和所述至少一防抖线圈沿高度方向上相对设置。The driving device according to claim 11, wherein the anti-shake driving unit comprises at least one anti-shake magnet and at least one anti-shake coil, the at least one anti-shake magnet is arranged on one of the movable carrier and the frame, and the at least one anti-shake coil is arranged on the movable carrier. The other of the movable carrier and the frame, the at least one anti-shake magnet and the at least one anti-shake coil are arranged relatively to each other along the height direction.
- 一种摄像模组,其特征在于,包括:A camera module, characterized by comprising:光学镜头;Optical lens;光转折元件,所述光转折元件包括多个反射面,由所述光学镜头出射的光线在所述光转折元件的多个反射面上发生多次反射;A light deflection element, wherein the light deflection element comprises a plurality of reflective surfaces, and the light emitted by the optical lens is reflected multiple times on the plurality of reflective surfaces of the light deflection element;感光组件,光线由所述光转折元件出射后到达所述感光组件,所述光学镜头与所述感光组件被设置于所述光转折元件的同侧;以及A photosensitive component, wherein the light is emitted from the light deflection element and reaches the photosensitive component, and the optical lens and the photosensitive component are arranged on the same side of the light deflection element; and权利要求1至12项中任意一项所述的驱动装置,所述光转折元件和所述光学镜头被设置于所述驱动装置的固定基座,所述感光组件被可传动地设置于所述驱动装置的框架,以使得所述对焦驱动部驱动所述框架沿平行于光轴的方向相对于所述固定基座移动时,所述感光组件随之沿平行于光轴的方向移动。The driving device described in any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the light deflection element and the optical lens are arranged on a fixed base of the driving device, and the photosensitive component is drivably arranged on a frame of the driving device, so that when the focus driving unit drives the frame to move relative to the fixed base in a direction parallel to the optical axis, the photosensitive component moves accordingly in a direction parallel to the optical axis.
- 一种摄像模组,其特征在于,包括:A camera module, characterized by comprising:光学镜头;Optical lens;光转折元件,所述光转折元件包括多个反射面,由所述光学镜头出射的光线在所述光转折元件的多个反射面上发生多次反射;A light deflection element, wherein the light deflection element comprises a plurality of reflective surfaces, and the light emitted by the optical lens is reflected multiple times on the plurality of reflective surfaces of the light deflection element;感光组件,光线由所述光转折元件出射后到达所述感光组件,所述光学镜头与所述感光组件被设置于所述光转折元件的同侧;A photosensitive component, wherein the light is emitted from the light deflection element and reaches the photosensitive component, and the optical lens and the photosensitive component are arranged on the same side of the light deflection element;驱动装置,所述驱动装置被配置为驱动所述感光组件相对于所述光转折元件移动,其中,所述驱动装置包括:A driving device, wherein the driving device is configured to drive the photosensitive component to move relative to the light deflection element, wherein the driving device comprises:固定基座,所述光转折元件被固定于所述固定基座;A fixed base, the light deflection element is fixed to the fixed base;框架,所述框架被可移动地设置于所述固定基座,所述感光组件被可传动地设置于所述框架;以及A frame, wherein the frame is movably disposed on the fixed base, and the photosensitive component is drivably disposed on the frame; and对焦驱动部,所述对焦驱动部包括对焦磁石和对焦线圈,所述对焦磁石和所述对焦线圈沿水平方向相对地设置于所述光转折元件的周侧;其中,所述对焦线圈的绕线轴与所述摄像模组的光轴方向平行。A focus driving unit, the focus driving unit includes a focus magnet and a focus coil, the focus magnet and the focus coil are relatively arranged on the circumference of the light turning element along the horizontal direction; wherein the winding axis of the focus coil is parallel to the optical axis direction of the camera module.
- 根据权利要求14所述的摄像模组,其中,所述对焦线圈和所述对焦磁石沿高度方向延伸,所述对焦线圈的高度大于所述对焦磁石的高度。The camera module according to claim 14, wherein the focus coil and the focus magnet extend in a height direction, and the height of the focus coil is greater than the height of the focus magnet.
- 根据权利要求15所述的摄像模组,其中,所述固定基座包括沿水平方向延伸的基座主体,以及自基座主体沿高度方向延伸的对焦固定部;框架包括沿水平方向延伸的防抖框架,以及自防抖框架沿高度方向延伸的对焦框架;所述对焦驱动部被设置于所述对焦固定部和所述对焦框架之间。According to the camera module according to claim 15, the fixed base includes a base body extending in a horizontal direction, and a focus fixing part extending from the base body in a height direction; the frame includes an anti-shake frame extending in a horizontal direction, and a focus frame extending from the anti-shake frame in a height direction; the focus driving part is arranged between the focus fixing part and the focus frame.
- 根据权利要求16所述的摄像模组,其中,所述对焦磁石被设置于所述对焦框架,所述对焦线圈被设置于所述对焦固定部,所述对焦磁石与所述对焦线圈相互作用驱动所述对焦框架沿平行于所述摄像模组的光轴的方向相对于所述对焦固定部移动。According to the camera module according to claim 16, wherein the focus magnet is arranged on the focus frame, and the focus coil is arranged on the focus fixing part, and the focus magnet interacts with the focus coil to drive the focus frame to move relative to the focus fixing part in a direction parallel to the optical axis of the camera module.
- 根据权利要求17所述的摄像模组,其中,所述对焦固定部包括间隔设置的第一支撑臂和第二支撑臂,所述第一支撑臂和所述第二支撑臂之间具有一定空间,所述对焦线圈被设置于所述空间内。The camera module according to claim 17, wherein the focus fixing part includes a first support arm and a second support arm arranged at an interval, a certain space is provided between the first support arm and the second support arm, and the focus coil is arranged in the space.
- 根据权利要求18所述的摄像模组,其中,所述对焦驱动部进一步包括导磁件,所述导磁件被设置于所述第一支撑臂和所述第二支撑臂之间,所述导磁件沿高度方向延伸,所述导磁件的顶面不高于所述第一支撑臂和所述第二支撑臂的顶面。According to the camera module according to claim 18, the focus drive unit further includes a magnetic conductive member, which is arranged between the first support arm and the second support arm, and the magnetic conductive member extends along the height direction, and the top surface of the magnetic conductive member is not higher than the top surfaces of the first support arm and the second support arm.
- 根据权利要求19所述的摄像模组,其中,所述导磁件与所述对焦磁石沿水平方向相对设置,所述导磁件的高度大于所述对焦磁石的高度,所述导磁件与所述对焦磁石相互作用产生沿水平方向的磁吸力。 According to the camera module according to claim 19, wherein the magnetic conductive part and the focusing magnet are arranged opposite to each other in the horizontal direction, the height of the magnetic conductive part is greater than the height of the focusing magnet, and the magnetic conductive part and the focusing magnet interact with each other to generate a magnetic attraction force in the horizontal direction.
- 根据权利要求20所述的摄像模组,其中,所述对焦线圈沿高度方向绕置于所述导磁件的周侧,所述对焦线圈的绕线高度不超过所述导磁件的高度。The camera module according to claim 20, wherein the focusing coil is wound around the circumference of the magnetic conductive component along the height direction, and the winding height of the focusing coil does not exceed the height of the magnetic conductive component.
- 根据权利要求21所述的摄像模组,其中,所述导磁件为空心结构,所述导磁件的中部具有一通孔。The camera module according to claim 21, wherein the magnetic conductive component is a hollow structure and has a through hole in the middle of the magnetic conductive component.
- 根据权利要求22所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置还包括对焦导向部,所述对焦导向部被设置于所述对焦固定部和所述对焦框架之间,所述对焦导向部的延伸方向与所述摄像模组的光轴平行。According to the camera module according to claim 22, the driving device also includes a focus guide portion, which is arranged between the focus fixing portion and the focus frame, and the extension direction of the focus guide portion is parallel to the optical axis of the camera module.
- 根据权利要求23所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置还包括可动载体和防抖驱动部,所述可动载体被可移动地设置于所述框架,所述防抖驱动部被设置于所述可动载体和所述框架之间,所述防抖驱动部被配置为驱动所述可动载体沿垂直于所述摄像模组的光轴的方向相对于所述框架移动。According to the camera module according to claim 23, the driving device also includes a movable carrier and an anti-shake driving unit, the movable carrier is movably arranged on the frame, the anti-shake driving unit is arranged between the movable carrier and the frame, and the anti-shake driving unit is configured to drive the movable carrier to move relative to the frame in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis of the camera module.
- 根据权利要求24所述的摄像模组,其中,所述防抖驱动部包括至少一防抖磁石和至少一防抖线圈,所述至少一防抖磁石被设置于所述可动载体和所述框架二者中的一个,所述至少一防抖线圈被设置于所述可动载体和所述框架二者中的另一个,所述至少一防抖磁石和所述至少一防抖线圈沿高度方向上相对设置。According to the camera module according to claim 24, the anti-shake drive unit includes at least one anti-shake magnet and at least one anti-shake coil, the at least one anti-shake magnet is arranged at one of the movable carrier and the frame, the at least one anti-shake coil is arranged at the other of the movable carrier and the frame, and the at least one anti-shake magnet and the at least one anti-shake coil are arranged relatively to each other in the height direction.
- 一种摄像模组,其特征在于,包括:A camera module, characterized by comprising:光学镜头;Optical lens;光转折元件;Light turning element;感光组件,所述光学镜头和所述感光组件被设置于所述光转折元件的同侧;以及A photosensitive component, wherein the optical lens and the photosensitive component are arranged on the same side of the light deflection element; and驱动装置,所述驱动装置包括固定基座、被可活动地设置于所述固定基座中的框架、被可活动地设置于所述框架中的可动载体、被设置于所述固定基座和所述框架之间的对焦驱动部以及被设置于所述框架和所述可动载体之间的防抖驱动部,其中,所述感光组件被固定于所述可动载体,所述对焦驱动部包括沿水平方向相对设置的对焦线圈和对焦磁石,所述防抖驱动部包括沿水平方向相对设置的至少一防抖磁石和至少一防抖线圈,所述至少一防抖线圈被设置于所述可动载体上。A driving device, the driving device includes a fixed base, a frame movably arranged in the fixed base, a movable carrier movably arranged in the frame, a focus driving unit arranged between the fixed base and the frame, and an anti-shake driving unit arranged between the frame and the movable carrier, wherein the photosensitive component is fixed to the movable carrier, the focus driving unit includes a focus coil and a focus magnet arranged relatively to each other in a horizontal direction, the anti-shake driving unit includes at least one anti-shake magnet and at least one anti-shake coil arranged relatively to each other in a horizontal direction, and the at least one anti-shake coil is arranged on the movable carrier.
- 根据权利要求26所述的摄像模组,其中,所述固定基座包括基座主体和被固定于所述基座主体的一侧的对焦固定部,所述对焦磁石被设置于所述框架的侧面,所述对焦线圈被设置于所述对焦固定部上,所述对焦线圈与所述对焦磁石相对设置。According to the camera module according to claim 26, the fixed base includes a base body and a focus fixing part fixed to one side of the base body, the focus magnet is arranged on the side of the frame, the focus coil is arranged on the focus fixing part, and the focus coil is arranged opposite to the focus magnet.
- 根据权利要求27所述的摄像模组,其中,所述至少一防抖磁石包括第一防抖磁石和第二防抖磁石,所述至少一防抖线圈包括第一防抖线圈和第二防抖线圈,所述第一防抖磁石和所述第二防抖磁石被设置于所述框架的两个相邻的侧面上,所述第一防抖线圈和所述第二防抖线圈被设置于所述可动载体的两个相邻的侧面上,所述第一防抖线圈与所述第一防抖磁石相对设置,所述第二防抖线圈与所述第二防抖磁石相对设置。The camera module according to claim 27, wherein the at least one anti-shake magnet includes a first anti-shake magnet and a second anti-shake magnet, the at least one anti-shake coil includes a first anti-shake coil and a second anti-shake coil, the first anti-shake magnet and the second anti-shake coil are arranged on two adjacent sides of the frame, the first anti-shake coil and the second anti-shake coil are arranged on two adjacent sides of the movable carrier, the first anti-shake coil is arranged opposite to the first anti-shake magnet, and the second anti-shake coil is arranged opposite to the second anti-shake magnet.
- 根据权利要求28所述的摄像模组,其中,所述框架包括一体成型的第一框架部、第二框架部和框架连接部,所述第一框架部和所述第二框架部分别连接于所述框架连接部的两端,所述第一防抖磁石被安装于所述第一框架部的内侧面,所述第二防抖磁石被安装于所述框架连接部的内侧面,所述对焦磁石被安装于所述第二框架部的外侧面。According to the camera module according to claim 28, the frame includes an integrally formed first frame portion, a second frame portion and a frame connecting portion, the first frame portion and the second frame portion are respectively connected to two ends of the frame connecting portion, the first anti-shake magnet is installed on the inner side surface of the first frame portion, the second anti-shake magnet is installed on the inner side surface of the frame connecting portion, and the focusing magnet is installed on the outer side surface of the second frame portion.
- 根据权利要求29所述的摄像模组,其中,所述第一防抖线圈和所述第二防抖线圈位于所述第一防抖磁石和所述第二防抖磁石的内侧,所述对焦线圈位于所述对焦磁石的外侧。The camera module according to claim 29, wherein the first anti-shake coil and the second anti-shake coil are located on the inner sides of the first anti-shake magnet and the second anti-shake magnet, and the focusing coil is located on the outer sides of the focusing magnet.
- 根据权利要求28所述的摄像模组,其中,所述固定基座还包括被固定于所述基座主体的中部的承载部,所述光转折元件被安装于所述承载部,所述对焦磁石、所述第一防抖磁石和所述第二防抖磁石被设置于所述光转折元件的周侧。According to the camera module according to claim 28, the fixed base also includes a bearing portion fixed to the middle part of the base body, the light deflection element is installed on the bearing portion, and the focusing magnet, the first anti-shake magnet and the second anti-shake magnet are arranged on the peripheral side of the light deflection element.
- 根据权利要求31所述的摄像模组,其中,所述对焦磁石的底面低于所述光转折元件的顶面,所述第一防抖磁石和所述第二防抖磁石的底面低于所述光转折元件的顶面。 The camera module according to claim 31, wherein the bottom surface of the focusing magnet is lower than the top surface of the light turning element, and the bottom surfaces of the first anti-shake magnet and the second anti-shake magnet are lower than the top surface of the light turning element.
- 根据权利要求29至32任一所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置还包括对焦导向部和对焦磁吸件,所述对焦导向部被设置于所述框架的所述第二框架部和所述固定基座的所述对焦固定部之间,所述对焦磁吸件被固定于所述对焦固定部,所述对焦磁吸件和所述对焦磁石之间相互磁吸以使所述对焦导向部被夹持于所述框架的所述第二框架部和所述固定基座的所述对焦固定部之间。According to any one of claims 29 to 32, the driving device further comprises a focus guide portion and a focus magnetic component, the focus guide portion is arranged between the second frame portion of the frame and the focus fixing portion of the fixed base, the focus magnetic component is fixed to the focus fixing portion, and the focus magnetic component and the focus magnet are magnetically attracted to each other so that the focus guide portion is clamped between the second frame portion of the frame and the focus fixing portion of the fixed base.
- 根据权利要求33所述的摄像模组,其中,所述对焦导向部包括两个导杆,所述两个导杆被竖直的设置于所述第二框架部和所述对焦固定部之间,所述两个导杆被分别设置于所述对焦驱动部的两侧。According to the camera module according to claim 33, the focus guide part includes two guide rods, the two guide rods are vertically arranged between the second frame part and the focus fixing part, and the two guide rods are respectively arranged on both sides of the focus driving part.
- 根据权利要求33所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置还包括防抖支撑部和防抖磁吸件,所述防抖支撑部被设置于所述框架和所述可动载体之间,所述防抖磁吸件被固定于所述可动载体,所述防抖磁吸件被设置于所述至少一防抖磁石的上方,所述防抖磁吸件与所述防抖磁石之间相互磁吸以使所述可动载体在高度方向上被吸附向所述框架。According to the camera module according to claim 33, the driving device also includes an anti-shake support part and an anti-shake magnetic component, the anti-shake support part is arranged between the frame and the movable carrier, the anti-shake magnetic component is fixed to the movable carrier, the anti-shake magnetic component is arranged above the at least one anti-shake magnet, and the anti-shake magnetic component and the anti-shake magnet are magnetically attracted to each other so that the movable carrier is adsorbed to the frame in the height direction.
- 根据权利要求35所述的摄像模组,其中,所述防抖支撑部包括至少三滚珠,所述至少三滚珠被沿高度方向设置于所述框架和所述可动载体之间。According to the camera module according to claim 35, the anti-shake support part includes at least three balls, and the at least three balls are arranged between the frame and the movable carrier along the height direction.
- 根据权利要求36所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置还包括框架盖体,所述框架盖体被沿高度方向固定于所述框架的顶面。According to the camera module according to claim 36, the driving device also includes a frame cover, and the frame cover is fixed to the top surface of the frame along the height direction.
- 根据权利要求37所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置还包括被固定于所述固定基座的上盖,所述上盖与所述固定基座形成一容纳腔以容纳所述对焦驱动部、所述框架、所述框架盖体、所述防抖驱动部和所述可动载体。According to the camera module according to claim 37, the driving device also includes an upper cover fixed to the fixed base, and the upper cover and the fixed base form a accommodating cavity to accommodate the focus driving unit, the frame, the frame cover, the anti-shake driving unit and the movable carrier.
- 根据权利要求33所述的摄像模组,其中,所述光转折元件包括多个反射面,由所述光学镜头出射的光线在所述光转折元件的多个反射面上发生多次反射后由所述光转折元件出射并到达所述感光组件。According to the camera module according to claim 33, the light deflection element includes multiple reflective surfaces, and the light emitted by the optical lens is reflected multiple times on the multiple reflective surfaces of the light deflection element and then emitted from the light deflection element and reaches the photosensitive component.
- 根据权利要求39所述的摄像模组,其中,所述感光组件包括芯片线路板和与所述芯片线路板电连接的感光芯片和至少一电子元件,所述感光芯片的感光面朝向所述光转折元件以接收从所述光转折元件出射的光线,所述可动载体被固定于所述芯片线路板。According to the camera module according to claim 39, the photosensitive component includes a chip circuit board, a photosensitive chip electrically connected to the chip circuit board, and at least one electronic component, the photosensitive surface of the photosensitive chip faces the light deflection element to receive the light emitted from the light deflection element, and the movable carrier is fixed to the chip circuit board.
- 一种摄像模组,其特征在于,包括:A camera module, characterized by comprising:光学镜头;Optical lens;光转折元件,所述光转折元件包括多个反射面,由所述光学镜头出射的光线在所述光转折元件的多个反射面上发生多次反射;A light deflection element, wherein the light deflection element comprises a plurality of reflective surfaces, and the light emitted by the optical lens is reflected multiple times on the plurality of reflective surfaces of the light deflection element;感光组件,光线由所述光转折元件出射后到达所述感光组件;A photosensitive component, wherein the light is emitted from the light deflection element and reaches the photosensitive component;驱动装置,所述驱动装置被配置为驱动所述感光组件相对于所述光转折元件移动,其中,所述驱动装置包括:A driving device, wherein the driving device is configured to drive the photosensitive component to move relative to the light deflection element, wherein the driving device comprises:固定基座,所述光转折元件被固定于所述固定基座;A fixed base, the light deflection element is fixed to the fixed base;框架,所述框架被可活动地设置于所述固定基座;A frame, the frame being movably disposed on the fixed base;可动载体,所述可动载体被可活动地设置于所述框架,所述感光组件被设置于所述可动载体;以及A movable carrier, the movable carrier being movably disposed on the frame, and the photosensitive component being disposed on the movable carrier; and防抖驱动部,所述防抖驱动部被设置于所述可动载体和所述框架之间,用于驱动所述可动载体相对于所述框架移动;其中,所述防抖驱动部自所述可动载体向下延伸至所述光转折元件的周侧,所述防抖驱动部的至少一部分低于所述光转折元件的顶面。An anti-shake driving unit is arranged between the movable carrier and the frame, and is used for driving the movable carrier to move relative to the frame; wherein, the anti-shake driving unit extends downward from the movable carrier to the peripheral side of the light deflection element, and at least a portion of the anti-shake driving unit is lower than the top surface of the light deflection element.
- 根据权利要求41所述的摄像模组,其中,框架包括沿水平方向延伸的防抖框架,以及自防抖框架沿高度方向延伸的对焦框架;所述防抖驱动部沿水平方向被设置于所述防抖框架和所述可动载体之间。According to the camera module according to claim 41, the frame includes an anti-shake frame extending in a horizontal direction, and a focus frame extending from the anti-shake frame in a height direction; the anti-shake drive unit is arranged between the anti-shake frame and the movable carrier in a horizontal direction.
- 根据权利要求42所述的摄像模组,其中,所述防抖驱动部包括至少一防抖线圈和至少一防抖磁石, 所述至少一防抖线圈和所述至少一防抖磁石沿高度方向相对设置,所述至少一防抖线圈被设置于所述可动载体,所述至少一防抖磁石被设置于所述防抖框架。The camera module according to claim 42, wherein the anti-shake driving unit comprises at least one anti-shake coil and at least one anti-shake magnet, The at least one anti-shake coil and the at least one anti-shake magnet are arranged opposite to each other in the height direction. The at least one anti-shake coil is arranged on the movable carrier, and the at least one anti-shake magnet is arranged on the anti-shake frame.
- 根据权利要求43所述的摄像模组,其中,所述至少一防抖磁石的顶面所在的平面低于所述光转折元件的顶面所在的平面,所述至少一防抖线圈的底面所在的平面低于所述光转折元件的顶面所在的平面。The camera module according to claim 43, wherein the plane where the top surface of the at least one anti-shake magnet is located is lower than the plane where the top surface of the light deflection element is located, and the plane where the bottom surface of the at least one anti-shake coil is located is lower than the plane where the top surface of the light deflection element is located.
- 根据权利要求44所述的摄像模组,其中,所述固定基座包括沿水平方向延伸的基座主体以及被设置于所述基座主体中部的承载部,所述承载部自所述基座主体沿高度方向延伸,所述承载部具有自其顶部至底部尺寸逐渐减小的凹槽,所述光转折元件被固定于所述凹槽内。According to the camera module according to claim 44, the fixed base includes a base body extending in a horizontal direction and a bearing part arranged in the middle of the base body, the bearing part extends from the base body in a height direction, and the bearing part has a groove whose size gradually decreases from the top to the bottom, and the light turning element is fixed in the groove.
- 根据权利要求45所述的摄像模组,其中,所述可动载体被设置于所述防抖框架的上部,所述防抖框架被设置于所述基座主体的上部,所述可动载体的至少一部分低于所述光转折元件的顶面。According to the camera module according to claim 45, the movable carrier is arranged on the upper part of the anti-shake frame, the anti-shake frame is arranged on the upper part of the base body, and at least a part of the movable carrier is lower than the top surface of the light turning element.
- 根据权利要求46所述的摄像模组,其中,所述固定基座还包括自基座主体沿高度方向延伸的对焦固定部,所述驱动装置还包括对焦驱动部,所述对焦驱动部沿高度方向被设置于所述对焦固定部和所述对焦框架之间,所述对焦驱动部驱动所述对焦框架相对于所述对焦固定部移动。According to the camera module according to claim 46, the fixed base also includes a focus fixing portion extending from the base body along the height direction, and the driving device also includes a focus driving portion, which is arranged between the focus fixing portion and the focus frame along the height direction, and the focus driving portion drives the focus frame to move relative to the focus fixing portion.
- 根据权利要求47所述的摄像模组,其中,所述对焦驱动部包括对焦线圈和对焦磁石,所述对焦线圈和所述对焦磁石沿水平方向相对设置,所述对焦线圈被设置于所述对焦框架和所述对焦固定部二者中的一个,所述对焦磁石被设置于所述对焦框架和所述对焦固定部二者中的另一个。According to the camera module according to claim 47, the focus drive unit includes a focus coil and a focus magnet, the focus coil and the focus magnet are arranged relative to each other in the horizontal direction, the focus coil is arranged at one of the focus frame and the focus fixing unit, and the focus magnet is arranged at the other of the focus frame and the focus fixing unit.
- 根据权利要求48所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置还包括防抖支撑部和对焦导向部,所述防抖支撑部被夹持于所述可动载体和所述防抖框架之间,使得所述可动载体可活动地被支撑于所述防抖框架;所述对焦导向部被夹持于所述对焦框架和所述对焦固定部之间,使得所述对焦框架被可活动地支撑于所述对焦固定部。According to the camera module according to claim 48, the driving device also includes an anti-shake support part and a focus guide part, the anti-shake support part is clamped between the movable carrier and the anti-shake frame, so that the movable carrier can be movably supported on the anti-shake frame; the focus guide part is clamped between the focus frame and the focus fixing part, so that the focus frame can be movably supported on the focus fixing part.
- 根据权利要求49所述的摄像模组,其中,所述对焦驱动部还包括导磁件,所述导磁件与所述对焦磁石沿水平方向相对设置,所述导磁件与所述对焦磁石相互作用产生沿水平方向的磁吸力,所述对焦导向部在所述磁吸力的作用下被夹持于所述对焦框架和所述对焦固定部之间。According to the camera module according to claim 49, the focus drive part also includes a magnetic conductive part, and the magnetic conductive part and the focus magnet are arranged opposite to each other in a horizontal direction. The magnetic conductive part and the focus magnet interact with each other to generate a magnetic attraction force in the horizontal direction, and the focus guide part is clamped between the focus frame and the focus fixing part under the action of the magnetic attraction force.
- 根据权利要求49所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置还包括防抖磁吸件,所述防抖磁吸件与所述至少一防抖磁石沿高度方向相对设置,所述防抖磁吸件与所述至少一防抖磁石相互作用产生沿高度方向的磁吸力,所述防抖支撑部在所述磁吸力的作用下被夹持于所述可动载体和所述防抖框架之间。According to the camera module according to claim 49, the driving device also includes an anti-shake magnetic component, which is arranged relative to the at least one anti-shake magnet along the height direction, and the anti-shake magnetic component interacts with the at least one anti-shake magnet to generate a magnetic attraction force along the height direction, and the anti-shake support part is clamped between the movable carrier and the anti-shake frame under the action of the magnetic attraction force.
- 一种摄像模组,其特征在于,包括:A camera module, characterized by comprising:光学镜头;Optical lens;光转折元件;Light turning element;感光组件,所述光学镜头和所述感光组件被设置于所述光转折元件相对的两端;以及A photosensitive component, wherein the optical lens and the photosensitive component are disposed at two opposite ends of the light deflection element; and驱动装置,所述驱动装置被配置为驱动所述感光组件移动,其中,所述感光组件包括芯片线路板和与所述芯片线路板电连接的感光芯片和连接线路板,所述连接线路板包括第一连接带,所述第一连接带从所述芯片线路板向靠近所述光学镜头的一侧延伸,所述第一连接带的部分被弯折于所述光转折元件的下方。A driving device, wherein the driving device is configured to drive the photosensitive component to move, wherein the photosensitive component includes a chip circuit board, a photosensitive chip electrically connected to the chip circuit board, and a connecting circuit board, wherein the connecting circuit board includes a first connecting belt, and the first connecting belt extends from the chip circuit board to a side close to the optical lens, and a portion of the first connecting belt is bent below the light deflection element.
- 根据权利要求52所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置包括固定基座,所述固定基座包括基座主体、被固定于所述基座主体的中部的承载部和形成于所述基座主体和所述承载部之间的连接带容置腔,所述连接带容置腔被设置于所述固定基座靠近所述光学镜头的一侧,所述第一连接带的部分被设置于所述连接带容置腔中。According to the camera module according to claim 52, the driving device includes a fixed base, the fixed base includes a base body, a bearing part fixed to the middle part of the base body, and a connecting belt accommodating cavity formed between the base body and the bearing part, the connecting belt accommodating cavity is arranged on a side of the fixed base close to the optical lens, and a portion of the first connecting belt is arranged in the connecting belt accommodating cavity.
- 根据权利要求53所述的摄像模组,其中,所述第一连接带环绕所述光转折元件的周侧设置,所述第一连接带包括依次相连的第一连接部、第一侧连部、第一弯折部和第一导出部,所述第一弯折部被容置于所述连接带容置腔中。 According to the camera module according to claim 53, wherein the first connecting belt is arranged around the circumference of the light turning element, the first connecting belt includes a first connecting portion, a first side connecting portion, a first bending portion and a first lead-out portion which are connected in sequence, and the first bending portion is accommodated in the connecting belt accommodating cavity.
- 根据权利要求54所述的摄像模组,其中,所述第一连接部从所述芯片线路板向所述远离芯片线路板的方向横向延伸,所述第一连接部的一端与所述芯片线路板相连,所述第一连接部的另一端向下弯折并与所述第一侧连部的一端连接,所述第一侧连部围绕所述光转折元件的周侧延伸并弯折,所述第一侧连部的另一端与所述第一弯折部的一端连接,所述第一弯折部的另一端与所述第一导出部相连。The camera module according to claim 54, wherein the first connecting portion extends laterally from the chip circuit board toward the direction away from the chip circuit board, one end of the first connecting portion is connected to the chip circuit board, the other end of the first connecting portion is bent downward and connected to one end of the first side connecting portion, the first side connecting portion extends and bends around the circumference of the light turning element, the other end of the first side connecting portion is connected to one end of the first bending portion, and the other end of the first bending portion is connected to the first lead-out portion.
- 根据权利要求55所述的摄像模组,其中,所述第一弯折部以水平方向弯折的形式设置于所述第一侧连部的下方。The camera module according to claim 55, wherein the first bending portion is arranged below the first side connecting portion in the form of a horizontal bend.
- 根据权利要求54所述的摄像模组,其中,所述第一导出部被固定于所述固定基座。The camera module according to claim 54, wherein the first output portion is fixed to the fixed base.
- 根据权利要求57所述的摄像模组,其中,所述连接线路板还包括第二连接带,所述第二连接带环绕所述光转折元件的周侧设置,所述第二连接带与所述第一连接带相对的设置于所述芯片线路板两侧。According to the camera module according to claim 57, the connecting circuit board also includes a second connecting belt, the second connecting belt is arranged around the circumference of the light turning element, and the second connecting belt is arranged on both sides of the chip circuit board opposite to the first connecting belt.
- 根据权利要求58所述的摄像模组,其中,所述第二连接带包括第二连接部和第二侧连部,所述第二连接部从所述芯片线路板向远离所述芯片线路板的方向横向延伸,所述第二连接部的一端与所述芯片线路板相连,所述第二连接部的另一端向下弯折并与所述第二侧连部的一端连接,所述第二侧连部围绕所述光转折元件的周侧延伸并弯折。The camera module according to claim 58, wherein the second connecting band includes a second connecting portion and a second side connecting portion, the second connecting portion extends laterally from the chip circuit board in a direction away from the chip circuit board, one end of the second connecting portion is connected to the chip circuit board, the other end of the second connecting portion is bent downward and connected to one end of the second side connecting portion, and the second side connecting portion extends and bends around the circumference of the light turning element.
- 根据权利要求59所述的摄像模组,其中,所述第二侧连部的另一端与所述第一侧连部的另一端固定并电连接。The camera module according to claim 59, wherein the other end of the second side connection portion is fixed and electrically connected to the other end of the first side connection portion.
- 根据权利要求59所述的摄像模组,其中,所述第二连接带还包括第二弯折部和第二导出部,所述第二侧连部的另一端与所述第二弯折部的一端连接,所述第二弯折部的另一端与所述第二导出部相连,所述第二弯折部以水平方向弯折的形式设置于所述第二侧连部的下方。The camera module according to claim 59, wherein the second connecting belt also includes a second bending portion and a second lead-out portion, the other end of the second side connection portion is connected to one end of the second bending portion, the other end of the second bending portion is connected to the second lead-out portion, and the second bending portion is arranged in a horizontally bent form below the second side connection portion.
- 根据权利要求61所述的摄像模组,其中,所述第二弯折部被容置于所述固定基座的所述连接带容置腔中,所述第二连接带的所述第二导出部被固定于所述固定基座。The camera module according to claim 61, wherein the second bending portion is accommodated in the connecting band accommodating cavity of the fixed base, and the second lead-out portion of the second connecting band is fixed to the fixed base.
- 根据权利要求52所述的摄像模组,其中,所述光转折元件包括多个反射面,由所述光学镜头出射的光线在所述光转折元件的多个反射面上发生多次反射后由所述光转折元件出射并到达所述感光组件。According to the camera module according to claim 52, the light deflection element includes multiple reflective surfaces, and the light emitted by the optical lens is reflected multiple times on the multiple reflective surfaces of the light deflection element and then emitted from the light deflection element and reaches the photosensitive component.
- 根据权利要求53所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置还包括被可活动地设置于所述固定基座中的框架、被可活动地设置于所述框架中的可动载体、被设置于所述固定基座和所述框架之间的对焦驱动部以及被设置于所述框架和所述可动载体之间的防抖驱动部,其中,所述感光组件被固定于所述可动载体,所述对焦驱动部包括沿水平方向相对设置的对焦线圈和对焦磁石,所述防抖驱动部包括沿水平方向相对设置的至少一防抖磁石和至少一防抖线圈。According to the camera module according to claim 53, wherein the driving device also includes a frame movably arranged in the fixed base, a movable carrier movably arranged in the frame, a focus driving unit arranged between the fixed base and the frame, and an anti-shake driving unit arranged between the frame and the movable carrier, wherein the photosensitive component is fixed to the movable carrier, the focus driving unit includes a focus coil and a focus magnet arranged relatively to each other in a horizontal direction, and the anti-shake driving unit includes at least one anti-shake magnet and at least one anti-shake coil arranged relatively to each other in a horizontal direction.
- 根据权利要求64所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置还包括被固定于所述固定基座的上盖,所述上盖与所述固定基座形成一容纳腔以容纳所述对焦驱动部、所述框架、所述防抖驱动部和所述可动载体。According to the camera module according to claim 64, the driving device also includes an upper cover fixed to the fixed base, and the upper cover and the fixed base form an accommodating cavity to accommodate the focus driving unit, the frame, the anti-shake driving unit and the movable carrier.
- 一种阵列模组,其特征在于,包括:An array module, characterized by comprising:摄像模组,所述摄像模组包括沿长度方向相对设置的第一区域和第二区域,所述摄像模组包括光学镜头和驱动装置,所述光学镜头被偏心的设置于所述驱动装置中,所述光学镜头被设置于所述第一区域,所述驱动装置中包含磁石的驱动部被设置于所述第二区域;A camera module, the camera module comprising a first area and a second area arranged opposite to each other along a length direction, the camera module comprising an optical lens and a driving device, the optical lens being eccentrically arranged in the driving device, the optical lens being arranged in the first area, and a driving part of the driving device including a magnet being arranged in the second area;第一副模组,所述第一副模组被设置于所述摄像模组的所述第一区域的周侧。A first sub-module is disposed on a peripheral side of the first area of the camera module.
- 根据权利要求66所述的阵列模组,其中,所述摄像模组还包括连接线路板,所述摄像模组具有两个长边侧和两个短边侧,所述连接线路板从所述摄像模组更靠近所述第一区域的短边侧向外延伸,所述第一副模组被相邻的设置于所述摄像模组的其中一长边侧。According to the array module of claim 66, the camera module also includes a connecting circuit board, the camera module has two long sides and two short sides, the connecting circuit board extends outward from the short side of the camera module closer to the first area, and the first sub-module is adjacently arranged on one of the long sides of the camera module.
- 根据权利要求67所述的阵列模组,其中,所述第一副模组包括第一马达、被安装于所述第一马达的第一镜头以及用于给所述第一副模组提供电源的第一连接线路板,所述第一马达为音圈马达。 According to the array module of claim 67, the first sub-module includes a first motor, a first lens mounted on the first motor, and a first connecting circuit board for providing power to the first sub-module, and the first motor is a voice coil motor.
- 根据权利要求68所述的阵列模组,其中,所述第一连接线路板从所述第一副模组不贴近所述摄像模组的其中一侧向外延伸。The array module according to claim 68, wherein the first connecting circuit board extends outward from one side of the first sub-module that is not close to the camera module.
- 根据权利要求67所述的阵列模组,其中,所述阵列模组还包括第二副模组,所述第二副模组被相邻的设置于所述摄像模组的另一长边侧且靠近于所述摄像模组的所述第一区域。The array module according to claim 67, wherein the array module further comprises a second sub-module, and the second sub-module is adjacently arranged on another long side of the camera module and close to the first area of the camera module.
- 根据权利要求70所述的阵列模组,其中,所述第二副模组包括第二马达、被安装于所述第二马达的第二镜头以及用于给所述第二副模组提供电源的第二连接线路板,所述第二马达为音圈马达。According to the array module of claim 70, the second sub-module includes a second motor, a second lens installed on the second motor, and a second connecting circuit board for providing power to the second sub-module, and the second motor is a voice coil motor.
- 根据权利要求71所述的阵列模组,其中,所述第二连接线路板从所述第二副模组不贴近所述摄像模组的其中一侧向外延伸。An array module according to claim 71, wherein the second connecting circuit board extends outward from one side of the second sub-module that is not close to the camera module.
- 根据权利要求66所述的阵列模组,其中,所述驱动装置包括固定基座、被可活动地设置于所述固定基座中的框架以及被可活动地设置于所述框架中的可动载体,所述驱动部包括被设置于所述固定基座和所述框架之间的对焦驱动部和被设置于所述框架和所述可动载体之间的防抖驱动部,所述对焦驱动部包括相对设置的对焦线圈和对焦磁石,所述防抖驱动部包括相对设置的至少一防抖磁石和至少一防抖线圈。According to the array module of claim 66, the driving device includes a fixed base, a frame movably arranged in the fixed base, and a movable carrier movably arranged in the frame, the driving unit includes a focus driving unit arranged between the fixed base and the frame and an anti-shake driving unit arranged between the frame and the movable carrier, the focus driving unit includes a focus coil and a focus magnet arranged relatively to each other, and the anti-shake driving unit includes at least one anti-shake magnet and at least one anti-shake coil arranged relatively to each other.
- 根据权利要求73所述的阵列模组,其中,所述对焦磁石和所述至少一防抖磁石被偏心的设置于所述摄像模组的所述第二区域。According to the array module of claim 73, wherein the focusing magnet and the at least one anti-shake magnet are eccentrically arranged in the second area of the camera module.
- 根据权利要求73所述的阵列模组,其中,所述摄像模组还包括感光组件,所述感光组件包括芯片线路板和与所述芯片线路板电连接的感光芯片和至少一电子元件,所述连接线路板与所述芯片线路板电连接,所述可动载体被固定于所述芯片线路板。According to the array module of claim 73, the camera module also includes a photosensitive component, the photosensitive component includes a chip circuit board and a photosensitive chip electrically connected to the chip circuit board and at least one electronic component, the connecting circuit board is electrically connected to the chip circuit board, and the movable carrier is fixed to the chip circuit board.
- 根据权利要求75所述的阵列模组,其中,所述摄像模组还包括光转折元件,所述光转折元件包括多个反射面,由所述光学镜头出射的光线在所述光转折元件的多个反射面上发生多次反射后由所述光转折元件出射并到达所述感光组件。According to the array module of claim 75, the camera module also includes a light deflection element, which includes a plurality of reflective surfaces, and the light emitted by the optical lens is reflected multiple times on the plurality of reflective surfaces of the light deflection element and then emitted from the light deflection element and reaches the photosensitive component.
- 根据权利要求73所述的阵列模组,其中,所述驱动装置还包括被固定于所述固定基座的上盖,所述上盖与所述固定基座形成一容纳腔以容纳所述对焦驱动部、所述框架、所述防抖驱动部和所述可动载体。According to the array module according to claim 73, the driving device also includes an upper cover fixed to the fixed base, and the upper cover and the fixed base form a accommodating cavity to accommodate the focus driving unit, the frame, the anti-shake driving unit and the movable carrier.
- 一种摄像模组,其特征在于,包括:A camera module, characterized by comprising:光学镜头;Optical lens;光转折元件;Light turning element;感光组件,所述感光组件包括芯片线路板和与所述芯片线路板电连接的感光芯片和连接线路板,所述感光芯片和所述光学镜头被设置于所述光转折元件的同侧;以及A photosensitive component, the photosensitive component comprising a chip circuit board, a photosensitive chip electrically connected to the chip circuit board, and a connecting circuit board, wherein the photosensitive chip and the optical lens are arranged on the same side of the light deflection element; and驱动装置,所述驱动装置被配置为驱动所述感光芯片移动,所述连接线路板包括内线路板、外线路板以及连接所述内线路板和所述外线路板的柔性导通机构,所述内线路板被固定于所述芯片线路板,所述外线路板被固定于所述驱动装置,所述连接线路板在所述光转折元件的上方横向延伸。A driving device is configured to drive the photosensitive chip to move, the connecting circuit board includes an inner circuit board, an outer circuit board and a flexible conductive mechanism connecting the inner circuit board and the outer circuit board, the inner circuit board is fixed to the chip circuit board, the outer circuit board is fixed to the driving device, and the connecting circuit board extends laterally above the light turning element.
- 根据权利要求78所述的摄像模组,其中,所述连接线路板的横向延伸方向与所述光转折元件的长度方向垂直。The camera module according to claim 78, wherein the lateral extension direction of the connecting circuit board is perpendicular to the length direction of the light turning element.
- 根据权利要求78所述的摄像模组,其中,所述连接线路板还包括与所述外线路板电连接的连接带,所述连接带从所述外线路板的一侧向外并向下延伸,所述连接带的一部分以水平方向弯折的形式被设置于所述驱动装置中。According to the camera module according to claim 78, the connecting circuit board also includes a connecting belt electrically connected to the external circuit board, the connecting belt extends outward and downward from one side of the external circuit board, and a portion of the connecting belt is arranged in the driving device in the form of a horizontal bend.
- 根据权利要求80所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置包括框架、可动载体以及防抖驱动部,所述防抖驱动部连接所述框架和所述可动载体并驱动所述可动载体相对所述框架沿水平方向移动,所述芯片线路板被固定于所述可动载体,所述外线路板被固定于所述框架。 According to the camera module according to claim 80, the driving device includes a frame, a movable carrier and an anti-shake driving unit, the anti-shake driving unit connects the frame and the movable carrier and drives the movable carrier to move in a horizontal direction relative to the frame, the chip circuit board is fixed to the movable carrier, and the external circuit board is fixed to the frame.
- 根据权利要求81所述的摄像模组,其中,所述可动载体具有朝向所述光转折元件一侧的开口,所述可动载体围绕所述光转折元件的三侧设置,所述框架具有朝向所述光转折元件一侧的开口,所述框架围绕所述光转折元件的三侧设置。The camera module according to claim 81, wherein the movable carrier has an opening toward one side of the light deflection element, the movable carrier is arranged around three sides of the light deflection element, the frame has an opening toward one side of the light deflection element, and the frame is arranged around three sides of the light deflection element.
- 根据权利要求82所述的摄像模组,其中,所述防抖驱动部包括被固定于所述框架的第一防抖磁石、第二防抖磁石和被固定于所述可动载体的第一防抖线圈和第二防抖线圈,所述第一防抖线圈和所述第一防抖磁石沿高度方向相对设置,所述第二防抖线圈和所述第二防抖磁石沿高度方向相对设置。According to the camera module according to claim 82, the anti-shake drive unit includes a first anti-shake magnet and a second anti-shake magnet fixed to the frame, and a first anti-shake coil and a second anti-shake coil fixed to the movable carrier, the first anti-shake coil and the first anti-shake magnet are arranged relative to each other in the height direction, and the second anti-shake coil and the second anti-shake magnet are arranged relative to each other in the height direction.
- 根据权利要求83所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置还包括防抖支撑部和防抖磁吸件,所述防抖支撑部被设置于所述框架和所述可动载体之间,以使所述框架和所述可动载体之间保持一空气间隙,两所述防抖磁吸件被固定于所述可动载体并分别与所述第一防抖磁石和所述第二防抖磁石相互磁吸以使所述可动载体被吸附向所述框架并夹持所述防抖支撑部。According to the camera module according to claim 83, the driving device also includes an anti-shake support part and an anti-shake magnetic suction part, the anti-shake support part is arranged between the frame and the movable carrier to maintain an air gap between the frame and the movable carrier, and the two anti-shake magnetic suction parts are fixed to the movable carrier and are magnetically attracted to the first anti-shake magnet and the second anti-shake magnet respectively so that the movable carrier is adsorbed to the frame and clamps the anti-shake support part.
- 根据权利要求81所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置还包括被固定于所述框架的框架盖体,所述框架盖体被沿高度方向设置于所述框架的上方,所述内线路板、所述外线路板和所述柔性导通机构被设置于所述芯片线路板和所述框架盖体之间。According to the camera module according to claim 81, the driving device also includes a frame cover fixed to the frame, the frame cover is arranged above the frame in the height direction, and the inner circuit board, the outer circuit board and the flexible conductive mechanism are arranged between the chip circuit board and the frame cover.
- 根据权利要求81至85任一所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置还包括固定基座和对焦驱动部,所述对焦驱动部连接所述固定基座和所述框架以驱动所述框架相对所述固定基座沿高度方向移动。According to any one of claims 81 to 85, the driving device further comprises a fixed base and a focus driving unit, and the focus driving unit connects the fixed base and the frame to drive the frame to move in a height direction relative to the fixed base.
- 根据权利要求86所述的摄像模组,其中,所述对焦驱动部包括被固定于所述框架的对焦磁石和被固定于所述固定基座的对焦线圈,所述对焦磁石和所述对焦线圈沿水平方向相对设置。According to the camera module according to claim 86, the focus drive unit includes a focus magnet fixed to the frame and a focus coil fixed to the fixed base, and the focus magnet and the focus coil are arranged relative to each other in the horizontal direction.
- 根据权利要求87所述的摄像模组,其中,所述对焦磁石的底面低于所述光转折元件的顶面。The camera module according to claim 87, wherein the bottom surface of the focusing magnet is lower than the top surface of the light turning element.
- 根据权利要求87所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置还包括对焦导向部和对焦磁吸件,所述对焦导向部被设置于所述框架和所述固定基座之间,以使所述框架和所述固定基座之间保持一空气间隙,所述对焦磁吸件被固定于所述固定基座,所述对焦磁吸件和所述对焦磁石之间相互磁吸以使所述对焦导向部被夹持于所述框架和所述固定基座之间。According to the camera module according to claim 87, the driving device also includes a focus guide and a focus magnetic component, the focus guide is arranged between the frame and the fixed base to maintain an air gap between the frame and the fixed base, the focus magnetic component is fixed to the fixed base, and the focus magnetic component and the focus magnet are magnetically attracted to each other so that the focus guide is clamped between the frame and the fixed base.
- 根据权利要求86所述的摄像模组,其中,所述驱动装置还包括被固定于所述固定基座的上盖,所述上盖具有一镜头开口,所述光学镜头通过所述镜头开口从所述驱动装置中伸出。According to the camera module according to claim 86, the driving device also includes an upper cover fixed to the fixed base, the upper cover has a lens opening, and the optical lens extends from the driving device through the lens opening.
- 根据权利要求86所述的摄像模组,其中,所述连接带从所述外线路板远离所述对焦驱动部的一侧向外并向下延伸,所述连接带的一部分以水平方向弯折的形式被设置于所述框架的下方。The camera module according to claim 86, wherein the connecting belt extends outward and downward from a side of the external circuit board away from the focus driving part, and a portion of the connecting belt is arranged below the frame in a horizontally bent form.
- 根据权利要求91所述的摄像模组,其中,所述连接带包括依次相连的延伸部、弯折部和导出部,所述延伸部从所述外线路板远离所述对焦驱动部的一侧向外并向下延伸,所述弯折部电连接所述延伸部和所述导出部并被设置于所述框架的下方,所述导出部从所述弯折部向外延伸以伸出所述驱动装置。The camera module according to claim 91, wherein the connecting belt comprises an extension portion, a bending portion and a lead-out portion connected in sequence, the extension portion extends outward and downward from a side of the external circuit board away from the focus drive portion, the bending portion electrically connects the extension portion and the lead-out portion and is arranged below the frame, and the lead-out portion extends outward from the bending portion to extend out the drive device.
- 根据权利要求92所述的摄像模组,其中,所述导出部被固定于所述固定基座。 The camera module according to claim 92, wherein the export portion is fixed to the fixed base.
Applications Claiming Priority (14)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN202310018238.6A CN118354186A (en) | 2023-01-06 | 2023-01-06 | Camera module |
CN202310018236.7 | 2023-01-06 | ||
CN202310018198.5A CN118354184A (en) | 2023-01-06 | 2023-01-06 | Array module |
CN202310017813.0 | 2023-01-06 | ||
CN202310018196.6A CN118354183A (en) | 2023-01-06 | 2023-01-06 | Camera module |
CN202310018239.0 | 2023-01-06 | ||
CN202310018236.7A CN118354185A (en) | 2023-01-06 | 2023-01-06 | Camera module |
CN202310017813.0A CN118354182A (en) | 2023-01-06 | 2023-01-06 | Camera module |
CN202310018238.6 | 2023-01-06 | ||
CN202310018196.6 | 2023-01-06 | ||
CN202310018198.5 | 2023-01-06 | ||
CN202310018239.0A CN118354187A (en) | 2023-01-06 | 2023-01-06 | Driving device and camera module |
CN202310099516.5A CN118474505A (en) | 2023-01-31 | 2023-01-31 | Camera module |
CN202310099516.5 | 2023-01-31 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2024146654A1 true WO2024146654A1 (en) | 2024-07-11 |
Family
ID=91803619
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2024/071089 WO2024146654A1 (en) | 2023-01-06 | 2024-01-08 | Driving device, camera module, and array module |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2024146654A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2006018885A1 (en) * | 2004-08-19 | 2006-02-23 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Imaging optical system and camera having same |
CN113556450A (en) * | 2021-07-13 | 2021-10-26 | 基合半导体(宁波)有限公司 | Camera module and electronic equipment |
CN113645373A (en) * | 2020-04-24 | 2021-11-12 | 宁波舜宇光电信息有限公司 | Periscopic module of making a video recording, make a video recording module and electronic equipment more |
CN114630017A (en) * | 2020-12-11 | 2022-06-14 | 宁波舜宇光电信息有限公司 | Driving device and camera module with same |
-
2024
- 2024-01-08 WO PCT/CN2024/071089 patent/WO2024146654A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2006018885A1 (en) * | 2004-08-19 | 2006-02-23 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Imaging optical system and camera having same |
CN113645373A (en) * | 2020-04-24 | 2021-11-12 | 宁波舜宇光电信息有限公司 | Periscopic module of making a video recording, make a video recording module and electronic equipment more |
CN114630017A (en) * | 2020-12-11 | 2022-06-14 | 宁波舜宇光电信息有限公司 | Driving device and camera module with same |
CN113556450A (en) * | 2021-07-13 | 2021-10-26 | 基合半导体(宁波)有限公司 | Camera module and electronic equipment |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11586001B2 (en) | Optical system | |
JP5797627B2 (en) | Imaging device | |
JP6138969B2 (en) | The camera module | |
EP3751323B1 (en) | Optical element driving mechanism | |
JP6960983B2 (en) | Imaging device with image stabilization function | |
KR20130118817A (en) | Imaging apparatus | |
JP5997992B2 (en) | Imaging device | |
US20230341653A1 (en) | Optical system | |
CN114460708A (en) | Driving device for camera module and camera module | |
JP5997993B2 (en) | Imaging device | |
KR20190087801A (en) | Lens assembly and Camera module comprising the same | |
WO2020057331A1 (en) | Adjustable camera module and assembly test method therefor | |
WO2024146654A1 (en) | Driving device, camera module, and array module | |
CN118354186A (en) | Camera module | |
CN118354182A (en) | Camera module | |
CN118474505A (en) | Camera module | |
US11910091B2 (en) | Camera device and portable electronic device | |
WO2024165034A1 (en) | Camera module | |
WO2023000486A1 (en) | Three-axis auto-focusing and anti-shake periscope motor | |
CN118354187A (en) | Driving device and camera module | |
CN118354185A (en) | Camera module | |
CN118354184A (en) | Array module | |
CN118354183A (en) | Camera module | |
US20240377612A1 (en) | Actuator for reflector | |
CN118870171A (en) | Chip driving assembly and camera module |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24738585 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |